A SPANISH GRAMMAR, first collected and published by Richard Perciuale Gent. Now augmented and increased with the declining of all the Irregular and hard verbs in that tongue, with divers other especial Rules and necessary Notes for all such as shall be desirous to attain the perfection of the Spanish tongue. Done by JOHN MINSHEU Professor of Languages in London. Hereunto for the young beginners learning and ease, are annexed Speeches, Phrases, and proverbs, expounded out of divers Authors, setting down the line and the leaf where in the same books they shall find them, whereby they may not only understand them, but by them understand others, and the rest as they shall meet with them. Virescit vulnere Virtus. printer's device of Edmund Bollifant Imprinted at London, by Edm. Bollifant. 1599 TO THE RIGHT WORSHIPFUL GENTLEMEN STUDENTS OF Gray's Inn health and happiness, and to the affected to languages there, daily increase with perfect accomplishment of the most commendable qualities. LVcius a famous Roman meeting on a time with the Emperor Marcus, asked him whither he went: who answered, I am going to Sextus, ut discam quod nondum scio, that I may learn that which I do not yet know. Diogenes the philosopher went to Athens to Antisthenes to learn of him somewhat that he was ignorant of; but Antisthenes not willing to impart at that time any of his doctrine, repulsed him: the other left not off his purpose, but more and more importuned him in such sort, that Antisthenes' taking up a staff to drive him away, Diogenes stretched out his neck, willing him to strike on hardly, for he should not find a staff so hard, that could drive him from him so long as he might learn any matter by him worthy the hearing. I speak this Gentlemen, meaning none of you to be bond by their example, seeing one was an Emperor and might do what he list, and the other a Cynic philosopher that would do that he aught: therefore if a man have any learning or quality, let him bring it to you, and if it be too tedious unto you, or hinder your sport, rather than be troubled with him, bob him or flout and scoff him away. Be not imitators of Demosthenes which spent more oil in the lamp in studying to enrich his mind, than wine to comfort his body; but rather waste your wine and spare your candles: neither be so foolish as Cleanthes the philosopher, that drawn water in the night that he might follow his study in the day; rather take your ease in the night and your pleasure in the day, because Mutantur tempora & nos mutamur in illis. Yet Gentlemen, if you do but set before your eyes these famous men, which have been and are of the house you now remain in, (the names of some few I can now recite) as Sir Nicholas Bacon Lord Keeper, Lord Burleigh Lord Treasurer, Sir Walter Mildmay and Sir Francis Walsingham, learned Fitzherbert Lord chief justice of the common pleas which abridged the law, and Sir William Stanford, which written the pleas of the crown, Sergeant Yeluerton, Sergeant Daniel, Sergeant Spurling, Master Brograve, Master Stanhop, Master Hesquit, Master Anthony and Master Francis Bacon, with divers others might well move you to consider that, Qui veult plus qu'vn autre valoir, doibt plus qu'vn autre scavoir: He that will be esteemed above another man, must have more knowledge than another man: And Meglio esser mendicante che ignorant, Better to be a beggar then barren of good letters. But these letters are painfully purchased, why Petit ardua virtus; Difficilis virtutis via; Difficilia quae pulchra: Therefore Pythagoras counseled his familiar friends that they should choose out the best kind of life, although the most difficult: and Sallust says, deckings pertain to women, and travels belong to men: and Seneca affirmeth, that base is that honour which is got with idleness, which the Roman policy when it flourished confirmed by an ancient law duly kept, that every father that had children of the age of ten years should become surety for them, that they should not live idle, or commit any excess, which was so nearly looked unto, that they publicly chastised Cato the Censors son for a sauciness committed, and banished a brother of good old Ciña for living idly among them. None dared presume to go into the streets but he carried some token in his hand what kind of life or study he followed, which if in these times it were in force, how many street walkers would retire themselves to some virtuous studies. But me think I hear some say, Ars longa & vita brevis, I answer them with the Theban Philosopher, which in the 75. olympiad, came to the solemn sports kept about the city Olympia in honour of jupiter, who had made all the apparel he ware with his own hands: his shoes he had sowed his shirt he had woven, etc. being demanded where he had learned so many men's arts, answered, In the beginning there was but one art at all, & that the sloth of men had caused that one to be divided into many, and how every particular man with diligence and labour might obtain to the knowledge of that that all men in general had knowledge of. Pythagoras. To this purpose Pythagoras said, He that knoweth not what he aught to know, is a brute beast among men: He that knoweth no more than he hath need of, is a man among brute beasts: He that knoweth all that may be known, is a God among men. So many examples present themselves that rather time would fail then matter herein, & for that my case standeth now rather to demand remedy and not give counsel, or to give thanks for good turns received, and not prescribe precepts, I think good briefly and plainly to show unto you how having found myself beholding to some of you, whom I had read unto in the tongues, I thought nothing could better agreed with my profession as to show my grateful mind towards you, then by labouring for your ease, in these instructions of the Spanish tongue: which if they be thankfully received, I shall think my labour well employed. Yet before I could make an end of this and the Dictionary, I did as Robertus Stephanus says of himself in gathering together his Dictionaries called Thesaurus linguae Graecae & Latinae; I have made Thesaurum, that is, a Treasure for others, but thereby have made myself a bagger, whereof some of the right virtuous and worthy gentlemen of that your house, (to whom I am most beholding, and therefore stand most in affection bound) understanding, wished me to go forward in so good a work, and not to give over for some wants: which then of themselves they supplied, whose good kindness if I forget, I wish the law of Draco, (which was to punish with death, if there were any found so unthankful as not to requited a good turn, or at lest to forbear to acknowledge his benefactors for the same) might be inflicted on me: for there can be no greater injury offered to a free mind, then to be reputed ingrateful: although in these days four as great evils left unpunished as those that are punished, Vntemperatenes, Vnshamefastnes, Unfaithfulness, and Unthankfulness. But to begin with my benefactors in this work in order as they began with me in Gray Inn, first Master William Willoughby, a gentleman as virtuously minded and of as good carriage as the rest: next Master Henry Bing, whose excellent learning, placed together with such gentlemanlike conditions, makes him beloved among the Elders, and honoured among the younger sort: after him Master Frances Barneham, and Master james Hewes, endued with exceeding good wits, and no less good natures: I may not forget the good worths of Master Robert Hill, and Master Cheek, gentlemen well studied in the most commendable kinds of learning: Master Dauison of excellent learning, wit and virtues: Master helms and Master Gill both for their good parts better known than I can here set down: Master Thomas Mason, and Master john Roberts, adorned with ornaments of languages, to their other learning and virtues: Master Archer as he is well read in language, so is he a good favourer of learning. The rest of the well accomplished young gentlemen whom I know not, I say of them as my mind is towards them best: Gentlemen, if for these praises you shall one play on another, I pray you cast all on me, for I protest none of them ever knew that I meant to writ unto them, much less put any of their names in print. Thus wishing to you as much as Cicero writing to his friend Atticus, would limit to be wished to his dearest friends, viz. To enjoy health, to possess honour, and never to suffer want, I rest: At your command JOHN MINSHEU. To the Reader. IF it be vanity and vexation of mind, for a man to toil in this life to gather riches together, when he knows not whether he be wise or foolish that shall enjoy it: we may think the sweat of our spirits and the toil of our bodies, to be altogether vain, which writ or print, when we cannot tell whether they will prove sober or frantic, to whom we leave the possession of our travels. But the Spaniard says, Quien de miédo se murió de cagaxónes le hiziéron la sepoltura; and because as the Italian saying is, A molti puzza l'ambro, Amber is accounted stinking by many: and Dalinea asino non ne hai che calzi & petty: I am resolved for this once to put on merchant's ears, to hear with patience every man's speech and dispraising of his wares, because Quot homines, tot sententiae, So many men, so many minds. Therefore he that should leave off any good work for any man's ill speech, may well be likened to that poor silly fellow, which on a time went with one of his sons with his Ass before him to the wood, to fetch him a load thereof for his wife and children, and meeting travelers by the way; some misliking with him that he should go on foot, and let his Ass go leer; others, that he road himself, and suffered his child to go a foot; others, that he loaded the poor Ass with two people, being scarce able to carry himself; others, when he left his son alone riding and himself go on foot; in such sort that the country fellow could not tell what to do, seeing do what he could, still he found reprehenders: whereupon he would go no further forward, but returned sad home to his house without wood, where he remained for fear of fault finders, till he and his household were near starved with cold, till at last finding his own simplicity, he returned to the wood, and to as many as he met by the way, he said; He that passeth for other men's speeches and repreefes, endureth cold and a thousand griefs; and he that will throw a stone at every dog, shall have a weary arm: but I hope, Qui bien ferá, bien aurá, And for all the dogs barking, the moon will stand where it did. And I say to the malicious, Mets ta main sovent en ton sein, et tu ne mesdirás de ton prochain. And let them remember, that Chifa quello che non deve, gliavien quel che non crede, According to a History I have read of an Emperor, who had his brother's son for his cupbearer: The emperors steward and uncle, for envy persuaded the cupbearer that his breath did stink, and wished therefore to turn his face from the Emperor when he delivered the cup till remedy were found: forthwith he told the Emperor, that his cupbearer had defamed him to all his court, by saying his breath did stink; and to know it for a certainty, he likewise told him how he should see the cupbearer turn away his face from him when he came near him; whereupon the Emperor conceived such wrath against him, (as the saying is, the anger of a Prince the messenger of death) that he sent express command to his burners of brick, that they should burn that man that came unto them first the next morrow; and likewise commanded his cupbearer to be there so early that none might be before him: on the morrow morning very early the cupbearer going, and passing by a church in the way went in and fell into such a sound sleep, that it was the afternoon before he could awake. The steward in the mean time to see the event of the cupbearer, went and was burned himself alive. The cupbearer at his return signified to the Emperor what had happened, and also was desirous to know of the Emperor why he should sand him thither, etc. If neither Histories nor reason persuade them, they must needs be answered with silence, and so gentle Reader I rest silent from troubling thee or them herewith any longer, more grieved at my mishap and disability, then wanting good will or liking to do thee service. Haec raptim. Vale. john Minsheu. In opus M. Minsheui edendum, johannis Keperi generosi 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Qui cupis auriferi contingere flumen Jberi Vocibus & veris noscere gentis opes, Vel mores, vel quas exercet Iberia merces, Hesperiam & totam noscere quisquis aves: Minshaeum legito, lectum (mihi crede) probabis, Ingenium, genium, munera, verba, fidem: Qui totidem subijt noctésque diésque labores, Et flores veluti sedula carpsit apes; Qui tibi qui patriae, sese sumptumue dicavit, Edidit, & tantae sedulitatis opus, Aut lauda, aut saltem noli mordere, latrando Zoile, tabificus, ne videare, canis. Soneto de un capitan Español del Autór. De un diamantino muro circuydo Con puertas de metál ynpenetrable; Y por guarda un dragón fiero espantáble; Era el huérto de Atlante defendido: Mas siendo del fuerte Ercules vençido, Fue abierta la puerta yncontrastable, Y las pomas de précio ynestimáble Gozáron luego quantos han querido, Vos Mincheu soys el Ercules famoso, Que a pesar de la ynbidia (dragon fiero) Abristes puerta all huerto ameno umbroso, De la yspanica lengua, que primero Cerrada estubo all yngles curioso, Do gozara pomas de oro verdadero. The poem. SPanish is a speech, whereof in times past (in Spain) there hath been four kinds used: Four sorts of Spanish. 1. Biskay tongue most ancient. This tongue drawn from the Chaldean. The first and ancientest is the Biskaine, which was the speech of the province of Biskay and Navarre: it hath his original from the Chaldean tongue, as the learned in them both affirm, to whom it plainly appeareth that this is of greatest antiquity. The next is that which was spoken in the kingdom of Granado, 2. Arabic tongue in old time used in Granado, Andaluzia, Valencia, and Arragon, and yet retain it in the pronunciation of these letters, ç, g, j, x, z. 3. Catalan tongue or Provençal, a kind of French, had original from Ganscoigne, and was used in Cataluña, Malorca, Juiça, Cerdeña. 4. The Spanish now used. Difference between the Spanish and Portugal tongue. and in part in the kingdoms of Andaluzía, Valencia, and Arragon, and was the Arabic, whose original is the Hebrew almost among them quite worn out, yet to this day they keep the pronunciation of some of their letters still, as ç, G, j, X, Z. The third is the Catalan, which is a kind of French, and had his beginning from the province of Gascoigne, from the ancient city Limojes: they spoke this in the kingdoms of Cataluna, Mallorca, Menorca, juiça and Cerdena. This Cátalan tongue was called Provençal: and the Italians confess that the Prouençals were the first inventors of their rhymes and verses, which are so much prized in Italy where Petraque, Boccace, and Dante, give some testimony in retaining their words in many places. The fourth is that which is now at this day commonly used and spoken thorough all Spain, and is called Léngua vulgár, the mother tongue, otherwise Léngua Castellána, or Española, the Castilian or Spanish tongue, principally used in Arragon, Andalucia, Múrcia, Castilia, Nuéeva, and Veja, León: also in Portugal, although the Portugal tongue have such difference in certain words and pronunciations, that it may well be called a language by itself, even as the English and Scottish, yet in truth, it is not so severed, but that they sprang from one fountain, and have one descendence. This Lengua vulgár or Spanish tongue draweth his original from the Latin or Roman, and because the Roman conquerors were most politic in providing for the continuance of their estates & language to their posterity, by planting where they won, * A Colony is a place unhabited, whither people are sent to devil: or people sent to inhabit such place: or a city, the people whereof once came from another city or country. Why the Spanish keepeth so much of the Latin. Andaluzia, whereof first so named. Colonies and garrisons; as also not permitting any stranger to the privilege of their laws or freedom of their towns, to buy, cell, or traffic, but in the Roman or Latin tongue, as in Spain they have done: Therefore the Spanish retaineth still to this day so much of the Latin tongue. And by reason of the Incursion and overrunning of so many strange nations, as the Africans inhabiting about Carthage, called Carthaginians, Goths, Huns, and Vandals, which ceased not till they had overrun the most part of Europe, yet so settled themselves in Andaluzia in Spain, that they called it by their own name Vandaluzia or Vandalia of Vandalles, as also Africans inhabiting Mauritania called Moors, whose first coming in, proceeded from the licentious living and unbridled lust of Don Rodrígo then king, How the Moors first entered and conquered Spain. Chro. of Spain. in dishonouring and deflowering a lady called Cáva the daughter of earl julian, one of his nobles. By means hereof, this language remains so altered and changed from his own first property and nature, admitting words, accents, and pronunciations of other strange nations, as it is become a language of itself compounded of the Latin and above named tongues: but yet so, that it hath much more of the Latin then of all the other, whereby it may be called the Latin tongue altered or corrupted. For Spanish words coming from the Latin, mark the table here following and their like. Spanish words drawn from the Moorish tongue begin much with All, as Alcúza, a vessel for oil: Alfidél, or Alfilér, a pin: Almúd, a measure, a peck: Alguarísmo, Arithmetic: Almoháda, a pillow, etc. or in ç, as çaherír, to upbraid, çahórda, a hogsty: or sound on razors, or x, Almaráxa, an ewer of glass: Xabón soap: Almoradúx, marjoram: Arredrár, to drive away: Arrélde, four pound weight, etc. also in z, as Zagál, a shepherd. And at this day the Moors in speaking Spanish for júro a Dios, I swear by God, they say jureux a Deux: for Hombre, they say Homber, for Vuéstra mercéd, your worship or mastership, they say Voxár mérxe. General Observations from the Latin for the framing of the SPANISH. Substantives of the Latins in as, as Charitas, in Spanish thus, Caridád. Maiestas, Magestád. Crudelitas, Crueldád. Civitas, Ciudád. Fidelitas, Fedelidád. Securitas, Seguridád. Obscuritas, Escuridád. Conformitas, Conformidád. Calamitas, Calamidád. Voluntas, etc. Voluntád. The most part of words in Latin beginning with Pl. changed in Ll, as Plenus, In Spanish, Lléno. Planus, Lláno. Plwia, Llúvia. Plaga, Llága. Plorare. Llorár. In like sort F. turned into H, as Facere, Spanish, Hazér. Faba, Háva. Faex, Héz. Falco, Halcón. Farina, Harína. Foetor, Hedór. Formosus, Hermóso, Ferrum, Hiérro, fervour. Hervór. The Latin ending in io, made Spanish by putting n to it, as Educatio, Spanish, Educación. Religio, Religión. Electio, Eleción. The Latin ending in tum, by changing 'em into oh, as Ornamentum, Spanish, Ornaménto, Experimentum, Experiménto, Exemplum. Exémplo. The Latin ending in lis, by taking away is, as Materialis, Spanish, Materiál. Finalis, Finál. Subtilis, Sutíl. Debilis, etc. Débil. The Latin ending in the Infinitive mood in e, by taking away e by Apocope, as Castigare, Spanish, Castigár. Amare, Amár. Tenere, Tenér. Perdere, Perdér. Sentire, Sentír. Salire. Salír. By adding to the end of a word by Paragoge, as Apostema, Spanish, Apostemación. Appetere, Apetecér. Anas. A'nade. By adding to the middle of a word by Epenthesis, as Certum, Spanish, Ciérto. Coelum, Ciélo. Membrum, Miémbro. Messis. Miésse. By adding to the beginning of a word by Prothesis, as Plumescere, Spanish Emplumecér. Capistrare, Encabistrár. Scala, Escála. Scandalum. Escándalo. By changing a letter by Metathesis, in the middle of a word, of the second person plural of the Imperative mood, as D and L changing places, as for Castigádle, they writ Castigalde, for Dezídle, they say and writ Dezílde. The Spanish showeth his original from the Latin, although by corruption many words have changed letters, as in these following & their like, as a into e as Lac, milk, Léche. Caseus, cheese, Quéso. b u Barba, a beard, Bárva. Bibo, I drink, Bévo. c g Amicus, a friend, amígo. Acutus, sharp, agúdo. e i Directus, directed, derigído. lectus, read, leýdo. f h Ferrun, iron, hiérro. facere, to make or do, hazér g y Regnum, a kingdom, Reyno. I proceed no further herein, but leave every Latinist to consider of them as he shall meet with them by reading, whereby he shall manifestly perceive by the multitude of words in this tongue derived from the Latin, No difficulty in the Spanish tongue or other vulgar tongues coming from the Latin. how easy it is for every mean scholar speedily to obtain the knowledge of the same, and with these rules and precepts, which here I shall set down, I doubt not but that every one (desirous thereof) may with facility and short time speak it and writ it more than meanly: the which the better to perform, I take it the best order (according to the saying, Qui bene dividit bene docet, He that divideth the matter, he handleth well, teacheth well) to divide this present Grammar into Orthography, prosody, Etymology, and Syntaxis, of which though I shall not deal with all of all that may be said, yet at lest that shall be necessary to be said for the instruction of the learner in this tongue. OF ORTHOGRAPHY Of Grammar and her parts. GRammar is an Art teaching the right rules of true speaking and writing, Definition of Grammar. and it is derived from the Greek word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which is litera, as much as to say scientia literaria, a knowledge of letters. Division of Grammar. Grammar according to Quintilian, is two-fold: Historical, and Methodical. Historical, got by imitation of Authors. Methodical, is taught by precepts, which only we here handle. Subdivision of Grammar. Grammar methodical is divided into four parts, Orthography, Prosody, Etymology, & Syntaxis. Division of Grammar. Orthography, conversant in letters. Prosody, in syllables. Etymology, in words. Syntaxis, in sentences. property of the four parts of Grammar. Orthography, of the Greek word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 right, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 writing. Prosodia, of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, i ad, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, cantus, that is Accentus. Etymologia, of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, true, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 speech. Syntaxii, of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, i con. & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, ordino, quasi, coordinatio. Orthography is a right rule of true writing, as before of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 right, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 writing, Definition of Orthography. Definition of Orthopoeia. whereby every word is to be set down with his true letters, as Cierro, certain, not Sierto. Hereto belongeth Orthopoeia, which is a right rule of true speaking, of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 right, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 word, that in speaking men pronounce not more gross or small, than the nature of language will allow, or otherwise then the accustomed manner of pronunciation usually permitted therein, as Vino, wine, not to pronounce it as Englishmen do, Veino, but smaller as they pronounceth double ce, Veeno, Dios, God, not Deios, but Dheeos. But of this hereafter in the letters more at large. And because Orthography (the former part of our Grammar) chief consists in the true writing of every word with his right letters: It must of necessity follow, that whosoever speaketh, or heareth a tongue spoken in his proper Idioma, and would writ down the same so spoken, The force of letters. that he know the power and propriety of each letter in that tongue (because of letters are framed syllables, and of syllables are made words, and of words the whole speech, and language, the which neglected, must needs bring a confusion to the learner, and little or no fruit to the Teacher's labour. Therefore to our purpose. There are in the Spanish tongue 27. letters, whereof 24. are single, and three double. The single, A. b. c. ç. d. e. f. g. h. i j k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u x. y. z. Letters. Double letters. The double are these, ch. ll. ñ. If any ask the question, why the Spanish, being descended from the Latin, hath in it more letters then the Latin: I answer, Nota. that although it be now (for the most part of words therein) corrupt & broken Latin, yet it had at the first (as in the poem before going) his original from the Chaldean, Arabic, and Moors tongue, of which they reserve some * ç. g. j x. z. letters. But now to our letters as they are in order in the Alphabet or cross row, without beginning with the vowels, and then skipping from one consonant to another, distracting the memory of the young beginner in a tongue, which would much better retain the precepts given thereon, so they might not be driven to a new order of reckoning their letters, differing from that in their childhood they learned, and now can hardly be drawn from. A Is sounded plainly, with opening the mouth as in the Latin, French, and Italian, as in English man, can: so in Spanish, Manáda, a flock, Ensaláda, a salad of herbs. B Is as the Latin, and is called litera labialis, one of the labiall or lip letters, because it cannot be pronounced without joining the lips together. It is pronounced as in English, baker, basket: so in Spanish, Bacía, a bowl, Bárro, clay, but in the midst of a word, except the word come of the Latin. The Spaniards usually confoundeth it with FIVE consonant, and soundeth it as FIVE consonant, as Trabájo, travel, they pronounce Trauájo: Palábras, words, they sound Paláuras: B and V consonant, written and pronounced one for another. Cábra, a goat, Cáura: Labór, labour, Lavór: Albárda, a parkesaddle, Aluárda: Alabárda, a halberd, Alauárda: so oftentimes in the beginning of a word, as Baylár, to dance, Vaylár: Basquíña, a petticoat, a kirtle, Vasquína: Bellóta, an acorn, Vellóta: Berméjo, read colour, Vermejo: Bexica, a bladder, Vexica. Wherefore I advise the studious in the Spanish tongue, Nota. if he find not a word in the Dictionary, in one of these letters, let him turn to the other: as if he find not Báyo, which is used in good Authors for Bay coloured, or Bayard, let him look Váyo, and there he shall find the same: If not Vañar, to bathe, look Bañár: If not Vóz, look Bóz, a voice. B cast away. B In the midst of a word going before another consonant, and making the pronunciation harder, is cut off in Spanish, as Subtle, they writ, Sutíl, Absénte, Ausénte, Obscúro, Oscúro, or Escúro. C This letter hath two manner of sounding according to the vowels that follow it. If a o or u follow it, he is sounded as k, as in Cára, a face, Cóco, weuell, Cuch●i●a, a spoon: so likewise in the middle of a word, as Descánso, rest, Escória, dross, Escudill●, a dish: but going before e or i pronounce almost as the Italian z, as Prudenza, Dis●●zo, or their t before jam or io, as Prudentia, justificatione, Cecina, powdered flesh, Ciruéla, a ●●um. C cast away. C Before t, cut off as Acto, an act: the Spaniard says, A●o, Pacto, a covenant, Páto. Ç Marked with a dash under it thus, ç, called ç, Cerilla, or ç Cedilla, is proper to the Arabíque tongue, from whence it was first taken: it is sounded by putting the tongue to the ranks of the teeth, ç pronounced as the Italian Z. ç pronounced as English This. as the French ç ●●en ça, or very near: the Italian Z, as Dilligenza, Scienza. This ç must be so pronounced, whether it be at the beginning, end, or middle of a word, though a oh or u follow: and is sounded as in English This, as çaraguélles, great gascoine or Spanish hose, çoçóbras, cross blows of fortune, çúfre, brimstone: pronounce Thsaraguélles, Thsosóbras, Thsúfre, in like manner before e and i, as çenogiles, garters, çiénto, a hundred: pronounce Thsenogíles, Thsiénto. D Is pronounced in the beginning of a word, as in Latin, French, and Italian: as in English, Dagger, Doctor: so in Spanish, Dága, a dagger, Dóze, a dozen: this word Dios is except from this rule, and is pronounced as these that follow: that is, if d come in the midst or end of a word, D pronounced as Dh. you must pronounce him as ♩ in Greeke, as dh in English, as Cada, every, Cádha, fidelidád, fidelity, fidhelidhadh. E Is as the Latin, and the Italian, and as in English, bend, Lend: so in Spanish, Bendezír, to bless, Bevér, to drink: and it must never be sounded so small as the English ee, as fee, we: nor so broad as the French do their e feminine, as Femme, a woman, pronounced Famma, but betwixt both as first above. F Is as the Latin and the Italian tongues, and just as the English. The Spaniard writeth him when the Latins writ Ph, as Philosophus, in Spanish Filósofo. G Answerable to the Hebrew Gimel, & hath two manner of sounding according to the vowels which follow it, if a oh or u immediately follow, it is pronounced as in the Latin, Gabriel, Gorgias, Gubernator: Italian, Galante, Gotta, Gustare: French, Garçon, Gourmand: as in English, Gate, Ga. Go, Gu. Gua. Gold, Gutter: so in Spanish, Gáfo, a lazare, a leper, Gófo, rude, Gúla, guttonie. But if after the u immediately come a, as Guante, a glove, sound Gwante: Agua, water, Agwa: Mengua, want Mengwa. Gue, Gui, like Ghe, Ghi. But if after u follow e or i, pronounce as the French Guerre, Guide: as in English Guest, guide: so in Spanish Guérra, war, Guía, a guide: sound Gherra, Ghia, except these words following, Guéro, addle, Aguéro, soothsaying, Garguéro, the throat, Sirguéro, a drawer or tower of a boat with a rope, Hoguéro, a woodpile, Triguéro, a sparrow that lieth in the wheat, Ciguéna, a stork, Pediguéno, wanton, Halaguéño, flattering, Siguénça, a city of Spain, Verguénça, shame, Aguélo, a grandfather, Deguéllo, a beheading, Reguéldo, belching, Vnguénto, ointment: and words that come of the Infinitive mood in Guár, as Enxaguár, to water, Enxágue, Menguár, to want, Mengue. Ge, Gi', as je, ji, which is as in English she shi. G Before e or i is sounded as the Latin Gero: Italian, Giorno: French, Gisant: English, Geffrey, Giles: or more like the Spanish, called j jota, or j consonant, which is pronounced as shilling in English: so they say Gémir, to groan, pronouncing as it were written in English shemir, Gingíbre, ginger, shinshibre. For the Spaniard maketh no difference in speaking of this G before e and i, from the j consonant, G and j consonant written one for another. and they writ one for another, as Agéno, Lináge, Menságe, Lisongéro, Magestád, or Ajéno, Lináge, Mensáje, Lisonjéro, Majestád. G Before n in the middle of a word lost, as Ignomínia, Inomínia, ignominy, Ignoráncia, Inoráncia, ignorance. H This letter is neither vowel nor consonant, but a note of aspiration, it is called in the Spanish as in the English Ache, which were more properly in my opinion to be called as some nations do, Ha', because it doth so import in pronouncing as in English, Harms, harness, Hate, Hang. This H in the beginning of a word is pronounced in Spanish with more vehemency and emphasis, and in the middle or end of a word weakly and faintly. H in beginning of a word. In the beginning he must be pronounced with more force, or else there would be no difference found in speaking these words, and their like, Háca, a nag: Acá hither: as Venus acá, come hither, Hásta, until, and Asta for a spear: Háya, a beech tree: A'ya, a nurse: Húso, a spindle: U'so, use. In the middle of a word not so forcible, as Ahechár, pronounce as Aechár, Alholí, Alolí, H in middle of a word. a barn or garner. This H goeth before all the five vowels, as Hazér, to make or do: Hécho, made or done: Hígado, the liver: Hollín, the soot of a chimney: Húso, a spindle. But it may not in true Spanish orthography be written before a consonant, as Cristo, not Christo. Besides it is lost after T, as Ortografía, not Orthografía, Teólogo, not Theólogo. H taken away. With PEA also it is lost, and the P turned into F, as Filósofo, not Philósopho, which they must observe that would writ the Spanish tongue aright in all that are like these. Where Ue followeth H, it is pronounced as W, Huérto, an orchard: Huésso, a bone: Hue pronounced as Wue. pronounce Wuerto, Wuesso: or as if G went before thus, Gwerto, Gwesso, which I take to be more fit for the englishman's pronounciacion for these and the like words. That word which beginneth with H, shall not have H in the middle, except C go before it, as in Hécho, made, Hechizár, to bewitch and the like. I There be three kinds of I in the Spanish, that is small i, Greek y, and j Jota, I three kinds. or consonant. These two i, y, with a very small slender sound, as the French and Italians do, which is as the double ee in English, we, she, fee, decree, so in Spanish, Tiráno, a tirafit, A note for Englishmen. Teerano: Vida, life, Veeda, & not as Englishmen pronounce Teyráno, veida, which all other nations mislike in hearing them speaking Latin, saying, Propino tibi, they pronounce Propeino tibi, which I would wish they would but mark, and take notice thereof: for the French, Italian, and Spaniard, do learn and are taught by their Schoolmasters to pronounce the Latin different from their own tongue, otherwise one nation should not understand another speaking the Latin. But in this tongue as in the Italian and French, they must observe except they will fall into the vice of jotacismus and be laughed at, and not be understood by strangers when they speak or read. This small i is used in a word as a vowel by itself, as Tinta, ink, and in a diphthong, Small i as Niéto, a nephew. Y is put in the beginning of a word before a vowel or consonant, as you, ya, ýr, Y. and in the end as Daréys, Podéys. I jota or j consonant, which this tongue taketh of the Arabic, is pronounced as in French, I pronounced like sh. Jamais, Deja, Jehan, in English like shilling, as Jardín, a gardin, shardin, Járro, a pot sharro, ójo, an eye Osho: Hoja, a leaf, Hosha: Ouéja, a sheep, Ouesha: Abéja, a be, A besha: In seville and thereabouts, they pronounce it not so much in the teeth, but more in the throat, as Cshardin, Csharro, Ozho, Hozha, Ovezha, Abezha. Some authors in the Spanish writ these words (yet ill) and the like, with H. Jerusalem, Hierónimo, which should be thus Jerusalem, Jerónimo. KING The Spaniard never useth this letter but when it is required of the Greek and proper names then founded as in the English, as Kalendas. L, M, N, OH, P. Are all pronounced as in the Latin, French, Italian, and just as in English: But PEA may not be doubled in Spanish, P not doubled. P cast away. as Aprovar, to approve, Apetíto, appetite, and not Approvár, Appetito. P before T in the middle of a word lost, as Captívo, pronounce Cautívo, captive. Neither can L be doubled in Spanish when the word cometh of the Latin, When L not doubled. When N not doubled. Nota. and keepeth the Latin sound, as Ilústre, in Latin Illustris: Sílaba, in Latin Syllaba: Colégio Collegium., So likewise of N, as Tiráno, not Tiránno, in Latin Tyrannus, but when these keep not the sound of the Latin, look hereafter in double Ll, ñ, and there you shall find how they are pronounced. Q Hath two pronunciations, not of his own nature, but by reason of a vowel following him. If ua follow as in Latin and English, Quantity, Quarter, so in Spanish Quándo, when, Quartána, Quál. But when we or ui follow, it is to be pronounced as the Italian I, Chi, or the French Queen, Que, Qui pronounced as Ke, Ki. Qui, as English Ke, King, as Questión, a Question or quarrel, Kestion, Quieto, quiet, Kieto, except when the word is Latin, as Delinquente, Eloquent. R With the Greeks and Latins termed Litera canina, so the Spaniard calleth him Letra perrina, the doggish letter, because dogs in grinning their teeth, when they would bite, sound this letter R. It is pronounced as the Latin, Italian, and French, but if it be in the beginning of a word it is sounded strongly, as the Grecians do sound. The Spaniard says Ráyo, a sun bean, Réy, a king, or if it be doubled in the midst of a word you cannot sound with too great vehemency, as Bárro, Day, Cárro, a Cart. But if it be in the midst of a word and single, with a gentle and mild pronunciation, as ara, an altar, Móro, a black Moor. S With x. z. and ç. are pronounced (although the one more plain and sounding, and the rest less) by putting the tongue to the roof of the mouth, and then hissing out the voice with the lips open as a snake, S made like a snake doubled with his head lifted up. and therefore the Greeks called this letter S by that hissing name, as also made it in fashion double as a snake, with his head lifted up, accordingly is it made in Latin, Italian, and Spanish. In Spanish these letters are called Culebrinas, which is snaky, of Culébra, a snake, which useth hissing. This saint in the beginning of a word as in Latin, Italian, and French, and as in English Sand, Seeth, Sin, Sod, Sudden, so in Spanish Sabér, Sembrár, Sóbra, Sudór. But if saint be single in the midst of a word between two vowels, then with a gentle sound almost like Z, as the French do, adding thereby great grace to their tongue, as Eglise a Church, Cause, so in Spanish Causa, Rosa, úso, púso. But if it be doubled, then strongly, as in English Crossed, tossed, so in Spanish Fuéssemos gruésso. Nota, saint never in beginning of a word except a vowel follow. In the end of a word as Z, as Cártas, Letters, Cámaras, chamgers, or going to stool. And note that this letter cannot be in the beginning of a word when a consonant next followeth. Therefore you must writ Espéro, I hope, and not Spéro. Escrivo, I writ, and not Scrivo. T Is pronounced as in the Latin, Italian, French & English, except it can never sound ci, Ti never turned in Ci in Spanish, as in other tongues. as the Latins, Italians, French and English do when after t followeth i with a vowel, as in Latin Prudentia, Italian Amicitia, French Justification, English Ambition, in Spanish it must be written Prudéncia, Amicícia, Justificatión, Ambición, otherwise the writing were false, and you should pronounce Ti as in Tibi. Also if H follow T, as Theólogo, Theopómpo, writ and pronounce Teólogo, Teopómpo. U pronounced broad as ou. U Being a vowel not to be pronounced with a small sound as English, Stue, Brew, Crew, Issue, but as the French doth in his diphthong ou, almost as the English ou, as Tu, tou, Buche, the maw, Bouche. But being a consonant is pronounced as in other languages in the beginning of a word, as Váca, a Cow, Véna, a Vein, Víno, Wine, Vóto, a Vow, Vúlgo, the common people, in the mids of a word as Auáro, Gávia, úva. Also when two ou come together, and a vowel following, the second is a consonant, as úvo, Túve, except Vuéstro. X pronounced as sh. X and j written often in Spanish one for another. X Is one of the Culebrínas létras, the snaky or hissing letters, as above said in the letter S, and is pronounced like I consonant, and the Spaniard often writeth one for another, as Xaráue, syrup, Jaráue, and is pronounced as the French Changed, as the English sh, as Faxa, a wastband, Brúxa, a hag, Flóxo, weak, Fasha, Brusha, Flosho. Y As above in I Z Is called in Spanish Zéta, as the Hebrew Zain, from whence it is drawn, and from the Moorish tongue, and is pronounced as the English Z, as Zángano, a drone, Zélo, zeal, Zodiaco, the Zodiac, so likewise in the end of a word, as Bóz, a voice, Crúz, a Cross. Changed as in English Ch. Changed Before any of the five vowels to be pronounced as in English, Chapman, Chiefly, Chicken, Chop, Choose: so in Spanish, Chamelóte, Chamlet: Chiminéa, a Chimney: Chórro, a brook: Chúsma, a company of people of the common sort. Ll pronounced as Li. Ll As gl in Italian, as Cavagli, Moglie, Figli, as double Ll in French, as fill, Coquille, as Li in English, as Lláno, plain: Lléno, full: Llovér, to rain: Llúvia, rain: pronounce Liáno, Liéno, Liouér, Liuvia: so likewise in the middle of a word, as Querrellóso, Kerrelioso, quarrelsome: in the end of a word never in Spanish written double, as Mil, a thousand, not Mill. ñ As the Italian and French gn, Montagna, Campagna, French Compaignon, Mignon, in English as ni: ñ pronounced as ni. as Montáña, a mountain, Montania, Campáña Campania,, so Dáño, loss, Dannyo, Baño, a bath, Bannyo. Of Orthography in Diphthonges. A Diphthong (according to the definition of Grammarians) is a sounding together of two different vowels, as if they were but one only, as in English, Aide, Auditor. Definition of diphthongs. In Spanish there are twelve sorts. The first in ai, or aye, as gaita, andáys, cantáis. 1. Ai, aye. But when two vowels come together and make more than one sound, they should be marked over head with two pricks, to take away confusion, as Caïda, pronounced Caída, and so the rest. The second in ao, where a is more sounded then oh, as Quartáo, a nag, Saráo, 2. Ao. a hall to dance in, Vilbáo, a proper name of a town, are pronounced in the same sort, as Cats maul. The third in au, where a sounds more than u, as Cáusa, Autór, Caudillo: except Laúd, a lute, 3. Au. Ataúd, a tomb: La-úd, Ata-úd. The fourth in ei and eye, where e is more sounded than i, as Réy, a king, Léy, a law: 4. Ei, ay. when they are severed, writ them with two pricks thus, Leïstes, Reïr. The fift in eu, where is most perceived, as Féudo, Déudo, Réuma: 5. Eu. being disjoined writ thus: Reüntar, Reüngír. The sixt in jam, in which a is more herded sound then i, as Saia, Vaià, Malícia, Preséncia: 6. ja. except Mía, Dia, Porfía, Desuía. The seventh, ie, you, where e is most herded pronounced, as Viénto, Sciénto, Viéne, Bién, Quién, 7. je, you. Quiéra, Arriéndo, Dispiérto, Apriéto, Pie, Piédra, Tiérra, Ciélo, Infiérno, Diéz, Siéte, Miél, Hiél. The eight in io, or you, where oh is most sounded, as You, Dió, Vió: except Mío, Río, Frío, Tío. 8. Io, yo. The ninth in iu, where i is more herded than the u, as Ciudád, a city. 9 Iu. The tenth in hey, or oy, as Soy, Doy, Voy, Oygo: except Oydo, Roýdo. 10. Hey, oy. The eleventh in we, where e more sounded then u, as Fuérça, Muérte, Fuérte, Cuerno, Nuevo, 11. Ue. Fuego, Huélgo, Nuéz, Vihuéla. The Twelve in ui, and uy, where u is more sounded than the i, as Muy, Fuy, Cuidádo, Húyo. 12. Ui, uy. Four Rules following showing how every vowel maketh a several syllable by himself, or is sounded in diphthong with another. The first Rule. If between two vowels come h, or a consonant, The first Rule. such vowels cannot join themselves together to make a syllable or diphthong, as Ahínco, Bolár, except Auré, Aurás, Aurá, Aurémos, Auréys, where u razors and the vowel make a syllable, the like in Auría, Auríamos. The second Rule. Any two vowels coming together, neither of them being i nor thou, make two syllables, The second Rule. as Neémias, Posséer, Roér, except these Hebrew words which end in two ee, as Oseé, Bethleem, Bersabeé. The third Rule. When the first person of a verb doth end in two vowels, and the first vowel being i, The third Rule. and the accent stand upon the same i, then that i maketh a syllable of itself without joining itself with the vowel following, as Embío, Embías, Embía, Embiámos. Porfío, Porfías, Porfian. Espío, Espías, Espían. Confío, Confías, Confía. The fourth Rule. But if the word doth end in two vowels, and the first of them being i, The fourth Rule. and the accent not on the first, than they make both the vowels a diphthong into a syllable, as Grácia, Justícia, Daniel, Ezechiél, Gabriél, Senténcia, Vitória, and in like sort do they when they have the accent on the last of them, as Passión, Religión, Nación, Caución, Ración, because they come of words of the Latin that have their accent in the Antepenultima, therefore must the Spanish have it in the Vltima. Except these words in Spanish, Anciáno, Dioclesiáno, Diáblo. Of Triphthongs. A Triphthong is a sounding of three vowels into one syllable with one breath together, Definition of a Triphthongs. 1. jay, yay. 2. iey, yey. 3. iue, yue. 4. nai, uay. 5. vei, uey. and that after five sorts. The first in iai or yay, as Vayáys, Espaciáys, where a is herded more than i The second iey or yey, where e is more sounded than i, as Ensuziéys. The third in iue or yue, where e is herded more than u, as Hoyuélo, Arroyuélo. The fourth in nai or nay, as Guáy. The fifth in uéi or uey, as Buéy, Buéytre. Of Prosodia or Accents, the second part of this Grammar. AS Orthography handleth letters, so prosody treateth of syllables, and the right sounding and pronouncing the same with their true accents, which is to make the syllable or word long or short, soft or sharp, without the which the learner can not tell how to read or pronounce the tongue, much less to be understood when he speaketh the same, whereby he shall be not only disgraced, but be driven to bestow longer time, in forgetting that ill touch taken up, than he might be in going forward in learning five times so much. The which being carefully looked unto at the first, cannot but much adorn the speaker, make himself understood, as also giving himself exceeding comfort in going forward, when he knoweth he singeth true harmony, which cannot but delight those that will listen thereto. Description of Prosodia. Prosodia, is a rule or knowledge, showing with what accent every syllable of a word is to be pronounced, as Cárcel, not Carcél a prison. Many have affirmed the Spanish tongue to be subject to the Latin accents, seeing it is for the most part derived from the same, Spanish not subject to Latin accents. but common speech and use show the contrary in many words, as Latin Génesis, in Spanish Genesís, Sódoma, in Spanish Sodóma, Hélena, Heléna, so in Latin ámor, in Spanish amór, aútor, autór, Cérasus, Cerézo. But yet note this, that words derived of the Latin do keep the accent of the Latin, Of the Latin, the Latin accent. Words ending in D, I, N, or R, accented in the last syllable. Except these. Nota. Opus laboris. except some proper names or words ending in d, l, n, or razors, as abstinentia, Abstinéncia, Obediéntia, Obediéncia, Beneficio, Blándo, Cadúco, Ceremónia, Cúlpa, Dígno, Dóte, Família, Fecóndo, Furióso, Prémio. But if they end in d, l, n, or razors, than they have always the accent in the last syllable, as Amistád, Pestilenciál, Camelón, Pastór. Except some few ending in l, n, & razors, ángel, ábil, apóstol, árbol, jóven, lóor, ánsar, ámbar, acíbar, açúcar, açófar, alcáçar, nácar, tíbar, cármen, cáncer, carácter, cárcel, Cristóval, cónsul, crímen, débil, defícil, móbil, Immóbil, fócil, dócil, Estéril, estiércol, fácil, Dátil, frágil, v'til, inv'til, fértil, inábil, mástil, márgen, mártir, mármol, Trébol, órden, orígen, uírgen, exámen, volúmen, imágen, betúmen, Estévan, and very few or none besides these, for that in setting these down I ran over (as near as I could) every word in the whole Dictionary, whereby you may conjecture, what pains, trouble, & time, such books of such method as this have bestowed on them, before they can come forth to show to the learner in a moment, that which the composer can hardly find out in a month: but if any other there be, I have accented them in their places, as all the words generally in the whole Dictionary whatsoever to make the beginner, and also the well read to be perfect in the pronunciation, without which he shall be derided, as not understood when he readeth or speaketh. All Nouns in jon, and in or, accent in the last syllable, as Occasión, Predicadór, so also in i, s, z, as Alcaucí, Cortés, Pertináz, Ceruíz, except Adíves, a beast in Barbary like a fox, which barketh and crieth in the night as loud as a fox. 2 Accents in one word. Although in the Latin there is in no word but one accent dominant, yet in the Spanish often are two found, as Ciértaménte, Fuértaménte, wherefore I will set down the order of the Spanish accenting, first giving example of those words which continually are accented, then of those which are sometimes, and sometimes not; last of all, those which have two or three accents. These words always accented, as He há ýd ýr aquí acá séd sóy cál bóz grán áy Augustín acullá. These words following sometime accented, sometime not, as Albina, If it be an article, it is not accented, as Dezíd all Señór ésto, Tell your master this. But if it be not an article, it is then accented, as Pensád en ál, Think on some thing. Aun, When que followeth it is not accented, as Pédro aunque sépa morír no hará, Peter although he known he should die, he would not do it. But ask a question it is then accented, as Aún duérmes Pedro? Do you sleep yet Peter? Ante, Being a Preposition is not accented, as Ant Dios estámos, We stand before God. But being an adverb it is accented, as Anté uíno Pédro que Juán, Peter came before john. Cerca, a Preposition not accented, as Cerca tódòs dád buén exémplo, Above all give good example. But if it be a Verb, adverb, or Noun or this particle De going before or following, than it is accented, as El Rey cérca con su génte, que tiéne, cerca de si, Nota. la ciudád y la rodéa cérca tóda, y tiéne la cérca de piédra, y de cérca paréce fuérte, The king doth besiege with his people, which he hath about him, the city, and compasseth it all about, near unto it, which hath his brickwall of stone, and near hand it seemeth strong. De mi, A possessive not accented, as De mi pádre heredé virtúd, Of my father I inherited virtue. But if it be not a possessive it is accented, as De mí habláys segun véo, You speak of me as I perceive. Del, The article not accented, as Del virtuóso es la virtúd amáda, Virtue is beloved of the honest. But if it be a pronoun it is accented, as Dios és buéno y dél nos viéne el bién, God is good, and from him cometh goodness. Do, Spoken indefinitely not accented, as Do estuviére el buéno estaré yo, Where the good man shall be, there will I be also. But spoken in ask a question it is accented, as Dó está Juán? Where is john? El, Being an Article not accented, as El buéno téme a Dios, The just fears God. If it be a Pronoune then accented, as Crísto nos áma y él nos redimió, Christ loveth us, and he it is that hath redeemed us. Entre, A Preposition not accented, as Entre los sántos desséo estár, I desire to be among the godly. But being a Verb is accented, as Entré Pédro y no Juán, Let Peter enter and not john. Mas, The Conjunction not accented, as No hagáis mal, mas hazéd bien, Do not evil but do good. But being an adverb, than it is, as Más queéto bíve, etc. y es más querído, He liveth more at quiet, etc. and is better beloved. Medio, In composition not accented, as Medio en burlas, medio en uéras, Half in jest, half in earnest. If alone, then otherwise, as Tenéd el médio en cosas, Keep a mean in matters. Nos, Not accented, as Hábla nos Jesus, Christ telleth us. But if it be a nominative case to the verb, than it is, as Nós querémos, We will, etc. un, Not accented, as un hómbre, A man. But if y the Conjunction go before, than it is, as Dí le pán, y ún reál, I gave him bread and six pennies. These words following not accented, as Alo, Alos, Aunque, Con, De, Dela, Delo, Delas, Delos, De mis, Desde, Desque, Don, Doña, E, En, En mis, Enlo, Enlos, Enla, Enlas, Fray, Y, Lo, Lemot, Me, Micer, Mossen, as Micer sancho, y Mossen Pedro viénen, Master Sanches and Master Peter comes. Ni, Os, Pero, Pues, Por, Quan, Quell, San, Si, Su, So, Tan, Tal. Also all the Articles while they keep the nature of Articles, which are these, A, all, ala, alo, alas, alos, Del, dela, delo, deloes, delas, El, lafoy, 'las, Lo, los, le, les. Words of two Accents. A'ltaménte, Hártobásta, Buénaménte, Biénditaménte, Ciértaménte, Bienaventuradaménte, Words of two Accents. Diéstraménte, Gráveménte, Grasiósaménte, Yguálménte, Iúntaménte, Luéngaménte, Magníficaménte, Razonábleménte, Ráraménte, Sábiaménte. Words of three Accents. Múy málaménte, Múybuénaménte. Words of three Accents. Of Etymology and the Noun. Definition of Etymology. Etymology, is a Rule of showing and searching out the original of words, with that pertaineth to them. This searching out of original and descendence of words is considered in divers manners: but among the rest, for the beginners in any language whatsoever, this is so necessary, that without it, they could not understand or learn it: The which by the Latin Grammarians hath been, and is called Declension and Conjugation (which is likewise a declination) but that the former is of the Nouns, and the other of the Verbs. The Spaninsh hath eight parts of Speech, as the Latin. Noun, declined. adverb, undeclined. pronoun, Conjunction, Verb, Preposition, Participle. Interjection. Of the Noun. Nouns be divided into Substantives and adjectives, which are likewise divided into Primitives, Primitive. Derivative. Derivatives. The Primitive, which is not derived of any other, but is Primum, of himself, as Abéja, a Bee. The Derivative, is drawn from the Primitive, as Abejonázo, a great Bee. And of like nature to these Primitive nouns, are these Interrogatiues, Redditiues, and Numerals following. To the Primitive, these following, and the like are subject, as Interrogative. The Interrogative, as Quién? who? Quál? what manner? Quánto? how much? Quántos? how many. The Relative which answereth to the Interrogative, as tall, such a one, Tantos, so many. Numeral. Cardinal. The Numeral to which these kinds following do belong, as Cardinal, from which as from a fountain the rest do spring, these do I wish the learner to have by heart. 1 uno 21 veinte úno 1500 míl y quiniéntos 2 does 22 veynte does, etc. 2000 does míl 3 tres 30 tréynta 3000 tres míl Cardinal Numerals. 4 quátro 40 quarénta 4000 quátro míl 5 cínco 50 cinquénta 5000 cínco míl 6 seýs 60 sesénta 6000 séys mill 7 siéte 70 seténta 7000 siéte mill 8 ócho 80 ochénta 8000 ócho mill 9 nuéve 90 nouénta 9000 nuéve mill 10 diéz 100 cién, or ciénto 10000 diéz mill 11 ónze 101 ciéto y uno 100000 cién míl 12 dóze 200 dociéntos y doziéntos 1000000 millón 13 tréze 300 treziéntos 2000000 does millónes 14 catórze 400 quatrociéntos 3000000 tres millones 15 quínze 500 quiniéntos 16 diés y séys 600 seysciéntos 17 diéz y siéte 700 siéteciéntos 18 diéz y ócho 800 ochociéntos 19 diez y nuéve 900 nuéve ciéntos 20 véynte 1000 mill ordinal Numerals. The ordinals, which declare the order of a place or time, as Priméro, segúndo, tercéro, quárto, quínto, séxto, séptimo, or seténo, octávo, nóno, or nouéno, décimo, or dezéno, onzéno, dozéno, trezéno, catorzéno, quinzéno, décimo séxto, décimo séptimo, décimo octávo, décimo nóno, veinténo, veinténo úno, veinténo dós, etc. Treinténo, quarenténo, cinquenténo, sesentèno, setenténo, ochenténo, noventéno, centésimo, or cienténo, dosienténos, trezenténos, quatrocienténos, quinienténos, seyscienténos, sietecienténos, ochocienténos, nuevecienténos, miléssimo. Partatiues which signify many severally, as Cáda uno, every one, Entrámbos, Partatiue numerals. Universal numerals. Particular numerals. Aduerbiall numerals. both of them, ni uno, ni ótro, neither of them, or one among many, as ótro, another, algúno some body. Universals, as tódos, all: ningúno, no body. Particulars, as Algúno, some body. Aduerbials, joining the Cardinal Numerals with this adverb vez, as v'na vez, once: does vézes, twice: tres vezes, thrice: diez vézes, ten times: cien vezes, a hundred times: mill vézes, a thousand times. Derivatives. Derivatives, which have contained under them these following, viz. Derivatives. Of countries or towns. Of the nation. Of countries or towns, as Aragonéz, a man of Arragon: Andalúz, a man of Andaluzia: Granadíno, a man of the city or country of Granada: Gaditáno, a man of Cadis or Calais. Of the nation, as Dalmácios, people of Dalmatia: Ingléses Englishmen, or people of England: Escosséses, Scottishmen: Francéces, Frenchmen: Móros, black Moors: Túrcos, Turks. Words in óso are derivative of their Primitives, as Mentiróso, lying, of Mentíra, a lie: Derivatives from Primitives. Excessiues in údo, & ázo. Diminutives. Clamoróso, clamorous, of Clamór, clamour: glorióso, etc. Of signifying excess in údo, and ázo, as Baruúdo, having a great long beard, of Barba, jarrázo, a great blow with a cup, of jarro a cup: Papúdo, having a great wide throat, of Papo a throat: Rodillázo, a great blow with the knee, of Rodílla a knee. Deminutiues in íco, íto, éta, uéla, ílla, íllo, as Boníco, Boníto, pretty, good: vaquéta, vaquílla, a little cow or heifer, of Váca a cow: Ropilla a little gown or cassock, of Ropa: Calderuéla, a little kettle, of Calderón a kettle: Cardeníllo, somewhat black and blue, of Cardéno black and blue. Of Numbers. To Nouns as well Substantives as adjectives, there are these affections following belonging, Number, Case, Gender. The Number showeth the quantity, the Case the quality, and the Gender the sex. There are two Numbers. The Singular and the Plural. Numbers. The Singular speaking of one, as Libro, a book. The Plural of more, as Líbros, books. This is a general Rule, if the singular number do end in a vowel, Nota. the plural number is made by putting to s, as Palábra, palábras, Cuérpo, cuérpos, Muérte, muértes, Javalí, javalís. Except some few, which must have es added to them, as Rey, réyes, Léy, léyes, Fe, fees, Buéy, buéyes, so in this manner all nouns ending in consonants must have es added to them, as Mercéd, mercédes, Ciudád, ciudádes, Mortál, mortáles, Pastór, pastóres, etc. Of Cases. The Spanish hath Cases as the Latin, but all in one ending or termination, Cases. and are declined with an article, as the Nominative with el la, the Genitive with the Preposition De, as the Italian and French, the Dative Para, the Accusative a, the Ablative as the Genitive de. Of Genders. There are three, The Masculine, as El Pádre, the father. Genders. Rules to know the gender of most part of Nouns. Nota. Nouns in pomell, oh, r, Masculine. Exception. The Feminine, as La Mádre, the mother. The Neuter, which is of small use with the Spaniard, as Lo sincéro, Lo malo, for they speak by the substantive, as La Sinceridád, El mal. To know the Genders, observe well these Rules following. All nouns ending in l, oh, or razors, are commonly of the Masculine gender, as Cardinál, a Cardinal, Cárdo, a Thistle, Pastór, a Shepherd. Except la Cárcél, a prison, lafoy Piél, the skin, lafoy Canál, a Gutter, lafoy Equinoctiál, the Equinoctial, lafoy Nauál, a battle at sea, lafoy Hiél, gall, lafoy Sál, Salt, la Máno, a hand. All Nouns for the most part in a, d, or jon, are of the Feminine gender, as Mantéca, Nouns in a, d, ion, feminine. Butter, Magestád, Majesty, Deliberación, Deliberation. Names of trees commonly the Masculine gender, and the fruits the feminine, as El Perál, a Pear tree. El Ciruélo, a Plum tree. El Narramnjo, an Orange tree. El Cidro, the Citron tree. El Mançáno, the Apple tree. El Camuéso, the Pippen tree. El Cerézo, the Cherry tree. El Alméndro, the Almond tree. El Avelláno, the Hazel nut tree. El Castáño, the Chestnut tree. El Nogál, the Walnut tree. El Azeytúno, the Olive tree. El Olívo, idem. El Morál, the Mulberry tree. El Granádo, the Pomegranate tree. La Péra, the Pear. La Ciruéla, the Plum. La Narramnja, the Orange. La Cidra, the Citron fruit. La Mançamna, the Apple. La Camuésa, the Pippen. La Ceréza, the Cherry. La Alméndra, the Almond. La Avellána, the Hazel nut. La Castáña, the Chestnut. La Nuez, the Wall nut. La Azeytúna, the Olive. La Olíva, idem. La Móra, the Mulberry fruit. La Granáda, the pomegranate. Exception. Except these whose tree and fruit are both Masculine, as El Menbríllo, the Quince tree and Quince fruit. El Limon, the Limon tree and fruit. El Aluérchigo, the Apricock tree and fruit. El Avercóque, idem. El Péro, the tree and fruit of a kind of Apple, very raw, and cold by nature, good to roast, read on one side. Another exception. Except these also whose fruit is the Masculine & tree the Feminine, as El Higo, the Fig. El Dátil, the Date. El Razímo, the bunch of grapes. La Higuéra, the Fig tree. La Pálma, the Date tree or Palm tree. La Parra, the Vine, or La uíd. Verbals in or make themselves feminine, by putting to a. Verbals in or are of the masculine gender, and make themselves feminine, by putting to a, as Habladór, a prater, Habladóra, a she prater. Likewise Nouns in oh, make their feminine, by changing oh into a, as Honrádo, honoured, Honráda: Suégro, a father in law, Suégra, a mother in law. Of Declensions and of the Article. Declension of the Article. The Spanish (as likewise the Italian and French) have but one manner of Declension or declining, that is with the Article, which in Spanish is thus declined: Article masculine Sing. Nom. el. Plu. Nom. los. Gen. del, de lo. Gen, deal los. Dat. Para el, Para lo. Dat. para los. Acc. a el, all, alo. Acc. alos. Ab. del, delo. Ab. deloes. The Feminine Article thus. Article feminine Sing. Nom. la. Plu. Nom. 'las. Gen. de la. Gen. de las. Dat. para la. Dat. para las. Acc. all, ala. Accus. a las. Abl. de la. Abl. de las. In the Spanish (as Italian and French) the Article Masculine is put oftentimes in steed of the Feminine, when the word beginneth with a vowel, as el agua, the water, el alma, the soul: to make the pronunciation more sweet Euphoniae gratia, and it may also be put la agua, la alma. Also in the Spanish (as Italian and French) the Article is never separated from Nouns Appellatives, neither in Singular nor Plural number: as Spanish, el libro, los libros, Nota. la cámara, a chamber, las cámaras. But in Nouns proper it is not used so: for it were absurd to say, el Francisco, la juána: neither is it used with this word Dios, except there be joined with it some Epitheton, as el Dios todo poderóso, God almighty. Declining of a Noun. All nouns are thus declined, Sing Nom. el maétro. Plu. Nom. los maéstros. Gen. del maéstro. Gen. de los maétros. Dat. para el maéstro. Dat. para los maétros. Acc. a el, or all maéstro. Acc. a los maéstros. Abl. del maéstro. Abl. de los maéstros. The feminine gender thus, Sing. Nom. lafoy doctrína. Plu. Nom. 'las doctrínas. Gen. de la doctrína. Gen. de las doctrínas. Dat. para la doctrína. Dat. para las doctrínas. Acc. a la doctrína. Acc. a las doctrínas. Abl. de la doctrína. Abl. de las doctrínas. adjectives are declined like the Substantives both singular and plural number. Comparatives and Superlatives. The Spanish to make comparison, in the Comparative degree useth this particle Mas, Comparatives. as Mas diligénte, more diligent, Mas vil, more vile: and to diminish, they use Ménos, as Ménos' diligénte, less diligent, Ménos vil, less vile. The Superlative. The Superlative is made of this particle Muy, as Muy justo, very just: Superlatives. sometime with exaggerating & magnifying a matter, they form their Superlatives from nouns adjectives, as Ilustrissimo, Humanissimo, Hermosissima, most excellent, most humane, most beautiful. These following thus compared Buéno, mejór, or mas buéno. Malo, peór, muy málo. Gránde, mayór, muy gránde, or Grandissimo. Chico, menór, or mas chico, muy chico. Mucho, mas, muy mucho, or muchíssimo. Poco, ménos, muy poco. There be also adverbs of quality which are used with Comparative & Superlative, as nouns whereof they come, as Muy mas elegantaménte, much more eloquently, Muy mas discretaménte, much more discreetly. In like manner, Prepositions, as Detrás, behind, mas Detrás, more behind, muy Detras, much behind: Debáxo, beneath or under, mas Debáxo, more below or under, muy Debáxo, much under or beneath. A Pronoune. The Spanish pronoun is as the Latin, like a Noun, and is used in rehearsing, of a proper name of Pro and Nomen, i for the name and in speech is used therefore. Pronouns are divided into Primitives and Derivatives. The Primitives are these, yo, tu, si, éste, aquéste, el, ésse, aquél, el qual, que, quien, mismo, Primitives. to which Mismo all before going may be coupled, as you mismo, I myself: tu mismo, thou thyself: si mismo, himself: el mismo, he himself, and so may you say yo misma, tu misma, etc. they are called Primitives because they are Primi, first, and not derived of others. primitives divided into Demonstratiues. Relatives. They are called Demonstratiues because they show a thing not spoken of before, as you, tu, Demonstratiues si, aquel, este, el. Relatives as repeating or having relation to some thing spoken before, as el, este, que, Relatives. quien, el qual. Derivatives or Possessiues, Derivatives. because they be derived of the Primitives and signify possession, as belonging to something, as mio, or mi: tuyo, or tu: suyo or so, nuéstro, vuéstro. In Pronouns are chiefly to be noted, the People, because all Nouns and Participles be of the third Person, but Pronouns of all three People, as you and his Plural nos, be of the first Person, Tu and his Plural vos, of the second: and all the rest whatsoever of the third Person, according to this rule. All Nouns, Pronouns, and Participles, be of the third Person, except you and tu. The first person Yo, thus declined. Yo declined. Sing. Nom. yo. Plu. Nom. nos, nosótros. Fem. Plu. Nosótras. Gen. de mi. Gen. de nos, de nosótros. de nosótras. Dat. Para mi. Dat. Para nos, para nosótros. Para nosótras. Accu. a there, a me. Accu. a nos, a nosótros. a nosótras. A bla. de mi. Abla. de nos, de nosótros. de nosótra. Nota. This pronoun in the singular number serveth as well for the Masculine as Feminine gender, so in the Plural doth Nos. But Nosótros only to the Masculine, and Nosótras to the Feminine. The Spaniard in speech & writing useth this pronoun Nos with the first person Plural of the Imperative mood, by taking away s, from the Verb, as Vámonos, for Vámos Nos, let us go: Dexámonos, for Dexámos Nos, let us leave. From this pronoun Primitive are two other derived, one from the Singular number, as Mio, from you, another from the Plural Number as Nuestro from Nosótros. Mi, and Mio. Mio, Mia, in Latin Meus, mea, meum, in Italian Mio, mia, in French Montanus, ma. Example. Mascul. Fem. Mascul, Fem. Sing. Nom. Mi, mio. Mia. Plu. Nom. Miss, mios. Mias. Gen. de mi, de mio. de mia. Gen. de mis, de mios. de mias. Dat. Para mi, para mio. para mia. Dat. para mis, para mios. para mias. Accu. a there, a mio. a mia. Accu. a mis, a mios. a mias. Abla. de mi, de mio. de mia. Abla. de mis, de mios. de mias. The learner in the Spanish must note, the manner how the Spaniard useth these Possessiues, Mi, mio, Tu, tuyo, Su, suyo: and when he aught to use them in speech or writing, otherwise strait he will bewray himself in using unproperly the tongue. A rule when Mi, tu, so, and Mio, tuyo, suyo, are to be used. Nota. Mi, tu, so, are still used, joined with another word, as Mi cavállo, my horse, not Mio cavallo: Tu piensamento, thy thought, not Tuyo piensamento: Su provécho, his profit, not Suyo Prouécho. But when a question is asked, and Mio, Tuyo, Suyo, put absolutely and not joined, as Cuya es essa espáda? whose rapier is this? Answer: Mia, tuya, suya, mine, thy, his: and not Mi, tu, so: De quien es este cuchillo? whose knife is this? Answer, Mio, tuyo, suyo: and not, Mi, tu, so. In like sort when they make a relation of a thing spoken of before, and are placed at the end of a sentence, clause or period, as éste cavallo not es mio, mas deaquél que a milo dexó, paraque yo fuésse a una casa tuya: this horse is not mine but his that left it me, that I should ride to one of thy houses, and you cannot say, éste cávallo es mi, que yo fuesse a una casa tu. These and many such like I wish the learner in the Spanish to mark diligently in authors as he reads. S. added maketh Plural number. To make the Plural number of Mi, Tu, Su, add to s, as Miss, Tus, Sus, and so of other words whatsoever, as before of numbers in the Noun. This other derived from the Plural Nosótros is thus declined. Mascul. Fem. Mascul. Fem. Sing. Nom. Nuéstro, Nuéstra. Plur. Nom. Nuéstros, Nuéstras. Gen. de Nuéstro, de Nuéstra. Gen. de Nuéstros, de Nuéstras. Dat. para Nuéstro, para Nuéstra. Dat. para Nuéstros, para Nuestras. Accus. a Nuéstro, a Nuéstra. Accus. a Nuéstros, a Nuéstras. Ablat. de Nuéstro, de Nuéstra. Ablat. de Nuestros, de Nuéstras. The second person Tu, thus declined. Mascul. Fem. Second person, Tu. Sing. Nom. Tu, Plur. Nom. Vos Vosótros, Vosótras. Gen. de Ti, Gen. de Vos de Vosótros, de Vosótras. Dat. para Ti, That para Vos para Vosótros, para Vosótras. Accu. a Ti, a Te, Accus. a Vos a Vosótros, a Vosótras. Abl. de Te, Ablat. de Vos de Vosótros, de Vosótras. Nota. Note that the Spaniard most ordinarily joineth to the Infinitive mood of any verb, this particle os, which is as much as vos, as Habláros, to speak unto you, Véros, to see you, Deziros, to tell you. Of this Primitive, likewise come two Derivatives, the one of the Singular number, as of Tu comes Tuyo, in Latin Tuus, Tua, Tuum, Italian Tuo, Tua, French Tun, Ta. The other of the Plural, Vos or Vosótros comes Vuéstro. Example. Mascul. Fem. Mascul. Fem. Sing. Nom. Tu, Túyo, Túya. Plur. Nom. Tus, Túyos, Túyas. Gen. de Tu, de Túyo, Túya. Gen. de Tus, de Túyos, Túyas. Dat. para Tu, para Túyo, Túya. Dat. para Tus, para Túyos, Túyas. Accus. a Tutor, a Túyo, Túya. Accus. a Tus, a Túyos, Túyas. Abl. de Tu, de Túyo, de Túya. Ablat. de Tus, de Túyos, de Túyas. But note how the Spaniard and Italian accounteth it a disgrace to speak to any man in the second person singular either in the Nominative Tutor, or in other cases Ti or Te, Nota, how the Spaniard useth Tu, and the second Plu, except it be to his Neager, his slave, his lackey, horsekeeper, or to some of base & vile account. To their servants of the better reckoning, and to artificers and such like people they speak in the second person Plural, as Traéd aqui, bring hither, etc. Yréys a mi çapitéro, you shall go to my shoemaker, Direys que me haga unos borzeguís, and you shall tell him that he make me a pair of buskins. To all others they use the third person, as Choir V.M. andár, will your Mastership go? Nota. Ruéga a V.M. que me haga essa mercéd, etc. I entreat your Mastership that you do me this courtesy, etc. And whereas Englishmen say You, the French Vous, Nota. the Spaniard and the Italian speaketh in the third person singular, as V.M. V.S. your Mastership, or worship. The other Derivative of the plural number is this, Vuéstro, of Vos or Vosótros, Nota. in Latin Vester, Vestra, Vestrum, in Italian Vostro, Vostra, French Vostre, in English Yours. Example. Sing. Nom. Vuéstro, Vuéstra. Plural. Nom. Vuéstros, Vuéstras. Vuéstro. Gen. de Vuéstro, Vuéstra. Gen. de Vuéstros, Vuéstras. Dat. para Vuéstro, Vuéstra. Dat. para Vuéstros, Vuéstras. Accus. a Vuéstro, Vuéstra. Accus. a Vuéstros, Vuéstras. Ablat. de Vuéstro, Vuéstra. Ablat. de Vuéstros, Vuéstras. The third person Si, thus declined. Si. Sing. and Plural. Nom. caret. Gen. de si, Dat. para si. Accu. a si. Abl. de si. Of this Primitive one Derivative, which signifieth in Latin, Suus, sua, suum: Italian, Suo, sua: French, Sien, sienne: English, His, as. Example. Mascul. Fem. Mascul. Fem. Sing. Nom. so, Súyo, Súya. Plu. Nom. sus, Súyos, Súyas. So, Súyo. Gen. de su, Súyo, Súya. Gen. de sus, Súyos, Súyas. Dat. para so, Súyo, Súya. Dat. para sus, Súyos, Súyas. Accu. a so, Súyo, Súya. Accus. a sus, Súyos, Súyas. Abl. de so, Súyo, Súya. Abl. de sus, Súyos, Súyas. I proceed with the examples of all the Pronouns following by declining them, because as I before said: it is one of the difficultest things in the tongue to have the true use of them, and whereby a stranger or the unlearned in his speech or writing, shall soon discover himself to the natural or learned in the tongue. Wherefore let not only the young learner; Nota the difference of these Pronouns following. E'ste, Aquéste. but also the well grounded, and those that are able to discourse and writ the tongue well, observe how and when these Pronouns following (so little differing the one from the other) are to be used in their due time and place, as followeth: These two, E'ste and Aquéste, do signify unto us any thing that is near us, in that signification as the Latin, Hic, haec, hoc: in Italian, Cotesto, Cotesta, Costuy, Costei, Questo, Questa: in French, Cestuy cy, Ceste cy, Cecy: in English, this here, or this man here. They do differ thus. Nota. E'ste, Aquéste. E'sse. Aquél, El. E'ste and Aquéste, in Latin, Hic, is he, or that which is near or next to me. E'sse, in Latin, Iste, he or that, near or next to thee. Aquél and El, in Latin, Ille, is he, or that which is neither by me nor thee, but a part from us both. Example. Mascul. Fem. Neu. Mascul, Fem. Sing. Nom. éste, ésta, ésto. Plu. Nom. éstos, éstas, Gen. déste, désta, désto. Gen. déstos, déstas, Dat. para éste, para ésta, para ésto. Dat. para éstos, para éstas. Accus. a éste, a ésta. a ésto. Accus. a éstos, a éstas. Abl. déste, désto. désto. Abl. déstos, déstas. In the singular number of this Pronouns, the first words in e, as éste, déste, para éste, etc. are of the Masculine gender: the second, ésta, désta, para ésta, etc. of the Feminine: the third, as ésto, désto, etc. of the Neuter: but in the Plural, the first is the Masculine & Neuter: the other the Feminine gender. Nota. In the Genitive case, we say déste, and déstos, casting away the first e, Euphoniae gratia, that it might sound the smother, yet one may also say, de éste, de éstos. Aquéste. E'sse. Aquéste, Aquésta, Aquésto, declined as in the example next above, and so is, E'sse, E'ssa, E'sso: in Latin, Iste, ista, istud: the Italians and French have no proper words to express it, but must use circumlocution: in English, he or that, near or next to thee. Mismo, Mismo. Misma, Mismo, declined after the same. Aquél, El. Aquél, and El: in Latin, Ille illa, illud: Italian, Quello, colui, quella, Colei: French, Celuy iceluy, Cella, icelle, he or that which is neither near me nor thee, declined both alike. Note that this El, a pronoun, and El the Article do differ in declining, specially in the plural number. Nota. This making E'llos, and that Los, as by comparing the one with the other, the Reader may see. Look the declining of the Article El before in the Noun. Mascul. Fem. Neu. Sing. Nom. el, élla, éllo. Plu. Nom. éllos, éllas. Gen. dél, d' élla, d'éllo. Gen. d'éllos, d'éllas. Dat. para el, para élla, para éllo. Dat. para éllos, para éllas. Acc. a el, a élla, a éllo. Accu. a éllos, a éllas. Abl. d'el, d' élla, d'éllo. Abl. d'éllos, d'éllas. Nota. Note that the Spaniard commonly useth this pronoun Le before a Verb thus, Le uíno a la memoria, it came to his memory: Le díxo, he told him: Que deal alma le salía, which came from his soul: Dar le lo, to give him that: Le respondió, he answered him. Nota. Also the Spaniard useth this pronoun Lemot joined to the Infinitive mood of a verb, by changing razors of the Infinitive into pomell, Euphoniae gratia, as Hablárle, to speak unto him, Hablálle: Oýle, to hear him, oil: Vérle, to see him, Velle. Now followeth Queen, Quien, El Qual, in Latin Quis, Qui, Qua, Quod, in Italian, Chi, Che, Il Quale, La Quale, in French, Qui, Lequel, Laquelle, in English, who, which, thus. Que, Quien. Sing. and Plural. Nom. Qué. Gen. de Qué. Dat. para Qué. Accus. a Qué. Ablat. de Qué. In this same manner is Quien declined. El qual. El qual. Masc. Fem. Neut. Fem. Sing. Nom. el qual, lafoy qual, lo qual. Plur. Nom. los quales, las quales. Gen. deal qual, de la qual, de lo qual. Gen. de los quales, de las quales. Dat. para qual, para la qual, para lo qual. Dat. para los quales, para las quales. Accus. all qual, a la qual, a lo qual. Accus. a los quales, a las quales. Ablat. deal qual, de la qual, de lo qual. Ablat. de los quales, de las quales. Verbs. Of Verbs. THe Spanish tongue hath the same kind of Verbs, Moods, Tonfes, Numbers and People as the Latin. Verb passive. But for the verb passive, they make of the verb Soy, in Latin Sum, es, fui, and a participle, as Amádo, Leýdo, Partído, as Soi Amádo, Leýdo, Partído, I am loved, read, parted, or with this Accusative case or particle See, with the third person active singular or plural, as See dize, it is said, See dízen, they are said, as hereafter in their place more at large shall be declared. Gerunds. Also they have the Gerund in Do in the same manner as the Latins, as Amándo, Leyéndo, Oyéndo, in Loving, Reading, Hearing. But for the Gerund in Diego and Dum of the Latin, they express after another manner. For Gerund in Diego the Spaniard useth the Infinitive mood and the preposition De, as De amar, of Loving, De leer, of Reading. For the Gerund in Dum, the Infinitive mood and the Preposition A, or the Infinitive mood of Soy with a Participle, as A amár, or sir amádo, to be Loved, A oýr or Ser oýdo, to be Herd. And in like manner their Supines, whereas the Latins say, Amat●●●, Amatu, they say, A amar.. Supines. Do sir amado. And for Participles of the Active voice, Aman●, El que ama. Participles. For Participle of the Passive voice, Amatus, Lo que es amádo. For Participle of the Future in Rus, Amaturus, El que ha' oh espéra de amár. For Participle of the Future in Dus, Amandus, Lo que ha' de far amádo. All which by particular examples following shall plainly to the Reader appear. Of conjugations. The Spanish hath three conjugations, only both of Verbs Regular, and Irregular. 1 The first endeth in are, as Mirár, to behold: Hablár, to speak. 2 The second in er, as Perdér, to lose: Caér, to fall. 3 The third in yr or it, as oýr, to hear: Cumplír, to accomplish. Tenses. The first Person singular of the Indicative mood Present tense of all Verbs Regular, of what Conjugation soever, always endeth in oh, Míro, I behold, Háblo, I speak, Piérdo, I lose: Oygo, I hear. Indicative mood. Every Preterimperfect of the Indicative, of Verbs Regular, of the second and third Conjugation in jam, or ya, as Perdía, I did loose: Caýa, I did fall, etc. Oýa, I did hear, Complía, I did accomplish, etc. And of the first conjugation all in áva, as Miráva, I did behold: Habláva, I did speak. First Preterperfect in y, or i, as oý, perdí. I have herded, I have lost: but of the first Conjugation all in é, as Miré, I have beholden: Hablé, I have spoken. Second Preterperfect of all the three conjugations of all Verbs with this Verb He, and the Participle, as He mirádo, I have beholden: He leýdo, I have read: He oýdo, I have herded. Preterpluperfect thus, auía mirádo, leýdo, oýdo, I had beholden, read, herded. Future, of the Indicative of all Verbs Regular, & Irregular in ré, as Hablaié, I will speak: Leyré, oyeré, haré, podré, sabré, Daré. The Terminations of Verbs thus varied as followeth. Every Imperfect of the Indicative of the second & third Conjugation thus varied. ía, or ýa, as Perdía, as oýa, ías, ýas, Perdías, oýas, ía, ýa, Perdía, oýa, íamos, ýamoes, Perdíamos, oýamoes, íades, ýades, Perdíades, oýades, ían, yan, Perdían, oýan. Every Imperfect of the Indicative of the first Conjugation, in áva, ávas, áva: ávamos, ávades, ávan, as Habláva, hablávas, habláva, hablávamos, hablávades, hablávan. Every Future of the Indicative of all Verbs of all conjugations. ré, of first, second, and third, Conjugation in rás, ár, hablaré, by adding é long or accent to the Infin. mood r. rá, ér, perderé, rémos ír, oyré, réys, rán, The Terminations of the Optative and subjunctive. Every Present Tense of the Optative and subjunctive of Verbs of the first Conjugation thus, by changing oh, of the Indicative Present tense into e, thus, e, as háble, es, hábles, e, háble, émos, hablémos, éys, habléys, en, háblen. Every Present of the Optative and subjunctive of the second and third Conjugation, by changing oh, of the Present of the Indicative into a, thus, a, perda, as, perdas, a, pérda, ámos, perdámos, aýs, perdáys, án, pérdan, Every Preterimper. of the Optative & subjunctive of Verbs of the first Conjugation thus, ára, ría, ásse, hablára, habraría, hablásse, áras, rías, ásses, habláras, hablarías, hablásses, ára, ría, ásse, hablára, hablaría, hablásse, áramos, ríamoes, ássemoes, habláramoes, hablaríamoes, hablássemoes, árades, ríades, ássedes, hablárades, hablaríades, hablássedes, áran, rían, ássen, habláran, hablarían, hablássen, Every Preterimperfect of the the Optative and subjunctive of the second and third Coniug. thus, éra, ría, ésse, perdiéra, perdería, perdiésse, éras, rías, ésses, perdiéras, perderías, perdiésses, éra, ría, ésse, perdiéra, perdería, perdiésses, éramoes, ríamoes, éssemoes, perdiéramoes, perderíamoes, perdiéssemoes, érades, ríades, éssedes. perdiérades, perderíades, perdiéssedes, éran, rían, éssen, perdiéran, perderían, perdiéssen. And these Preterimperfect Tenses as all other of what Conjugation soever of Verbs Regular, and Irregular, form two voices of themselves of the second person singular of the first Preterperfect Tense of the Indicative mood, by taking away Ste, and by making it in the first Conjugation, ára, and ásse, as of this second person of the Preterperfect of the Indicative singular, Reveláste, cometh the Preterimperfect of the Optative, and subjunctive Revelára, Revelásse, and of the second and third Conjugation of all Verbs Regular and Irregular, by changing that ste, into éra and ésse, as of this Indicative mood entendiste, cometh the Preterimperfect of the Optative and subjunctive, entendiéra, entendiésse, of oýste, cometh oyéra, oyésse: of díste, diéra, diésse: of estuvíste, estuviéra, estuviésse: of anduvíste, anduviéra, anduviésse: of pudíste, pudiéra, pudiésse. And they form the third voice of this Preterimperfect by putting to jam, to the Infinitive mood, as of the Infinitive revelar, cometh this Preterimperfect revelaría, of the Imfinitiue entendér, entenderíia, of oýr, oyría, of dár, daría, of estár, estaría, andár, andaría. Every Future of the Optative and subjunctive of verbs of the first conjugation, thus áre, as Habláre. áres, Habláres. áre, Habláre. áremos, Habláremos. áredes, Habláredes. áren. Habláren. Every Future of the second & third Conjugation of the Opt. and subjunctive, thus ére, as Perdiére, Oyére. éres, Perdiéres, Oyéres. ére, Perdiére, Oyére. éremos, Perdiéremos, Oyéremos. éredes, Perdiéredes, Oyéredes. éren. Perdiéren. Oyéren. Now it remains to give a Paradigma or example of every Conjugation of their Moods, Tenses, Numbers and People, that the Student in the tongue may form the rest by, which is the chiefest point of this our Grammar, and without the which the learner shall never be able to writ or speak but by aim and rote, and so be discouraged from so laudable a purpose. And for the better delight of the Reader, and for the affinity of these two tongues, Why the Italian added to the verbs following. as for the pleasure and profit he may reap hereby, I have here in the Examples following, set down the Italian, that the understander of both tongues, may with one labour (and yet at his ease) see the difference, the one from the other, and be hereby able in understanding, writing and speaking, to practise either of them, without using the one for the other, or mixing them (a thing offensive to the Spaniards nature, as all know who have traveled in Spain.) For even as two things very like one to the other, if you see them at divers times, and in divers places, may easily make one miscarry his memory, and mistake the one for the other, when you see either of them again by itself: So if you see them both at one time, and in one place together, and take good heed of them by comparing them; no doubt by one mark or other, you shall ever after be able to discern, know and call them: even so these two languages (sometime altogether so like) being thus laid together, will 'cause the Reader easily to discern and remember them. Avér and Sér. And because this verb Avér, in Latin Habere, in Italian Hauere, in French Auoir, Avér and Sér. in English to Have, and Sér, in Latin Esse, Italian Essere, French Estre, English to Be, do serve to the conjugating or declining of all other verbs: They are best in my opinion first to be declined, especially this verb Avér, which may fitly be called Verbum auxiliarium, a helpful verb, because he doth not only help to decline himself in his own preterperfect and preterpluperfect, but doth serve to decline all other verbs whatsoever in the same tenses, as by the Examples following you may see. And this verb Sér, as before serveth, as in the Italian and French to decline all verbs Passives, for without it neither the Spanish, Italian or French can form or decline their Passives, as following you may perceive. AVER declined. The declining of the first Auxiliar verb Avér, in Italian Hauere, in Latin Habere, in English to Have. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. You HE, Io Ho & Haggio, Poetical. Ego HABEO, I Have. Tu ás, tu Hai, tu Habes, thou Hast. Aque●á or há. coluihá, & háue, Poetical. ille Habet. he hath. Plural. Plural. Plural. Plural. nosótros Auémos or Hémos Noi habbiámo & hauémo, Nos Habemus, we Have. vosótros Avéys. voi Hauéte, vos Habetis. ye Have. aquellos án or hán. colóro Hánno. illi Habent. they Have. Imperfect. Auía, Hauéua & Hauéa, Habebam, I had Auías, Hauéui, habebas, thou Hadst, etc. Auía. Hauéua & Hauéa. habebat, etc. Plur. Plur. Auíamos, Haveuámo & haveámo, Auíades, Haveuáte, Avían. Hauéuano & hauéano. First preterperfect úve, Hébbi, Habui, I have had, etc uvíste, hauésti, habuisti, etc. úvo or húvo or óvo, hébbe. Uvímos, Hauémmo, uvistes, hauéste, uviéron or huviéron or oviéron. hébbero. Second perfect. yo He, Auído Io Ho, ha●úto Habui, I have Had, etc. tu ás, tu hai, habuisti, etc. aquél á or ha'. colui ha', nosótros hémos or auémos, noi habbiámo, vosótros aveýs, voi hauéte, aquéllos án or hán. colóro hanno. pluperfect tense Auía, Auído Hauéua, hauúto Habueram, etc. I had Had, etc. avías, hauéui, auía. hauéua. Auíamos, haveuámo, avíades, haveuáte, avían. hauéuano. Futur Auré, Haveró, hauró & haró, Habebo, etc. I shall or will have, etc. Avrás, haverái, haurái & harái, Aurá. haverá, haurá & hará. Aurémos, Hauerémo, haurémo & harémo, Aureýs, haueréte, hauréte & haréte, Avrán. haveránno, hauránno & haránno. Imperative mood. áyas tu, Habbitu, Habe, habeto, etc. Have thou, etc. áya aquel, habbia colui, ayámos nosótros, habbiámo noi, ayáys vosótros, habbiáte voi, áyan aquéllos. habbíano colóro. The Spaniards use in steed of this Imperative mood, this word Ten of Tengo, I hold: which Tengo is often used of them for this verb He. This Imperative mood, Ten of Tengo, so commonly used for áyas, áya, is thus declined: AVER declined. The Imperative of Tenér, ordinarily used for the Imperat. of AVE'R, to Have. Téns tu. Hold thou. Ténga aquel. let him Hold. Tengámus nosótros, Hold we, or let us Hold. Tenéd vosótros. Hold ye. Téngan aquéllos. Hold they, or let them Hold. The Optative mood is used with these signs, Oxala, or else Osi, or Pluguiésse a Dios: in Latin, Vtinam: in Italian, OH Dio voglia, OH i, Dio volesseche, OH Dio che: French, Dieu vuelle, Pleust a Dieu: English, would to God, I pray God; God grant. The Potential like the Latin, Nota. with these signs, May, can, might, would, Should, or aught: both declined like the subjunctives following: but that the Optative and Potential always make their Future tense and Present tense all alike, as Oxalá yo áya, I pray God I have: so in the Future, Oxalá yo áya, I pray God I have hereafter: Oxalá you Revéle, God grant I reveal: Future tense also, Oxalá you Revéle, God grant I reveal hereafter: and so of the rest. And because the Optative and Potential have their Future tenses all one with their Present: and the subjunctive hath two Future's, and both differing from the Present, I hold it needful to decline the subjunctive, by whom the other two are framed. subjunctive mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como. áya, Quando Hábbia, Cum Habeam, when I had. áyas, Hábbi, Habeas, etc. when thou Hadst, etc. áya. Hábbia. ayámos, Habbiámo, ayáys, Habbiáte, áyan. Hábbiano. Imperf. Como auría, uviéra, uviésse, Quando haveréi, hauería, hauéssi, Cum haberem, etc. when I Had, or did have, etc. aurías, uviéras, uviésses, haverésti, hauésti, hauéssi, auría, uviéra, uviésse. haverébbe, hauería, hauésse. auríamoes, uviéramos, uviéssemos, haverémmo, hauéssimo, auríades, uviérades, uviéssedes, haveréste, hauéste, aurían, uviéran, uviéssen. haverébbono, haveríano, hauéssero. Or decline with H. Huviéra, Huviésse, or Oviéra, Oviésse. Perfec. Como áya, avído. Quando hábbia, Hauúto. Cum. habuerim, etc. when I have had, etc. áyes, hábbi, áya. hábbia. ayámos, habbiámo, ayáys, habbiáte, áyan. hábbiano. Pluper. Como uviéra, or uviésse, auído. Quando havessi, hauúto. Cum habuissem, etc. when I had had, etc. uviéras, or uviésses, hauésti, uviéra, or uviésse. hauésse. uviéramos, or uviéssemos, hauéssimo, uviérades, or uviéssedes, hauéste, uviéran, or uviéssen. hauéssero. First Future Como uviére, Quando haueró, banáto. Cum habuero, etc. when I shall have hereafter, etc. uviéres, haverái, uviére. haverá. uviéremos, haverémo, uviéredes, haueréte, uviéren. haveránno. Second Future Como auré, auído. Quando haueró, hauúto. Cum habuero, etc. when I shall have hereafter, etc. aurás, haverái, aurá, haverá. aurémos, haverémo, auréys, haueréte, aurán. haveránno. Infinitive mood Present tense AVE'R,] Hauere,] Habere,] to Have. Preterperfect tense Avér avído,] Haver hauúto,] Habuisse,] to Have had. The Future tense Espéro de avér, Dover hauere, Habiturumesse,] to Have hereafter. Esser per haver, Gerund Aviéndo,] Havendo,] Habendo,] in Having. Participle Auído,] Hawto,] Habitus,] I Had. Participle of the Future tense El que espéra de auér, Essere per havere, Habiturus, to Have hereafter. SIR The other verbum Auixiliarum Sér, with which all Passives are declined: it is in Latin Sum, es, fui: in Italian Essere, to be. Infinitive mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. You SO'Y, Io SONO, Sum, I Am, thou Art, he Is, etc. tu éres, tu séi, es, aquél és. colui é. est. Plu. Plu. Plu. nosotros Sómos, Noi siámo, Sumus, vosotros sóys, voi séte, estis, aquéllos són. coloro sóno. sunt. Imperfect. éra, éra, eram, I was, etc. éras, éri, eras, etc. éra, éra. éramos, erámo, & erauámo, érades, erauáte, éran. érano. First Preterperfect. Fúy, Fui, Fui, etc. I have been, etc. fúiste, fósti, Fúe. fú. Fúimos, Fúmo, fúistes, fóste, fuéron. fúrono, fúron, & fúro. Second Preterperfect He, or úve, Sído. Sóno, Stato. Fui, etc. I have been, etc. ás, or uvíste, séi, Stato. á, or úvo. e. Stato. Auémos, or uvímos, Siámo, Stati. auéys, or uvístes, séte, Stati. án, or uviéron. sóno. Stati. Pluperfec. Auía, Sído. éra, Stato. Fueram, etc. I had been, etc. avías, éri, Stato. auía. éra. Stato. Auíamos, erauámo, Stati. avíades, erauáte, Stati. avían. eráno. Stati. Future Seré, Saró, & sia, Ero, etc. I shall or will be. serás, sarái, será. sará & sia. Serémos, Sarémo, seréys, saréte, serán. saránno. Imperative mood Sé tu, or say tu, Sij, sia, & sie tu, Sis, es, esto, Be thou, séa aquél. sia, & sie colui, sit, esto. Be he or let him be, etc. Seámos nosótros, Siámo noi, Simus, sed vosótros, siáte voi, sitis, estote, séan aquéllos. siano coloro. sint, sunto. subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como yo SE'A, Quando Io SIA, Cum sim, when I am, etc. tu séas, tu sijs, sia, sis, etc. aquél sea, colui sia, sie, seámos, siámo, seáys, siáte, séan. síaon, & sieno. Imperfect. Como. fuéra, sería, fuésse, Quando. sarei, fóssi, fussi, Cum essem, etc. when I was. fuéras, serías, fuésses, sarésti, fóssi, fússi, fuéra, sería, fuésses, sarébbe, fósse, fússe, fuéramos, seríamoes, fuéssemoes, sarémmo, fóssimo, fússimo. fuérades, seríades, fuéssedes, saréste, fóste, fuste, fuéran, serían, fuéssen. sarébbono, saríano, fóssero, fússero Preter perfect. Como. áya, Sído. Quando sia, stato. Cum fuerim, etc. when I have been, etc. áyas, Sído. sijs, stato. áya, Sído. sia, stato. ayámos, Sído. siámo, stati. ayáys, Sído. siáto, stati. áyan, Sído. síaon. stati. Quando Pluperfect. Como uviéra, or uviésse, Sido. fóssi, saréi, stato. Cum fuissem, etc. when I had been, etc. uviéras; or uvésses, fóssi, sarésti, stato. uviéra, or uviésse, fósse, sarebbe, stato. uviéramos, or uviéssemos, fóssimo, saremmo, stati. uviérades, or uviéssedes, fósse, saréte, stati. uviéran, or uviéssen, fósser●, sarébbono, stati. first Futu. Como fuére, Quando saró, stato. fuero, etc. when I shall be, etc. fuéres, sárái, stato. fuére, sará, stato. fuéremos, sarémo, stati. fuéredés, saréte, stati. fuéren. saránno, stati. second Futur. Como auré, Sído. Quando, saró, state. Cum fuero, etc. when I shall be, etc. avrás, sardi, state. aurá, sará, state. aurémos sarémo, stati. auréys, saréte, stati. aurán, saráum, stati. Infinitive mood, Present Tense. SE'R,] Essere,] Esse,] To be. Preterperfect and Pluperfect, AVE'R sido,] Esser stato,] fuisse,] To have been. Future Tense. Auér de sér, dover essere, fore, To be hereafter. haver ad essere, futurum esse, n1. Siéndo,] Essendo,] The Latin wants,] In being. Participle. SI'DO] stato,] been. 1. Coniug. of Regular Verbs in ARE, REVELAR An Example of the first Conjugation of Verbs Regular in ARE, as Revelár] in Italian Riveláre] Latin Reveláre] in English] to Reveal or discover, as Revelár, in Spanish is also as Rebelár, to rebel. Indicative mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. yo REV'ELO, IO RIVE'LO, Reu●lo, I reveal, tu Reuélas, tu riuéli, reuelas, Thou reuealest, etc. aquel reuéla, colúi reuéla, revelat, etc. revelámos, riveliámo, reveláys, riueláte, Reuélan. riuélano, Imperfect. reveláva, riveláua, revelabam, etc. I did reveal, revelávas, riveláui, reveláva, riveláua, revelávamos, rivelavamo, revelávades, riuelanáte, revelávan, rivelánam, First Perf. revelé, rivelái, revelavi, etc. I have revealed, etc. reveláste, rivelásti, reveló, riueló, revelámos, rivelámmo, revelástes, riveláste, reveláron, rivelárono, riueláron, riveláro, riuelár. 2. Perf. he, or úve, reveládo. ho, riveláto revelavi, etc. I have revealed, etc. as, or uvíste, hái, á, or úvo, há, auémos, or uvímos habbiámo, avéys, or uvístes, habbiáte, án, or uviéron, hánno, Pluperfect. avía, reveládo. hauéua, riveláto revelaveram, etc. I had revealed, etc. avías, hauéui, auía, hauéua, avíamos, haveuámo, avíades, haveuáte, avían, hauéuano, Futur. revelaré, riuelaró, reuelabo, etc. I shall or will reveal, etc. revelarás, rivelarái, revelará, revelará, revelarémos, rivelarémo, revelaréys, riuelaréte, revelarán, rivelaránno, Oftentimes for the Future of this Indicative Mood, as well of this first Conjugation, No●e. as of all the rest, is used the Infinitive mood, and the Present tense of the Verb Avér, with a Particle going between them, as Revelár lo he, Revelár lo hás, Revelár lo á. And so of the other conjugations, as Entendér lo he, Entendér lo ás, oýr lo he, oyr lo hás, etc. Imperative mood. reuéla tu, riuéla tu, reuéla, reueláto Reveal thou, be thou revealed, etc. revéle aquél, riveli colúi, revelet, revelato Plu. revelémos nosótros, rivelámo noi, revelemus, reuelád vosótros, riveláte voi, revelatis, revélan aquéllos, riuélino colóro, reuelent. subjunctive mood with signs, Si, Como, or other Conjunction. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como You Revéle, Quando Io Riuéli, Cum Revelem, etc when I do Reveal, etc. tu Revéles, tu Riuéli, aquel Revéle. colúi Riuéli. Plural. Plural. Revelémos, Riveliámo, Reveléys, Riveliáte, Reuélen. Riuélino. Imperfect. Como Revelára, revelaría, revelásse, Quando Rivelassi, rivelaréi, riuelaría, Cum Revelarem, etc. when I did Reveal, etc. Reveláras, revelarías, revelásses, Rivelásti, rivelaresti, Revelára, revelaría, revelásse, Riuelásse, rivelarébbe, riuelaría, Reveláramos, revelaríamoes, revelássemos Rivelássimo, rivelarémmo, Revelárades, revelaríades, revelássedes, Rivelaste, riuelaréste, Reveláran, revelarían, revelássen. Rivelássero, rivelarébbono, riuelaríano perfect. Como áya, Reveládo. Quando Hábbia, Rivelato. Cum Revelaverius, etc. when I have revealed, etc. áyas, Hábbi, áya, Hábbia, ayámos, Habbiámo, ayáys, Habbiáte, áyan. Hábbiano. Quando Pluperfect Como uviéra or uviésse, Reveládo. Havessi, Rivelato. Cum Revelassem, etc. when I had revealed, etc. uviéras or uviésses, hauésti, uviéra or uviésse, hauésse, uviéramos or uviéssemos, hauéssim, uviérades or uviéssedes, hauéste, uviéran or uviéssen, hauéssero, First future. Como Reveláre, Quando Haveró, Riueláto. Cum Revelavero, etc. when I shall or will Reveal, etc. Reveláres, haverái, Reveláre, haverá, Revelarémos, haverémo, Reveláredes, haueréte, Reveláren, haueránno. Second Futur Como uviére or avré, Reveládo. Quando Haveró, Rivelato. Cum Revelavero, etc. when I shall or will Reveal, etc. uviéres or avrés, haverái, uviére or aurá, haverá, uvierémos or aurémos, haverémo, uviéredes or avréys, haueréte, uviéren or avrán, haveránno, Infinitive mood Present tense. Revelár,] Rivelare,] Revelare,] to Reveal or discover. Preterperfect tense. Aver reveládo,] Hauér rivelato,] Revelavisse,] to have Revealed. The Future tense. Auér o Esperár de Revelár, Dover Rivelare, Essere per Rivelare, Haver a Rivelare, to Reveal hereafter. Gerund. Revelándo,] Rivelando,] Revelando,] in Revealing. Supine of the Active signification. a Revelár,] a Rivelare,] Revelatum] to be about to Reveal. Supine of the Passive signification. De sér Revelado] D'essere Rivelato] Revelatu] to be Revealed. Participle of the Present tense and Active voice. El que Reuéla,] Rivelante,] Revelans,] Revealing. Participle of the Preter tense and Passive voice. Reveládo] Rivelato,] Revelatus,] Revealed. All verbs which have their Infinitiues in A R, are declined in all points like this here declined, except the Irregulars hear following in ar. An Example of the second Conjugation of verbs Regular in ER, as Entendér, in Italian Intendere, 2. Coniug. of Regular verbs in ere Entendér. Latin Intelligere, to Understand. judicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. yo ENTIE'NDO, Io Inténdo, Intelligo, etc. I do Understand, etc. tu Entiéndes, tu Inténdi, aquel Entiénde. colúi Inténde. Plural. Plur. Entendémos, Intendiámo, Entendéys, Intendéte, Entiénden. Intendino. Imperfect. Entendía, Intendéua & Intendéa, Intelligebam, etc. I did Understand, etc. Entendías, Intendéui, Entendía. Intendéua & Intendéa, Entendíamos, Intendeuámo, Entendíades, Intendeuáte, Entendían. Intendéuano. First perfect. Entendí, Intési, Intellexi, etc. I have Understood, etc. Entendíste, Intendísti, Entendió, Intése, Entendímos, Intendémmo, Entendístes, Intendéste, Entendiéron. Intésero. Second perfect. He or úve, Entendído. HO Intéso. Intellexi, etc. I have Understood, etc. ás or uvíste, hái Intéso. á or úvo. ha' Intéso. hémos or uvímos, habbiámo Intési. avéys or uvístes, hauéte Intési. án or uviéron. hánno Intési. pluperfect tense Auía, Entendído hauéua Intéso. Intellexeram, etc. I had Understood, etc. avías, hauéui Intéso. auía. hauéua Intéso. Aviámos, haveuámo Intési. avíades, haveuáte Intési. avían. hauéuano Intési. Futur Entenderé, Intenderó, Intelligam, etc. I shall or will Understand. Entenderás, Intenderái, Entenderá. Intenderá, Entenderémos, Intenderémo, Entenderéys, Intenderéte, Entenderán. Intenderánno. Imperative mood. Entiénde tu, Intendi tu, Intellige, Intelligito. Understand thou, Entiénde aquel. Intenda colui, Intelligat, Intelligito. Understand he or let him understand. Entendámos nosótros, Intendiámo noi, Entendéd vosótros, Intendéte voi, Entiéndan aquellos. Inténdano colóro. Entendér. Second Conjugation of Regular Verbs in ER, as ENTENDER. subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como yo ENTIE'NDA, Quando yo INTENDA, Cum intelligam etc. when I do understand. etc. tu entiéndas, tu inténdi, aquel entiénda, colui inténda, Plu. Plu. entendámos, intendiámo, entendáys, intendiáte, entiéndan. inténdano, Quando Cum Imperfect. Como. entendiéra, entendería, entendiésse, intenderei, intenderia, intendessi, intelligerem, etc. when I did understand. entendiéras, entenderías, entendiésses, intenderesti, intendéssi, entendiéra, entendería, entendiésses. intenderebbe, intenderia, intendesse, entendiéramos, entenderíamoes, entendiéssemoes, intenderémo, intendissimo, entendiérades, entenderiades, entendiéssedes, intenderésti, intendésti, entendiéran, entenderian, entendiéssen. intenderébbero, intenderieno, intendessero, Perf. Como áya, Entendído. Quando hábbia, inteso, Cum intellexerim, etc. when I have understood, etc. áyas, hábbi, inteso, áya, hábbia, inteso, áyamos, habbiámo, intesis. ayáys, habbiáte, intesis. áyan. hábbiano, intensi. Quando Pluperfect. Como uviéra, or uviésse, Entendído haveréi, & hauéssi, inteso. Cum intellexissem, etc. when I had vndertoode. uviéras, or uviésses, haverésti, & hauéssi, inteso. uviéra, or uviésse, haverébbe, & hauésse, inteso. uviéramos, or uviéssemos, haverémmo, & havessimo, intesis. uviérades, or uviéssedes, haveréste, & hauéste, intesis. uviéran, or uviéssen, haverébbero, & hauéssero, intesis. First future. Como Entendiére, Cum intellexero etc. when I shall or will understand etc. entendiéres, entendiére, entendiéremos, entendiéredes, entendiéren. Quando second future. Como uviére, or auré, Entendído haueró, inteso. Cum intellexero etc. when I shall understand. etc. uviéres, or aurás, haverái, inteso. uviére, or aurá, haverá, inteso. uviéremos, or aurémos, haverémo, intesis. uviéredes, or auréys, haueréte, intesis. uviéren, or aurán, haveránno, intesis. Infinitive mood Present Tense. Entendér,] Intendére,] Intelligere] To understand. Preterperfect Tense. auér entendído,] haver intéso,] intellexisse,] To have understood. The Future Tense. aver oh Esperár de entendéer, douer intendere, intellecturum, haver ad intendere, to understand hereafter. Esser per intendere, Gerund. entendiéndo,] intendendo,] intelligendo] In understanding.] Supines of the active voice. a entendér,] ad intendere] intellectum] To understand. Supine of the passive voice. de sér entendído,] d'essere in téso,] intellectu] To be understood. Participle of the active voice and present Tense. el que entiénde,] intendente] intelligens,] Understanding. Participle of the Preter and passive voice. entendido,] intéso] intellectus] Understood. All Verbs whose infinitives end in er, are in all points declined like this except the irregular in er following. An Example of the third and last Conjugation of Regular verbs in It or Your, as ABRIR, in Italian Aprire, Latin Aperire, 3. and last conjugation of Verbs Regular in Ir, or Yr. to Open, Oyr, Italian Vdire, Latin Audire, to Hear. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. O'YO, y OY'GO, ODO, Audio, etc. I do Hear, etc. óyes, odi, óye. ode. Plur. Plur. oýmos, udiámo, oýs, udíte, óyen. ódono. Imperfect. Oýa, Vdiva, Audiebam, etc. I did Hear, etc. oýas, udíui, oýa. udíua. oýamoes, udiuámo, oýades, udiuáte, oýan. udivano. First Perf. Oý, Vdí & udij, Audivi, etc. I have herded, etc. oýste, udísti, oyó, udi. oýmos, udímmo, oýstes, udíste, oyéron. udírono, vdíron, udíro, vdir. second Perfect. He, or úve, Oýdo. Ho, Vdíto. Audivi, etc. I have herded, etc. ás, or uvíste, hai, á, or úvo, ha', ávemos, or uvímos, habbiámo, avéys, or uvístes, hauéto, án, or uviéron, hánno, Pluperfect. avía, Oýdo. hauéua, Vdíto. Audiveram, etc. I had herded. avías, hauéui, avía, hauéua, avíamos, haveuámo, avíades, haveuáte, avían, hauéuano, future. oyré, vdiró, Audiam, etc. I shall or will hear, etc. oyrás, udirái, oyrá, udirá, oyrémos, udirémo, oyréys, vdiréte, oyrán, udiránno. Imperative mood. Imperative mood. Oýe tu, ódi tu, audi, audito, audiat, audito, etc. Hear thou, Hear he or let him hear, etc. oýga, or óya aquel, óda colui, oyámos nosotros, udiámo noi, oýd vosótros, udíte voi, oýan, or óygan aquellos, ódano colóro, O Y R declined. The Third and last Conjugation of verbs Regular in IR, and YOUR. Subiunctitue mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como. O'YA, or óyga, Quando OD'A, Cum Audiam, etc. When I hear. óyas, or óygas, ódi, óya, or óyga, óda. oyámos, or oygámos, udiámo, oyáys, or oygáys, vdiáte, óyan, or óygan. ódano. Imper. Como Oyéra, oyeria, oyésse, Quando Vdíssi, udiréi, vdería, Cum Audirem, etc. when I did hear, etc. oyéras, oyerías, oyésses, udíssi, udirésti, oyéra, oyería, oyésse. vdísse, udirébbe, vdiría. oyéramoes, oyríamoes, oyéssemoes, udíssimo, udirémo, oyérades, oyríades, oyéssedes, vdiste, vdiréste, oyéran, oyrían, oyéssen. udíssero, udirébbono, vdiríano Perfect. Como A'ya, Oýdo, Quando Hábbia, Vdito. Cum Audiverim, etc. when I have herded, etc. áyas, hábbi, áya. hábbia. ayámos, habbiámo, ayaýs, habbiáte, áyan. hábbiano. Quando, Cum plupe. Como Uviéra, or uviésse, oýdo. Hauéssi, haveréi, hauería, vdito. Audivissem etc. when I had herded, etc uviéras, or uviésses, hauéssi, haverésti, uviéra, or uviésse, hauésse, haverébbe, hauría, uviéramos, or uviéssemos havessimo, haverémo, uviérades, or uviéssedes, hauéste, haveréste. uviéran, or uviéssen. hauéssero, haverébbono, hauríano. First Future Como Oyére, Cum Audivero, etc. when I shall hear, etc. oyéres, oyére, oyéremos, oyéredes, oyéren. Cum Second Future Como Uviére, or auré, oýdo. Quando Haveró, vdito Audivero, etc. when I shall hear. uviéres, or aurás, haverái, uviére, or aurá. haverá. uviéremos, or aurémos haverémo, uviéredes, or auréys, haueréte, uviéren, or aurán. haveránno. Infinitive mood present tense OY'R,] Vdire,] Audire,] to Hear. Preterperfect tense avér Oýdo] haver Vdíto,] Audivisse,] to have Herd. The Future tense auér de Oýr, dover Vdire, haver and Vdíre, esser per Vdíre, Auditum esse,] to Hear hereafter. Gerund. Oyéndo,] Odendo,] Audiendo,] in Hearing. Supine of the Active voice. a Oýr,] Vdíre,] Auditum,] to Hear. Supine of the Passive voice. de ser Oýdo,] d'essere Vdito,] Auditu,] to be Herd. Participle of the Active voice and Present tense. el que Oye,] chi Ode,] Audience,] Hearing. Participle of the Passive voice and Preter tense. Oydo,] Vdito,] Auditus,] Heard. All verbs whose infinitives end in it, or yr, are declined in every respect like this: except those in it and yr, in the Irregulars following. Of Verbs Passives. The Spaniards as the Italian and French decline their Verbs passives with their Verb Sum, es, fui, and the Participle of the Preter tense, as of Revelár, to reveal: soy Reveládo, I am revealed. The Spanish formeth the Participle Passive of the first and third Conjugation of their Infinitive mood, by taking away razors, and putting to do, as of Revelár, Reveládo, Pedír, to require, Pedído, required, Oýr, to hear, Oýdo, herded. But in the second Conjugation they take away as before, and change the last e into y or i, and add to do as aforesaid, as Leer, to read, Leýdo: Entendér, to understand, Entendído. A Verb Passive thus declined. Indicative mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. YO SOY, Reveládo. IO SO'No, Riueláto. Reuelor, I am Revealed. thou art Revealed. tu éres, Reveládo. tu séi, Riueláto. Revelaris, etc. aquél és, Reveládo. colúi é, Riveláto. Plu. Plu. Sómos, Reveládos. Siámo, Riueláti. sóys, Reveládos. séte, Riveláti. són, Reveládos. sóno, Riueláti. Imperfect. E'ra, Reveládo. E'ra, Riueláto. Revelabar, I was Revealed thou wast revealed, etc. éras, Reveládo. éri, Riueláto. Revelabaris, etc. éra, Reveládo. éra, Riueláto. éramoes, Reveládos. erámo, & erauámo, Riueláti. érades, Reveládos. eráte, Riueláti. éran, Reveládos. érano, Riueláti. First perfect. Fúy Reveládo, Fui, Riueláto. Revelatus sum vel fui, etc. I have been Revealed, etc. fuéste, Reveládo. fósti, Riueláto. fue, Reveládo. fú, Riveláto. fuymos, Reveládos. fúmo, Riueláti. fuístes, Reveládos. fóste, Riueláti. fuéron, Reveládos. fúrono, fúro, fúron, Riueláti. second Perfec HE, or úve Sído, Reveládo. Sono Stato, Riueláto. Revelatus sum vel fui, idem ut antea, etc. I have been revealed, etc. as, or uvíste Sído, Reveládo. séi Stato, Riueláto. a, or úvo Sído, Reveládo. é Stato, Riueláto. Hemos, or uvímos Sído, Reveládos. Siámo, Stati, Riueláti. auéis, or uvístes Sído, Reveládos. séte Stati, Riueláti. an, or uviéron Sído, Reveládos. son Stati, Riueláti. pluperfect. Auía Sído, Reveládo. E'ra Stato, Riueláto. Revelatus eram vel fueram, etc. I had been Revealed, etc. avías Sído, Reveládo. éri Stato, Riueláto. avía Sído, Reveládo. éra Stato, Riueláto. avíamos Sído, Reveládos. erauámo Stati, Riueláti. avíades Sído, Reveládos. erauáte Stati, Riueláti. avian Sído, Reveládos. érano Stati, Riueláti. future Seré, Reveládo. Saró, Riueláto. Reuelabor, etc. I shall or will be Revealed. serás, Reveládo. sarái, Riueláto. será, Reveládo. sará, Riveláto. Serémos, Reveládos. Sarémo, Riueláti. seréys, Reveládos. saréte, Riveláti. serán, Reveládos. saránno, Riueláti. Imperative mood Sé tu, Reveládo, Sia, & sijs tu, Riueláto. Revelare, Reveletur, etc. be thou Revealed, let him be Revealed, etc. sea aquél, Reveládo, sia, & sie colui, Riueláto. Seámos, Reveládos. siámo, Riueláti. sed, Reveládos. siáte, Riueláti. Séan, Reveládos. siano, Riueláti. subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como yo Séa Reveládo. Quando Io Sia Riveláto. Cum Revelar, etc. When I am Revealed, etc tu séas Reveládo. tu sijs, sía Riueláto. aquel séa Reveládo. colui sia, sie Riueláto. Seámos Reveládos. siámo Riueláti. seáys Reveládos. siáte Riueláti. séan Reveládos. síano & síeno Riueláti. Imperfect Como Fuéra, sería, fuésse Reveládo. Quando Fóssi, fússi, saréi, saria Rivelato. Cum Reuelarer, etc. when I was Revealed, etc fuéras, serías, fuésses Reveládo. fósti, fusti, saresti, Rivelato. fuéra, sería, fuésse Reveládo. fósse, fusse, sarébbe, saria Rivelato. Fuéramoes, seríamoes, fuéssemos Reveládos. fóssimo, fussimo, sarémmo Rivelati. fuérades, seríades, fuéssedes Reveládos. fóste, fuste, saréste, Rivelati. fuéran, serían, fuéssen Reveládos. fóssero, fússero, sarébbono, saríano Rivelati. perfect. Como A'ya Sido Reveládo. Quando Sia Stato Rivelato. Cum Revelatus sim vel fuerim, etc. When I have been revealed, etc. áyas Sído Reveládo. sijs & sia stato Rivelato. áya Sído Reveládo. sia & sie stato Rivelato. ayámos Sido Reveládos. siámo stati Rivelati. ayáys Sído Reveládos. siáte stati Rivelati. áyan Sído Reveládos. síano stati Rivelati. pluperfect tense Como Uviéra or uviésse Sído Reveládo. Quando Fóssi, fússi, saréi, saria stato Rivelato. Cum Revelatus essem vel fuissem, etc when I had been revealed, etc. uviéras or uviésses Sído Reveládo. fósti, fústi, saresti stato Rivelato. uviéra or uviésse Sído Reveládo. fósse, fússe, sarébbe stato Rivelato. uviéramos or uviéssemos sído Reveládos. fóssimo, fússimo, sarémo stati Rivelati. uviérades or uviéssedes Sído Reveládos. fóste, fúste, seréste stati Rivelati. uviéran or uviéssen Sído Reveládos. fóssero, fússero, sarebbono stati saríano Rivelati. Futur Como Fuére or uviére or auré sído Reveládo. Quando Saró stato Rivelato. Cum Revelatus ero vel fuero, etc. When I shall be Revealed, etc. fuéres or uviéres or auras sído Reveládo. sarái stato Rivelato. fuére or uviéres or aura sído Reveládo. sará stato Rivelato. fuéremos or uviéremos or aurémos sído Reveládos. sarémo stati Rivelati. fuéredes or uviéredes or avréys sído Reveládos. saréte stati Rivelati. fuéren or uviéren or avrán sído Reveládos. saránno stati Rivelati. Infinitive mood Present tense. Sir Revelúdo,] Rivelarsi, essere Rivelato,] Revelari,] to be Revealed. Pre●●● tense. Auér Sido Reveládo,] Essere stato Rivelato,] Revelatum esse vel fuisse,] to have been revealed. Future tense. Auér de sér Reveládo, Dover essere Rivelato, haver ad essere Rivelato, Revelatum iri vel Revelandum esse, to be Revealed hereafter. Participle of the Present tense. Lo que es Reveládo,] Riveláto,] Revelatus,] that which is Revealed. Participle of the Future tense. Lo que ha' de ser Reveládo, Havendo ad essere Riueláto, havendo a Rivelarsi, Reuelan●m, to be Revealed hereafter. After this manner in every respect all other verbs Passives Regular or Irregular of what Conjugation soever are to be declined as of the second Conjugation Soy Vendido, Posseydo, Defendido, and of the third Conjugation, as Soy Oydo, Corregído, Segdido, and so of the rest. Note that this Accusative case See of the pronoun joined with the third person of verbs actives, make them have the Passive signification, as Dize, he says, ●e dize, Nota. it is said. Now will I handle and entreat of the verbs Irregular (in which is found hardness and difficulty to the learner for their declining) in such order and manner that he may with his ease or very little pain decline any of them whatsoever: for which purpose and for whose ease and profit, I have to my great labour brought them into the form as followeth, and have so diligently searched, that no one of them needful to his use (as I hope) shall be wanting, not here following set down, that my labours may be answerable to my desire, and the learners profit to my pains. The first Conjugation of Verbs Irregular in ARE, as DANE, in Italian and Latin Dare, to Give. 1. Coniug. of Verbs Irregular in AR. The verbs Irregular like as the Regular divided into three conjugations, Nota. the fir●● in are, the second in er, the third in it or your. The verbs Irregular differ from the Regular afore going in their first Preterperfect of the Indicative, and Preterimperfect of the subjunctive, as by the Examples following you may see. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. yo DOY, Io DO, Do, I do Give, etc. tu Dás. tu Dái, Das, aquel Da. colui Da. That, etc. Plur. Plur. Dámos, Diámo or Dám●, Dáys, Dáte, Dán. Dánno. Imperf. Dáva, Dá●●, Dabam, etc. I did Give, etc. Dávas, Dáui, Dáva. Dáu●. Dávamos, Davamo, Dávades, Dauáte, Dávan. Dáua●. First Perfect Dí, Diedi & Dei, Dedi, etc. I have Given, etc. Diste, Désti, Dió. die & Debt, Dímos, Démmo, Dístes, Desté, Diéron. Diédero. Second Perfect you He Dádo. Ho Dato. Dedi, etc. ut supra. I have Given, etc. as next above. tu ás hai aquel á. ha' hémos habbiámo aveýs havete án hánno Pluperf. Auía Dádo. Hauéua Dato. Dederam, etc. I had Given, etc. Auías hauéui Auía hauéua Auíamos haveuámo Avíades haueuáte Avían hauéuano Future. Daré, Daró, Dabo, etc. I shall or will Give, etc. Darás, Darái, Dará. Dará. Darémos, Darémo, Daréys, Daréte, Darán. Daránno. Imperative mood. Dá tu, Da tu, Da dato, Give thou, etc. Dé aquél. Dia colui. Debt dato, etc. Démos, Diámo, Dád, Date, Dén. Diáno. subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como YO De, Quando IO Día, Cum Dem, etc. When I do give, etc. tu des, tu día, aquel De, colui día, démos, diámo, déys, diáte, déns, díano, Imperfect. diéra, daría, diésse, Quando déssi, daréi, daría, Cum Darem, etc. When I did give, etc. diéras, darías, diésses, déssi, darésti, diéra, daría, diésse, désse, darébbe, daria, diéramos, daríamoes, diéssemoes, déssimo, darémmo, diérades, daríades, diéssedes, déste, daréste, diéran, darían, diéssen. déssero, darébbono, daríano, perfect. Como áya, Dádo. Quando hábbia, Dato. Cum Dederim, etc. When I have given, etc. áyas, hábbi, áya, hábbia, ayámos, habbiámo, ayáys, habbiáte, áyan, hábbiano. Pluperfect. Como uviéra, or uviésse, Dádo. Quando. havessi, haurei, Dáto. Cum dedissem, etc. When I had given, etc. uviéros, or uviésses, hauésti, haveresti, uviéra, or uviésse, hauésse, haverébbe, uviéramos, or uviéssemos, hauéssimo, haverémmo, uviérades, or uviéssedes, hauéste, haueréste, uviéran, or uviéssen. hauéssero, haverébbono, future, Como diére, Quando haueró, Dato. Cum Dedero, etc. When I shall give, etc. diéres, haverái, diére, haverá, diéremos, haverémo, diéredes, haueréte, diéren. haveránno, Infinitive mood Present tense. DA'R,] Dare,] Dare,] To give. Preterperfect Tense. avér Dádo, haver dato, dover dare, haver a dare. Dedisse. To have given. n1. Dando,] dando,] dando,] In giving. Participle of the Present tense, and Active voice. El que da,] Dante,] Dans,] giving. Participle of the Preter tense and Passive voice. Dado,] Dato,] Datus] given. Participle of the Future tense. El que há, or espéra de dár] Essere per dare] Daturum esse] to give hereafter. These here under written only differ from the Regular verbs in the first preterperfect tense of their Indicative mood, which always change Car of the Infinitive into qué, and gar into gue, as Infinitiues. Pres. Preterperfects. A cercár, to come near, yo Acérco, Acerqué. Cercár, to compass, yo Cérco, Cerqué. Cargár, to charge, to burden, yo Cárgo, Cargué. Achicár, to make little, yo Achíco, Achiqué. Ahogár, to choke, to drown, yo Ahógo, Ahogué. Allegár, to come near, yo Allégo, Allegué. Ahorcár, to hung up, yo Ahórco, Ahorqué. Anegár, to drown, yo Anégo, Anegué. Arrancár, to pluck up, yo Arránco, Arranqué. Arremangár, to tuck up, yo Arremángo, Arremangué. Arriscár, to endanger, yo Arrísco, Arrisqué. Apesgár, to weigh down, yo Apésgo, Apesgué. Assulcár, to furrow, yo Asúlco, Asulqué. Bogár, to row, yo Bógo, Bogué. Bolcár, to tumble down, yo Bólco, Bolqué. Castigár, to chastise, yo Castígo, Castigué. Calcár, to kick under feet, yo Cálco, Calqué. Colgár, to hung, yo Cuélgo, Colgué. Cocár, to ga●e at, to mock, yo Cuéco, Coqué. Cavalgár, to ride, yo Cauálgo, Cavalgué. Chocár, to suck, yo Chuéco, Choqué. Denegár, to deny, yo Deniégo, Denegué. Derrocár, to throw down, yo Derruéco, Derrogué. Descolgár, to vnhang, yo Descuélgo, Descolgué. Desfogár, to cool, yo Desfuégo, Desfogué. Embarcár, to embark, yo Embárco, Embarqué. Desligár, to untie, yo Desligo, Desligué. Embaucár, to cast into a hole, yo Embáuco, Embauqué. Embocár, idem, yo Embóco, Emboqué. Desnegár, to recant, yo Desniégo, Desnegué. Enarcár, to chest up, yo Enárco, Enarqué. Divulgár, to publish, yo diuúlgo, Divulgué. Empegár, to pitch, yo Empiégo, Empegué. Fabricár, to frame, yo Fabríco, Fabriqué. Encenegár, to dirt, yo Encienégo, Encenegué. Fregár, to rub, yo Friégo, Fregué. Holgár, to be glad, yo Huélgo, Holgué. Mancár, to want, yo Mánco, Manqué. Jugár, to play, yo Juégo, Jugué. Marcár, to mark, yo Márco, Marqué. Mercár, to buy, yo Miérco, Merqué. Mascár, to chew, yo Másco, Masqué. Mendigár, to beg, yo Mendígo, Mendigué. Navegár, to sail, yo Nauégo, Navegué. Otorgár, to grant, yo Otórgo, Otorgué. Peliscár, to pinch, yo Pelísco, Pelisqué. Pagár, to pay, yo Págo, Pagué. Pescár, to fish, yo Pésco, Pesqué. Plegár, to fold, yo Pliégo, Pliegué. Regár, to water, yo Riégo, Regué. These here above and their like in all other Tenses vary nothing from the verbs regular in are afore going, as Juzgár, to judge, the Indicative present Tense Júzgo, I judge, Preterimperfect Juzgáva, first Preterperfect Juzgué, the second Perfect He juzgádo, the Preterpluperfect avia Juzgádo, Future Juzgaré. Imperative Juzga. The Present Tense of the Optative and subjunctive Oxalá or Si Júzgue, the Preterimperfect Tense Juzgára, juzgaría, juzgásse. Perfect áya juzgádo, Pluperfect uviéra or uviésse Juzgádo, Future Juzgáre. Infinitive Juzgár. Participle Juzgádo. Of Verbs Irregular the first Conjugation in ARE, as Estár,] in Italian Essere, ESTAR ] in Latin Esse,] To be, to stand. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. YOU ESTO'Y, IO STO, Sto, etc. I stand, or I am, etc. tu estás, tu stái, aquel está, colui sta; estámos, stámo, estáys, státe, están. stánno. Imperfect. estáva, stáua, stabam, etc. I was or did stand, etc. estávas, stáui, estáva, stáua, estávamos, stauámo, estávades, stauáto, estávan. stáuano. First Perf. estúve, stetti, & stei, steti, etc. I have been, or have stood, etc. estuvíste, stesti, estúvo, stétte, estuuímos, stémo, estuuístes, stéste, estvuiéron. stéttero. second Perfect. yo He, Estádo. sóno, Stato. steti, etc. I have been, or have stood, etc. tu ás, séi, Stato. ut supra. aquel há, é, Stato. hémos, siámo, Stati. auéys, séte, Stati. án, sóno, Stati. Pluperfect. avía, Estádo. éra, Stato. steteram, etc. I had been, or had stood, etc. avías, éri, Stato. auía, éra, Stato. avíamos, erauámo, Stati. avíades, erauáte, Stati. avían, érano, Stati. future. Estaré, staró, Stabo, etc. I shall or will stand or be, etc. estarás, starái, estará, stará, estarémos, starémo, estaréys, staréte, estarán. staránno. Imperative mood. Imperative mood. Está, sta, stá, sta, stato, etc. be thou, or stand thou, etc. esté, stía, estémos, stiámo, estád, státe, estén. stíano. subjunctive mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como Esté, Quando Stia, Cum Stem, etc. When I am or stand, etc. Estés, Stij, Esté, Stia, Estémos, Stiámo, Estéys, Stiáte, Estén. Stíano. Imperfect. Como Estuviéra, estaría, estuviésse, Quando Starei, stéssi, staría, Cum Starem, etc. when I Stood or was, etc. Estuviéras, estarías, estuviésses, Starésti, stéssi, Estuviéra, estaría, estuviésse, Starébbe, stésse, staría, Estuviéramos, estaríamos, estuviéssemoes, Starémo, stéssimo, Estuviérades, estaríades, estuviéssedes, Staréste, stéste, Estuviéran, estarían, estuviéssen. starébbono, staríano, stéssero. Perfec Como A'ya, estádo. Quando Sia, Stato. Cum Steterim etc. when I have stood or been, etc. áyas, Sij, Stato. áya, Sia, Stato. Ayámos, Siámo, Stati. Ayáys, Siáte, Stati. áyan, Siáno, Stati. pluper Como uviéra, or uviésse, estádo. Quando Fossi, Státo. Cum stetissem etc. when I had been, or stood, etc uviéras, or uviésses, Fossi, Státo. uviéra, or uviésse, Fosse, Státo. uviéramos, or uviéssemos, Fóssimo, Stati. uviérades, or uviéssedes, Fóste, Stati. uviéran, or uviéssen, Fóssero. Stati. First Futur Como Estuviére, Quando Saró, Státo. Cum Stetero, etc. when I shall or will stand or be etc. Estuviéres, Sarái, Státo. Estuviére, Sará, Státo. Estuviéremos, Sarémo, Stati. Estuviéredes, Saréte, Stati. Estuviéren, Saránno, Stati. second Futur Como uviére, or avré, Estádo. Saró, Státo. Cum Stetero, etc. when I shall or will be or stand etc. uviéres, or avrás, Sarái, Státo. uviére, or aurá, Sará, Státo. uviéremos, or aurémos, Sarémo, Státi. uviéredes, or avréys, Saréte, Státi. uviéren, or avrán, Saránno, Státi. Infinitive mood Present. Estár,] Stare,] Stare,] to Stand or be. Preterperfect. avér Estádo,] haver Státo,] Stetisse,] to have Stood or been. Future tense. avér or esperár d'estár, dover Stare, Staturum esse, to Stand hereafter. esser per Stare, Gerund. Estándo,] Stando,] Stando,] In Standing or being. Participle. Estádo,] Stato,] Status,] Stood or been. These Verbs following make their Present tense of the Indicative, by changing the last syllable save one of the Infinitive the e into ie, and the oh into ve, as Infinitive. Pres. Preterperfect. Assentár, to sit, to set, yo assiénto, Assenté. Approvár, to allow, yo appruévo, Aproué. Sentár, to sit, yo siénto, Senté, Sonár, to sound, yo suéno, Soné, Conservár, to keep, yo consiérvo, Conserué. Atronár, to thunder, yo atruéno, Attroné. Cegár, to make blind, yo ciégo, Ciegué. Contár, to reckon, yo cuénto, Conté. Cerrár, to shut, to lock, yo ciérro, Cerré. Degollár, to kill, to behead, yo deguéllo, De gollé. Enterrár, to put in the earth, yo entiérro, Enterré. Derrocár, to throw down, yo deruéco, derroqué. Colgár, to hung, yo cuélgo, Colgué. Desterrár, to banish, yo destiérro, Desterré. Dessollár, to paunch, yo desuéllo, Desollé. Hollár, to tread on, yo huéllo, Hollé. Entesár, to bend, you entiéso, Entesé. Segár, to cut, yo siégo, Sequé. Resollár, to breath, yo resuéllo, Resolié. Resolgár, idem, yo resuélgo, Resolgué. Temblár, to tremble, yo tiémblo, Temblé. Tentár, to assay, yo tiénto, Tenté. Tropeçár, to stumble, you tropiéço, Tropecé. Adereçár, to make ready, you aderésço, Aderescé. Of Verbs Irregular of the first Conjugation in ARE, as ANDAR, ANDAR In Italian, Audare, in Latin, Ire, Gradi, to Go. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Present. A'ndo, Vo, & Vado, Eo, I Go, thou Goest, etc. ándas, Vai, is, etc. ánda, Va, Andámos, Andiámo, andáys, Andáte, ándan. Vánno. Imperfect. Andáva, Andáua, Ibam, etc. I did Go, etc. Andávas, Andáui, Andáva, Andáua, Andávamos, Andauámo, Andávades, Andauáte, Andávan. Andáuano. First Perfect Andúve, Andái, jui, etc. I have Go, etc. Anduvíste, Andásti, Andúvo, Andó, Anduuímos, Andámmo, Anduuístes, Andáste, Anduviéron. Andárono. Second Perfec. He, Andádo. Sono, Andáto. jui, etc. I have Go, etc. as before. as, Séi, Andáto. ut suprá. a, é, Andáto. Hemos, Siámo, Andati. auéys, Séte, Andati. án, Sono, Andati. Pluperfect. Auía, Andádo. E'ra, Andato. jueram, etc. I had Go, etc. Avías, éri, Andato. Auía, éra, Andato. Auíamos, Erauámo, Andati. Auíades, erauáte, Andati. Avían, érano. Andati. Future Andaré, Anderó, andró, Ibo, etc. I shall or will Go, etc. Andarás, Anderái, andrai, Andará, Anderá, andrá, Andarémos, Anderémo, andrémo, Andaréys, Anderéte, Andréte, Andarán. Anderánno, andránno. Imperative mood A'ndatu, Vatu, Ito, etc. Go thou, etc. ánde aquel, Vada, or vadacolui, Andémos, Andiámo, Andád, Andáte, ánden. Vádano, or uádino. ANDAR. Of Verbs Irregular the first Conjugation in A R. subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como ánde, Quando uáda, uádi, Cum Eam, etc. When I do go, etc. ándes, vadv, vadi, ánde, uáda, vadi, andémos, andiámo, andéys, andiáte, ánden. uádano, uádino. Imperfect Como anduviéra, andaría, anduviésse, Quando andassi andarei, anderia, Cum irem, etc. When I did go, etc. anduviéras, andarias, anduviésses, andássi, anderésti, anduviéra, andaría, anduviésse, andásse, anderébbe, andería, Anduviéramos, andaríamos, anduviéssemoes, andássimo, anderém●, anduviérades, andaríades, anduviéssedes, andáste, anderéste, anduviéran, andarian, anduviéssen. andássero, anderébbero, anderíano. perfect. Como áya, andádo. Quando sia, Andato. Cum iueri●, etc. When I have go, etc. áyas, sii, Andato. áya, sia, Andato. áyamoes, siamo, Andati. ayaýs, siate, Andati. áyan, siáno, Andati. Quando pluperfect tense Como uviéra, or uviésses, andádo. fóssi, sarei, Andato. ivissem, etc. When I had go, etc. uviéra, or uviésses, fóssi, sarésti, Andato. uviéra, or uviésse, fosse, sarébbe, Andato. uviéramos, or uviéssemos fossimo, sarémmo, Andati. uviérades, or uviéssedes, fóste, saréste, Andati. uviéran, or uviéssen, fóssero, sarébbero, Andati. Futur Como anduviére, Quando saró, Andato. Cum ivero, etc. When I shall or will go hereafter, etc. anduviéres, sarái, Andato. anduviére, sará, Andato. anduviéremos, sarémo, Andati. anduviéredes, saréte, Andati. anduviéren. saránno, Andati. Infinitive mood Present tense. ANDA'R,] Andare,] Ire,] to go. Preterperfect tense. Auér andádo,] Essere andáto,] juisse,] to have go. Future tense. Avér or esperár de andár, Esser per andare, Dover andare, Háuer add andare. Iturum esse, to go, or about to go. Gerund. Andándo,] Andándo,] Eundo,] in going. Participle of the Present tense and Active voice. El que ánda,] Andánte,] Euns,] one going. Participle of the Preter and Passive voice. Andádo,] Andato,] go. Of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation in ER, as Traér, TRAER Sabér, Tenér, Podér, Querér, Ponér, Hazér, Cabér. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. yo TRA'YGO, io APPORTO, Adduco, etc. I fetch or bring, etc. tu tráes, tu appórti, aquel tráe, colui appórta, traémos, apportiámo, traéys, apportáte, tráen. appórtano. Imper Traýa, apportáua, Adducebam, etc. I did fetch or bring, etc. traýas, apportáui, traýa, apportáua, traýamos, apportauámo, traýades, apportauáte, traýan, apportáuano. First Perf. trúxe, or tráxe, apportái, Adduxi, etc. I have fetched or bought, etc. truxiste, or traxíste, apportáste, trúxo, or, tráxo, apportó, truxímos, or traxímos, apportámo, truxístes, or traxístes, apportáste, truxéron, or traxéron, apportáron, apportáro, apportár. second Perf. he, traýdo. as, etc. traýdo. ho, apportátio. hai, etc. apportáto. Adduxi, etc. I have fetched or brought, etc. Pluperfect. avía, traýdo. avías, etc. traýdo. hauéua, Apportáto. hauéui, etc. Apportáto. Adduxerem, etc. I had fetched or bought, etc. Futur traeré, apportaró, Adducam, etc. I shall or will fetch or bring, etc. traerás, apportarái, traerá, apportará, traerémos, apportarémo, traeréys, apportaréte, traerán, apportaránno. Imperative mood. Imperative mood. Tráe tu, Apportatu, Adduc, adducitio. Bring or fetch thou, etc. tráyga aquel. apporti colui, traémos, apportámo, traéd, apportáte, tráygan, apportino, TRAER Of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation ER, as TRAER, in Italian Apportare, Arrecare, Trahere, Addurere, Menare, in Latin Adducere, Afferre, Trahere, to Fetch, to Bring, to Carry, to Draw. subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como Tráyga or Tráya, Quando Apporti, Cum Adducam, etc. When I do fetch, or bring, etc. Tráygas or Tráyas, etc. Apporti, Tráyga, or Tráya, Apporti, Traygámos, Apportiámo, Traygáys, Apportiáte, Tráygan. Appórtino. Imperfect. Como Truxéra, Traería, Truxésse, Quando Apportaréi or Apportássi, Cum. Adducerem, When I had fetch or bring, etc. Truxéras, Traerias, Truxésses, Aportarésti or Apportássi, Truxéra, Traería, Truxésse. Apportarébbe or Apportásse. Truxéramos, Traeríamos, Truxéssemos Apportarémmo or Aportássimo Truxérades, Traeríades, Truxéssedes, Apportaréte or Apportáste, Truxéran, Traerían, Truxéssen. Apportarébbono or Apportássero you shall found in some author's Traxésse, Traxésses, etc. perfect. Como áya, Traýdo. Quando Habbia, Apportato. Cum Adduxerim, When I have fetched or brought, etc. áyas, Habbi, áya, Hábbia, ayámos, Habbiámo, ayáys, Habbiáte, áyan. Hábbiano, Quando pluperfect. Como uviéra or uviésse, Traýdo. Haverei or Hauéssi, Apportáto. Adduxissem, etc. When I had brought or fetched, etc. uviéras or uviésses, Haveresti or Hauéssi, uviéra or uviésse, Haverébbe or Hauésse, uviéramos or uviéssemos, Haverémmo or Hauéssimo, uviérades or uvíéssedes, Haueréste or Hauéste, uviéran or uviéssen, Haverébbono or Hauéssero Futur. Como Truxére, Quando Haveró Apportáto. Cum Adduxero, etc. When I shall bring or fetch, etc. Truxéres, Hauerái Apportáto. Truxére. Haverá Apportáto. Truxéremos, Hauerémo Apportáto. Truxéredes, Haueréte Apportáto. Truxéren. Haueránno Apportáto. Infinitive mood Present tense. TRAE'R] Apportare] Adducere,] to Bring, to Fetch. Preterperfect tense. Avér Traýdo,] Haver Apportato,] Adduxisse,] to have brought. Future tense. Avér or Esperár de traér, Dover Apportare, Haver ad Apportare, Essere per Apportare. Adducturum esse,] to bring hereafter. Gerund. Trayéndo,] Apportando,] Adducendo,] in bringing or fetching. Participle of the Active and Present tense. El que tráe,] Apportante,] Adducens,] one bringing. Participle of the Passive and Preter tense. Traýdo,] Apportato,] Adductus,] brought. Participle of the Futue tense. el que ha' or espéra de Traér, Dovendo Apportare, Adducturus, About to bring or fetch. Essendo per Apportare, These Verbs following ending in cer, make their Present tense of the Indicative by adding an ss before c, thus, Infinities, Pres. Preter. Acaecér, to happen, ýo acaésco, Acaecý. Acontecér, idem, yo acontésco, Acontescí. Adolescér, to be sorry or sick, yo adolésco, Adolescí. Agradescér, to give thanks, yo agradésco, Agradecý, Amortecér, to swoon, yo amortésco, Amortecí. Desfallecér, idem, yo desfallésco, Desfallecý. Apetecér, to desire, yo apetésco, Aperecý. Crecér, to grow, yo crésco, Crecí. Encallecér, to wax hard as brawn. yo encallésco, Encallecí. Encarecér, to augment, yo encarésco, Encarecí. Empecér, to hinder, yo empésco, Empecí. Establecér, to establish, yo establésco, Establecí. Fenecér, to finish, yo fenésco, Fenecí. Pacér, to feed, yo pásco, Pací. Perecér, to perish, yo perésco, Perecý. Except. Vencér, to overcome, you venço, Vencí. In all other moods and Tenses they are declined like the Verbs Regular of the second Conjugation in ER. These in her, make their Present of the Indicative by changing g into j, which the Spaniards in writing do much use, setting down the one for the other, as well in Nouns as in Verbs, as in Nouns Magestád, Majestád: Mensáje, Menságe, and the like. Infinitiues. Pres. Preter. Encogér, to withdraw, yo encójo, Encogí. Recogér, to gather up or retire yo recójo, Recogí. Acogér, to entertain, yo acójo, Acogý. Escogér, to choose out, yo escójo, Escogý. Cogér, to gather, yo cójo, Cogý. Vngír, to anoint, yo únjo, Vngí. In other moods and Tenses like the Regulars. These make their Present tense of the Indicative by adding i in the last syllable save one of the Infinitive, as Infinitiues. Pres. Preter. Defender, to defend, yo defiéndo, Defendí. Dehendér, to cleave asunder. yo dehiéndo, Dehendí. And these make the Present tense by turning oh in the last syllable save one of the Infinitive into we, as Infinitiues. Pres. Pret. Bolvér, to turn, yo buélvo, Boluí. Rebolvér, to return, yo rebuélvo, Reboluí. Solér, to be wont, yo suélo, Solí. Cosér, to sow, you cuéso, Cosý. Cozér, to seeth, yo cuézo, Cozí. Dolér, to be sorry, to grieve; yo duélo, Dolí, And these following thus, Caér, to fall, yo cáygo, Caý. Roér, to gnaw, yo róygo, Roý. Valér, to be worth, yo uálgo, Valí. Traér, to fetch or bring, yo tráygo, Trúxe. Oýr, to hear, yo óygo, Oý. In other Moods and Tenses like the Regular Verbs. In like manner thorough all Moods and Tenses are his Compounds declined, as Retraér, to withdraw, yo Retráygo, I do withdraw, Retrúxe, I have withdrawn, etc. SABER Of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation in ER, as SABER, in Italian Sapere, Latin Scire, Sapere, to know. Indicative mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. you SEE ', Io So, Scio, I know, thou knowest. tu Sábes, tu Sái, Scis, etc. aquel Sábe. colui Sa. Sabémos, Sappiámo, Sabéys, Sapéte, Sáben. Sánno. Imperfect. Sabía, Sapéua, Sciebam, etc. I did know, etc. Sabias, Sapéui, Sabía. Sapéua. Sabíamos, Sapeuámo, Sabíades, Sapeuáte, Sabían. Sapéuano. First Perf. Súpe, Séppi, Scivi, etc. I have known, etc. Supiste, Sappésti, Súpo. Séppe. Supímos, Sappémmo, Supístes, Sappéste, Supiéron. Séppero. second perfect. He Sabído. Ho Saputo. Scivi, etc. ut a●te. I have known, etc. as above. as Hai a Ha' Hémos Habbiámo avéys Hauéte án Hánno Pluperfect. Auía Sabído. Hauéua Saputo. Sciveram, etc. I had known, etc. Auías Hauéui Auía Hauéua Auíamos Haveuamo Avíades Hauéuate Avían Hauéuano Futur. Sabré, Soppró, Sciam, etc. I shall or will know etc. Sabrás, Sapprái, Sabrá. Sapprá. Sabrémos, Sapprémo, Sabréys, Sappréte, Sabrán. Sappránno. Imperative mood Sábe tu, Sappi tu, Sci, Scito, etc. Know thou, etc. Sépa aquel. Sappia colui. Sepámos, Sappiámo, Sabéd, Sappiáte, Sépan. Sáppiano. Declining of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation in ER, as SABER. SABER. subjunctive mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como SE'PA, Quando SAPPIA, Cum Sciam, etc. when I do know, etc. Sépas, Sappi, Sépa, Sappia, Sepámos, Sappiámo, Sepáys, Sappiáte, Sépan. Sáppiano. Imperfec. Como. Supiéra, sabría, supiésse, Saprèi, sapéssi, Scirem, etc. when I did know, etc. Supiéras, sabrías, supiésses, Saprésti, sapéssi, Supiéra, sabría, supiésse, Saprébbe, sapésse, Supiéramos, sabríamoes, supiéssemoes, Saprémo, sapéssimo, Supiérades, sabríades, supiéssedes, Sapréste, sapéste, Supiéran, sabrian, supiéssen. Saprébbero, sapéssero. Quando Cum Perfect. Como A'ya, Sabído. Hábbia, Saputo. Sciuerim, etc. when I have known, etc. áyas, Hábbi, áya, Hábbia, Ayámos, Habbiámo, ayáys, Habbiáte, áyan, Hábbiano, Quando Cum Pluperfe. Como Uviéra, or uviesse, Sabído. Haverei, hauéssi, Sapúto. Scivissem, etc. when I had known, etc. uviéras, or uviésses, Haverésti, hauésti, uviéra, or uviésse, Haverébbe, havesse, uviéramos, or uviéssemos, Hauerémo, hauéssimo, uviérades, or uviésseds. Haueréte, hauéste, uviéran, or uviéssen, Haverébbono, hauéssero, Cum First Future Como Supiére, Quando Havero, Sapúto. Scivero, etc. when I shall know, etc. Supiéres, Hauerái, Supiére, Hauerá, Supiéremos, Hauerémo, Supiéredes, Haueréte, Supiéren. haveránno, Quando Cum Second Future Como Uviére, or avré, Sabído. Haveró, Sapúto. Scivero, etc. ut antea. when I shall know, etc. uviéres, or avrás, Hauerái, uviére, or aurá, Hauerá, uviéremos, or aurémos, Hauerémo, uviéredes, or avréys, Haueréte, uviéren, or aurán. haveránno, Infinitive mood Present tense. SABE'R] Sapére,] Scire,] to know. Preterpefect tense. avér Sabído,] haver Sapúto,] Scivisse,] to have known. Future tense. avér or esperár de Sabér, Dover sapére, Haver a sapére, Essere per sapére, Sciturum esse,] to know hereafter. Gerund. Sabiéndo,] Sapendo,] Sciendo,] In knowing. Participle of the Present, and Active. el que Sábe,] quello chi Sa,] Sciens,] one knowing. Participle of the Preter tense and Passive. Sabido,] Sapúto,] known. Declining of Verbs Irregular of the second Conjugation in ER, as TENER, TENER. In Italian, and Latin, Tenére, to Hold. Indicative mood Present. YOU TE'NGO, IO TE'NGO, Teneo, etc. I do Hold, etc. tu Tiénes, tu Tiéni, aquél Tiéne, colui Tiéne, Tenémos, Teniámo, Tenéys, Tenéte, Tiénen, Téngono. Imperfe. Tenía, Tenéua, & tenéa, Tenebam, etc. I did Hold, etc. Tenías, Tenéui, Tenia, Tenéua, & tenéa, Teníamos, Teneuámo, Teníades, Teneuáte, Tenían. Tenéuano. First Perfect. Túve, Tenni, Tenui, etc. I have Held, etc. Tuviste, Tenesti, Túvo, Ténne, Tuuímos, Tennémmo, Tuvistes, Tenéste, Tuviéron. Ténnero. Second Perfec. You He, Tenído. Ho, Tenúto. Tenuì, etc. I have Held, etc. as next above. Tu as, Hai, aquel á, Ha', Hemos, Habbiámo, avéys, Hauéte, án, Hánno. Pluperfe. Avia, Tenído. Hauéua, Tenúto. Tenueram, etc. I had Held, etc. Avias, Hauéui, Avia, Hauéua, Auíamos, Haveuámo, Auíades, Haveuáte, Avian. Hauéuano, Future. Tendré, or Terné, Tenneró, & Terró, Tenebo, etc. I shall or will Hold, etc. Tendrás, or Ternás, Tennerái, & Terrái, Tendrá, or Terná, Tennerá, & Terra, Tendrémos, or Ternémos, Tenerémo, & Terrémo, Tendréys, or Ternéys, Teneréte, & Terreste, Tendran, or ternán, Tenneránno, & Terránno, Imperative mood Téns tu, Tiém tu, Tene tu, etc. Hold thou, etc. Ténga aquél, Ténga colui, Tengámos, Teniámo, Tenéd, Tenéte, Téngan. Téngano. subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como Ténga, Quando Tenga, Cum Teneam, etc. When I do hold, etc. Téngas, Tenghi, Ténga, Tenga, Tengámos, Teniámo, Tengáys, Teniáte, Téngan. Téngano. Imperfect. Como Tuviéra, ternía, tuviésse, Quando Tenéssi, teneréi, tenería, Cum Tenerem, etc. When I did hold, etc. Tuviéras, ternías, tuviésses, Tenéssi, teneresti, Tuviéra, ternia, tuviésse. Tenésse, tenerébbe, tenería, Tuviéramos, terníamoes, tuviéssemoes, Tenéssimo, tenerémmo, Tuviérades, terníades, tuviéssedes, Tenéste, tenereste, Tuviéran, ternían, tuviéssen. Tenéssero, tenerébbono. perfect. Como áya, Tenído. Quando Habbia, Tenúto. Cum Tenuerim, etc. When I have held, etc. áyas, Habbi, áya, Hábbia, ayámos, Habbiámo, ayáys, Habbiáte, áyan, Hábbiano, Quando Cum pluperfect. Como uviéra or uniésse, Tenído. Haverei or Hauéssi, Tenúto. Tenuissem, etc. When I had held, etc. uviéras or uviésses, Haveresti or Hauéssi, uviéra or uviésse, Haverébbe or Hauésse, uviéramos or uviéssemos, Haverémmo or Hauéssimo, uviérades or uviéssedes, Haueréste or Hauéste, uviéran or uviéssen, Haverébbono or Hauéssero First Futur. Como Tuviére, Cum Tenuero, etc. When I shall or will hold, etc. Tuviéres, Tuviére, Tuviéremos, Tuviéredes, Tuviéren. Second Futur. Como uviére or avré, Tenído. Haveró Tenúto. Cum Tenuero, etc. ut antè. When I shall or will hold, etc. as next above. uviéres or avrás, Hauerái uviére or aurá, Hauerá uviéremos or aurémos, Hauerémo uviéredes or avréys, Haueréte uviéren or avrán, Haueránno Infinitive mood Present tense. TENE'R,] Tenére,] Tenere,] to Hold. Preterperfect tense. Aver Tenído,] Hauér Tenúto,] Tenuisse,] to have Held. Future tense. Auér de Tenér, Douér tenére, Hauér a tenére, Essere per tenére, Tenturum esse,] to Hold hereafter. Gerund. Teniéndo,] Tenéndo,] Tenendo,] In Holding. Participle of the Present and Active. El que tiéne,] Tenénte,] Tenens,] one Holding. Participle of the Preter and Passive. Tenído, Tenúto, Tentus, Holden. Like this verb simple are his Compounds in all points declined thorough all Moods and Tenses, as Mantenér, to maintain, yo Manténgo, Mantúve. Detenér, to detain or stay, yo Deténgo, Detúve. Retenér, to with hold or retain, yo Reténgo, Retúve. Softenér, to sustain or uphold, yo Sosténgo, Sustúve. PODER The second Conjugation of Verbs Irregular in ER, as PODER, in Italian Potere, in Latin Posse, to be able. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. yo PUE'DO, POSSO, Possum, etc. I can or am able, etc. tu Puédes, Puoi, aquel Puéde. Puo. Podémos, Possiámo, Podéys, Potéte, Puéden. Póssano & Pónno. Imperfect Podía, Potéua or Potéa, Poteram, etc. I was able, etc. Podias, Potéui, Podía, Potéua or Potéa, Podíamos, Poteuámo, Podíades, Poteuáte, Podían. Potéuano. First perfect. Púde, Potei, Potui, etc. I could or have been able, etc. Pudiste, Potesti, Púdo. Puoté. Pudímos, Potémmo, Pudistes, Potéste, Pudiéron. Potérono & Pótero. Second perfect. He Podído. Ho Potúto. Potui, etc. ut supra. I could or have been able, etc. as next above. as Hai a Ha' Hémos Habbiámo avéys Hauéte an Hanno Pluperf. Auía Podído. Hauéua Potúto. Potueram, etc. I had been able, etc. Auías Hauéuo Auía Hauéua Auíamos Haveuámo Avíades Haueuáte Avían Haveuáno Future. Podré, Potró, Potero, etc. I shall or will be able, etc. Podrás, Potrái, Podrá. Potrá, Podrémos, Potrémo, Podréys, Potréte, Podrán. Potránno. Imperative mood wanteth as in the Latin. Of Verbs Irregular, the second Conjugation in ER, as PODE'R. PODER subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como Puéda, Quando Possa, Cum Possim, etc. When I can or be able, etc. puédas, possi, puéda, possa, puedámos, possiámo, & potiámo, podáys, possiáte, & potiáte, puédan, póssano. Imperfect. Como Pudiéra, podría, pudiésse, Quando potéssi, potréi, potría, Cum Possem, etc. When I could or might be able, etc. pudiéras, podrías, pudiésses, potéssi, potrésti, pudiéra, podría, pudiésse, potésse, potrébbe, potría, pudiéramos, podríamoes, pudiéssemoes, potéssimo, potrémmo, pudiérades, podríades, pudiéssedes, potéste, potréste, pudiéran, podrian, pudiéssen. potéssero, potrébbono, potríano, Perf. Como áya, Podído. Quando hábbia, Potuto. Cum Potuerim, etc. When I have been able, etc. áyas, hábbi, áya, hábbia, áyamos, habbiámo, ayáys, habbiáte, áyan, hábbiano, Quando Cum Pluperfect. Como uviéra, or uviésse, Podído. hauéssi, haveréi, Potúto Potuissem, etc. When I had been able, etc. uviéra, or uviésses, hauéssi, haverésti, uviéra, or uviésse, hauésse, haverébbe, uviéramos, or uviéssemos hauéssimo, haverémo, uviérades, or uviéssedes, hauéste, haueréste, uviéran, or uviéssen, hauéssero, haverébbono, Cum First future. Como Pudiére, Potuero, etc. When I shall be able hereafter, etc. pudiéres, pudiére, pudiéremos, pudiéredes, pudiéren. Quando Cum second Futur. Como uviére, or auré Podído. haueró, Potúto. Potuero, etc. ut ante. When I shall or will be able here after, etc. as next above. uviéres, or avrás, haueraí, uviére, or aurá, haverá, uviéremos, or aurémos, haverémo, uviéredes, or avréys, haueréte, uviéren, or avrán, haveránno, Infinitive mood Present tense. Podér,] Potére,] Posse,] To be able. Preterperfect tense. Auér podído,] Haver potúto,] Potuisse,] To have been able. n1. Pudiéndo,] Poténdo,] In being able. Participle. Podído,] Potúto,] Able. Querér. Of Verbs Irregular of the second Conjugation, in ER, as QVERER, in Italian, Volere, in Latin Velle, To will, to love, or to be willing. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. yo QVIE'RO, Io VO'GLIO, Volo, I will, or love, etc. tu quieres, tu vuoi, Vis, etc. aquel quiére, colúi vuole, Plu. Plu. querémos, vogliámo, queréys, voléte, quiéren. uógliono. Imper quería, voléua, Volebam, etc. I did will, or I did love, etc. querías, voléui, quería, voléua, queríamos, voleuámo, queriades, voleuáte, querian. voléuano. First Perf. quíse, volli, & volsi, Volui, etc. I have willed, or I have loved, etc. quisiste, vollesti, quiso, volley, & volse, quisímos, volémmo, quisistes, volleste, quisiéron. uólsero. second Perf. He, Querído. ho, Volúto Volui, etc. I have willed, or I have loved, etc. as next above. as, hai, ut antè. a, ha', hémos or auémos habbiámo, auéys, hauéte, an, hánno, Pluperfect. avía, Querído. hauéua, Volúto Volueram, etc. I had willed, or I had loved, etc. avías, hauéui, avía, hauéua, avíamos, haveuámo, avíades, haveuáte, avían, haveuano, Futur querré, vorró, volam, etc. I will, or shall will or love, etc. querrás, vorrái, querrá vorrá, querrémos, vorrémo, querréys, vorréte, querrán. vorránno. Imperative mood. Imperative mood. quére tu, vuoi tu, Latin wanteth the Imperative. mood. Will thou or love thou, etc. quera aquél, voglia colúi, querámos, vogliámo, queréd, vogliate, quéran. voglíno, Of Verbs Irregular of the second Conjugation in ER, as QVERER. Querér. subjunctive mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como Quéra, or Quérra, etc. Quando Vóglia, Cum Velim, etc. when I will or love, etc. Quéras, Vógli, Quéra, Vóglia, Querámos, Vogliámo, Queráys, Vogliáte, Quéran. Vógliano. Imperfect. Como Quisiéra, quérria, quisiésse, Quando Voléssi, vorei, & vorría, Cum Vellem, etc. When I would or did love, etc. Quisiéras, querrías, quisiésses, Volésti, vorrésti, Quisiéras, querrías, quisiésses, Volésse, vorrébbe, vorría, Quisiéramos, querríamoes, quisiéssemoes, Voléssimo, vorémmo, Quisiérades, querríades, quisiéssedes, Voléste, voréste, Quisiéran, querrían, quisiéssen. Voléssero, vorrébbono, & vorriano. Quando perfect. Como A'ya, Querído. Hábbia, Volúto. Cum Voluerim, etc. when I have willed or loved, etc. áyas, Hábbi, áya, Hábbia, Ayámos, Habbiámo, Ayáys, Habbiáte, áyan, Habbíano, Quando Cum pluperfect. Como Uviéra, or uviésse, Querído. Hauéssi, or haverei, Volúto. Voluissem, etc. when I had willed or loved etc. uviéras, or uviésses, Havesti, or haverésti, uviéra, or uviésse, Hauésse, or hauerébbe, uviéramos, or uviéssemos, Hauéssimo, or haverémo, uviérades, or uviéssedes, Hauéste, or haueréste, uviéran, or uviéssen, Hauéssero, or haverébbono, First Futur Como Quisiére, Quando Haveró, Volúto. Cum Voluero etc. when I shall will or love. Quisiéres, Hauerái, Quisiére, Hauerá, Quisiéremos, Hauerémo, Quisiéredes, Haueréte, Quisiéren. Haueránno, Quando second Futur Como Uviére, or avré, Querído. Haveró Volúto. Cum Voluero etc. ut. ante. when I shall be willing or love, etc. uviéres, or avrás, Hauerái, uviére, or aurá, Hauerá, uviéremos, or aurémos, Hauerémo, uviéredes, or avréys, Haueréte, uviéren, or avrén, Haueránno, Infinitive mood Present tense. Querér,] Volere,] Velle,] to will or love. Preterperfect tense. avér Querído,] haver Voluto,] Voluisse,] to have loved or been willing. Gerund. Queriéndo,] Volendo,] Volendo,] In being willing or loving. Participle. Querído,] Voluto,] loved, willed. Ad to this verb this particle Mas, and so decline it thorough all moods and tenses, and it makes the signification to be in Latin Malo, in English I had liefer, I would rather, as yo Quiéro mas, in Latin Malo, I would liefer, or love more: tu quiéres mas, Mavis, thou hadst rather or lovest more, Preterimperfect tense yo Quería mas, I would rather or loved more. Preterperf. Quíse mass, etc. PONER. Of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation in ER, as PONER, in Italian, Ponere, Porre, Mettere, in Latin, Ponere, Locare, to Put, to place. Indicative mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. YO PONGO, IO PO'NGO, Pono, etc. I do put, etc. tu Pónes, tu Póni, aquél Póne, colui Póne, Plu. Plu. Ponémos, Poniámo, Ponéys, Ponéte, Pónen. Póngono, Imperfect Ponía, Ponéua, Pónebam, etc. I did put, etc. Ponías, Ponéui, Ponia, Ponéua, Poníamos, Poneuámo, Poníades, Poneuáte, Ponían. Ponéuano. First Perfect. Púse, Pósi, Posui, etc. I have put, etc. Pusiste, Ponésti, Púso, Póse, Pusimos, Ponémmo, Pusistes, Ponéste, Pusiéron. Pósero. Second Perfect. He, Puésto. Ho, Posto. Posui, etc. I have put, etc. as, Hai, a, Ha', Auémos, y hémos, Habbiámo, Avéys, Hauéte, an, Hánno, Pluperfec Auía, Puésto. Hauéua, Posto. Posueram, etc. I had put, etc. Avías, Hauéui, Auía, Hauéua, Auíamos, Haveuámo, Auíades, Haveuáte, Auían, Hauéuano, Future Porné, or Pondré, Poneró, & Porró, Ponam, etc. I shall or will put, etc. Pornás, or Pondrás, Ponerái, & Porrái, Porná, or Pondrá, Ponerá, & Porrá, Pornémos, or Pondrémos, Ponerémo, & Porrémo, Pornéys, or Pondréys. Poneréte, & Porréte, Pornan, or Pondrán. Ponneránno, & Poránno. Imperative mood. Pó tu, Pone tu, Pone, Poneto, Ponat, Poneto, etc. put thou, put he or let him put, etc. Pónga aquél, Pónga colui, Pongámos, Poniámo, Ponéd, Ponéte, Póngan. Póngano. Of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation in ER, as PONER. PONER subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como Pónga, Quando Pónga, Cum Ponam, etc. When I do put, etc Póngas, Pónghi, Pónga. Pónga. Pongámos, Poniámo, Pongáys, Poniáte, Póngan. Póngano. Imperfect. Como Pusiéra, pornía or pondría, pusiésse, Quando Ponéssi, Ponerei, Cum Ponerem, etc. When I did put, etc Pusiéras, pornias or pondrías, pusiésses, Ponéssi, Ponerésti, Pusiéras, pornias or pondrias, pusiésse. Ponésse, Ponerébbe, Pusiéramos, porníamoes or pondriamoes, pusiéssemos Ponéssimo, Ponerémmo, Pusiérades, porníades or pondriades, pusiéssedes, Ponéste, Poneréste, Pusiéran, pornían or pondrían, pusiéssen. Ponéssero, Ponerébbono. Perf. Como áya Puésto. Quando Hábbia Pósto. Cum Posuerim, etc. When I have put, etc. áyas Hábbi áya Hábbia ayámos Habbiámo ayáys Habbiáte áyan Hábbiano Quando Cum Pluperfect. Como uviera or uviésse Puésto. Haverei or Havessi Pósto. Posuissem, When I had put, etc. uviéras or uviésses Haverésti or Hauésti uviéra or uviésse Haverébbe or Hauésse uviéramos or uviéssemos Haverémmo or hauéssimo uviéredes or uviéssedes Haueréste or Hauéste uviéran or uviéssen Haberébbono or Hauéssero First Futur. Como Pusiére, Cum Posuero, etc. When I shall or will put, etc. Pusiéres, Pusiére. Pusiéremos, Pusiéredes. Pusiéren. Quando second Futur Como Uviére or auré Puésto. Haveró Posto. Cum Posuero, etc. When I shall or will put, etc. uviéres or avrás Hauerái uviére or aurá Haterá uviéremos or aurémos Hauerémo uviéredes or avréys Haueréte uviéren or avrán, Haueránno Infinitive mood Present tense. PONER,] Ponere, Mettere, Porre,] Ponere,] to Put. Preterpefect tense. Avér Puésto,] Haver Posto,] Posuisse,] to have Put. n1. Poniendo,] Ponendo,] Ponendo,] In Putting. Participle. Puésto,] Posto,] Positus,] Put. After this manner are declined in all points Componér, to compose, yo Compóngo, I do compose, you Compúse, I have composed, etc. Also Disponér, to dispose, yo Dispongo, I dispose, Dispúse, I have disposed. And Anteponér, to put before, yo Antepongo, I do put before, Antepúse, I have put before. So Proponér, to set out, to allege, yo Propóngo, Propúse. HAZER. Of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation in ER, as HAZER, in Italian Fare, in Latin Facere, to do, to make. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. yo HA'GO, Io FOYES, Facio, &. I do make or do, etc. tu Házes, tu Fai, aquel Háze. colui Fa. Hazémos, Facciámo, Hazéis, Fate, Házen. Fánno. Imperf. Hazía, Facéua, Faciebam, etc. I did make or do, etc. Hazías, Facéui, Hazía. Facéua. Hazíamos, Faceuámo, Hazíades, Faceuáte, Hazían. Facéuano. First perfect. Hize, Féci, Feci, etc. I have made or done, etc. Hizíste, Facésti, Hizo. Féce. Hizímos, Facémmo, Hizístes, Facéste, Hiziéron. Fécero. Second Perfect. He Hécho. Ho Fátto. Feci, etc. ut ante. I have made or done, etc. as Hai a Ha' Hémos Habbiámo avéys Hauéte an Hánno Pluperfect. Auía Hecho. Hauéua Fátto. Feceram, etc. I had made or done, etc. Auías Hauéui Auía Hauéua Auíamos Haveuámo Avíades Haueuáte Avían Hauéuano Future. Haré, Faró, Faciam, etc. I shall or will make or do, etc. Harás, Farái, Hará. Fará. Harémos, Farémo, Haréys, Faréte, Harán. Faránno. Imperative mood. Ház tu, Fa tu, Fac, Facito, etc. Do thou, or make thou, etc. Hága aquel. Fáccia colui. Hagámos, Facciámo, Hazéd, Fate, Hágan. Fácciano. Of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation in ER, as HAZER. HAZER subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como Hága, Quando Faccia, Cum faciam, etc. When I do make or do, etc. hágas, facci, hága, faccia, hagámos, facciamo, hagáys, facciáte, hágan. fácciano. Imper Como hiziéra, haría, hiziésse, Quando facessi, farei, faría, Cum Facerem, etc. When I did do or make, etc. hiziéras, harías, hiziésses, facésti, farésti, hiziéra, haría, hiziésse, facésse, farébbe, faría, hiziéramos, haríamoes, hiziéssemoes, facéssimo, farémmo, hiziérades, haríades, hiziéssedes, facésti, faréste, hiziéran, harían, hiziéssen. facéssero, farebbono, faríno. Cum Perf. Como áya, Hecho. Quando hábbia, Fat to. Fecerim, etc. When I have made or done, etc. áyas, hábbi, áya, hábbia, ayámos, habbiámo, ayáys, habbiáte, áyan, habbiano, Quando Cum Pluperf. Como uviéra, or uviésse, Hecho. haverei, or havessi, Fat to. Fecissem, etc. When I had made or done, etc. uviéras, or uviésses, haveresti, or hauésti, uviéra, or uviésse, haverébbe, or havesse, uviéramos, or uviéssemos, haverémmo, or havessimo uviérades, or uviéssedes, haverésti, or hauéste, uviéran, or uviéssen, hauerébbono, or havessimo First future. Como hiziére, Cum Fecero, etc. When I shall or will make or do, etc. hiziéres, hiziére, hiziéremos, hiziéredes, hiziéren. Cum second Futur. Como Uviére, or avré, Hecho. Haveró, Fat to. Fecero, etc. ut antè. When I shall or will make or do, etc. uviéres, or avrás, Hauerái, uviére, or aurá, Hauerá, uviéremos, or aurémos, Hauerémo, uviéredes, or avréys, Haueréte, uviéren, or avrán. haveránno, Infinitive mood Present tense. Hazér,] Far,] Facere, To do to make. Preterperfect tense. Aver hecho,] Haver fatto,] Fecisse,] To have made or done, etc. Future tense. Aver or esperar de hazer, Dover far, Facturum esse vel fore. To make or do hereafter. Esser per fare, Haver a fáre. Gerund. Haziéndo] Facendo,] Faciendo,] In doing or making, etc. Supine of the Active voice. A Hazér,] Di far,] Factum,] To make or do. Supine of the Passive voice. De sér hécho,] D'esser fatto,] Factu,] To be made or done. Participle of the Active and Present tense. El que háze,] Facente,] Faciens,] One doing or making. Participle of the Passive and Pretertense. Hécho] Fatto,] Factus,] Made or done, etc. Participle of the Future tense. El que ha', or Espéra de hazér, Hauendo a fare, Facturus,] About to do, etc. Essendo per fare, CABER Of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation in ER, as CABER, in Italian Capere, Latin Continere & Contineri, To contain, or to be contained. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. You QVE'PO, lo CAPISCO, Ego contineo, tu contines, etc. Ego contineor, tu continéris, etc. Thou containest, etc. Thou art contained, etc. tu cábes. tu capísci, aquél cábe, colui capísce, cabémos, capiámo, cabéys, capíte, cáben. capíscono, Imperfect. cabía, capíua, continebam, etc. I did contain, etc. cabias, capíui, continébar, etc. I was contained, etc. cabía, capíua, cabíamos, capiuámo, cabiades, capiuáte, cabían. capíuano. First Perf. cúpe, capi, or capii, continui, etc. I have contained, etc. cupiste, capísti, contentus sum vel fui, etc. cúpo, capé I have been contained. etc. cupímos, capímmo, cupistes, capíste, cupiéron. capírono, second Perf. he Cabído. Ho, Capíto. continui, etc. I have contained, etc as Hai, contentus sum vel fui, etc. I have been contained, etc. a Ha', auémos Habbiámo, auéys Hauéte, an Hánno, Pluperfect. avía Cabído. Hauéua, Capíto. continueram, etc. I had contained, etc. auías Hauéui, contentus eram vel fueram, etc. I had been contained, etc. avia Hauéua, auíamos, Haveuámo, aviades Haveuáte, avían Hauéuano, Futur cabré, caperó, continebo, etc. I shall or will contain, etc. cabrás, capirái, continebor, etc. cabrá, capirá, I shall or will be contained, etc. cabrémos, capirémo, cabréys, capiréte, cabrán. capiránno. Of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation in ER, as CABER. CABER. subjunctive mood Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como Quépa, Quando Capisca, Cum Contineam, etc. when I do contain, etc. Quépas, Capísci, Quépa, Capísca, Continear, etc. when I am contained, etc Quepámos, Capiámo, Quepáys, Capiáte, Quépan. Capíscano. Imperfect. Como Cupiéra, cabría, cupiésse, Quando Capíssi, caperirei, capería, Cum Continerem, etc. when I did contain, etc. Cupiéras, cabrías, cupiésses, Capisti, capirésti, Cupiéra, cabría, cupiesse, Capísse, capirébbe, capería, Continerer etc. when I was contained, etc. Cupiéramos, cabríamoes, cupiéssemoes, Capíssimo, capirémmo, Cupiérades, cabríades, cupiéssedes, Capíste, capiréste, Cupiéran, cabrían, cupiéssen. Capíssero, capirébbono, capiríano. Quando Perfec Como A'ya, Cabído. Hábbia, Capíto. Cum Continuerim, etc. when I have contained, etc áyas, Habbí, áya, Habbia, Contentus sim, etc. when I have been contained, etc. Ayámos, Habbiámo, ayáys, Habbiáte, áyan, Hábbiano, Cum pluper fect. Como Uviéra, or uviésse, Cabído. Hauéssi, & haveréi, Capíto. Continuissem, etc when I had contained, etc uviéras, or uviésses, Hauésti, & haverésti, uviéra, or uviésse, Havesti, & hauerébbe, Contentus essem etc. uviéramos, or uviéssemos, Hauéssimo, & haverémmo when I had been, etc uviérades, or uviéssedes, Hauéste, & haueréste, uviéran, or uviéssen, Hauéssero, & haverébbono Futur Como Cupiére, Cum Continuero etc. when I shall contain, etc. Cupiéres, Cupiére, Contentus ero, etc. when I shall be contained etc. Cupiéremos, Cupiéredes, Cupiéren. Infinitive mood Present tense. CABE'R,] Capere, Continere, to contain, etc. Contineri, to be contained, etc, Preterperfect tense. avér Cabído,] haver capíto, Continuisse, to have contained, etc. Contentum Esse vel fuisse, to have been contained, etc. Gerund. Cabiéndo,] Capendo,] Continendo, In containing, etc. I being contained, etc. Participle. Cabído,] Capíto,] Contentus,] contained. VER. Of Verbs Irregular the second Conjugation in ER, as VER, in Italian Vedere, Latin Videre, to See. Indicative mood Spanish. Italian, Latin. Pres. YOU VE'O, IO Védo & VE'GGIO, Video, etc. I do see, etc. tu Vées, tu Védi, aquél Vée, colui Véde, Vémos, Vediámo, & Veggiámo, Véys, Vedéte, Véen. Védem, & Véggono. Imperfect. Como Vía, Vedéua, & Vedéa, Videbam, etc I did see, etc. Vías, Vedéui, Vía. Vedéua, & Vedéa. Víamos, Vedevamo, Víades, Vedeuáte, Vían. Vedéuano, & Vedéano. First perfec. Ví or Víde, Vídi, or Vidi, Vidi, etc. I have seen, etc. Viste, or Viste, Vedésti, Vió, or Vído, Vidde. Vímos, Vidémmo, Vístes, Vidésti, Viéron. Viddero. second perfect. He Vísto. Ho Vedúto. or Visto. Vidi, etc. I have seen, etc. as Hai, a Ha', Hémos Habbiámo avéys Hauéte, an Hánno pluperfect. Auía Vísto. Hauéua Veduto, or Visto. Videram, etc. I had seen, etc. Auías Hauéui, Auía. Hauéua, Auíamos Haveuámo Avíades Haueuáte Avían Hauéuano Futur. Veré, Vederó, & Vedró, Videbo, etc. I shall or will see, etc. Verás, Vederái, & Vedrái, Verá, Vederá, & Vedrá. Verémos, Vederémo, & Vedrémo, Veréys, Vederéte, & Vedréte, Verán. Vederánno, & Vedránno. Imperative mood. Vée tu, Vedi tu, Vide, videto, etc. see tou, etc. Véa aquél, Veda, & vegga colui, Veámos, Veggiámo, Véd, Vedéte, Véan. Védano, & Véggano. In the subjunctive and Infinitive mood altogether as verbs aforegoing, as the Present tense Véa, the Preterimperfect. Viéra, veria, viésse, the Preterperfect. áya visto, the Preterpluperfect. uviéra, or uviésse, visto, the Future viéro, Infinitive vér, Participle visto. Solér, to be wont or accustomed. Indicat. Pres. yo Suélo, I am wont, tu Suéles, aquél Suéle, thou art wont, he is wont. Solémos, we are wont, Soléys, you are wont, Suélen, they are wont. Imperfect. Solia. Perfect. Soli. In like manner Dolér, to grieve, to be sorry, declined, yo Duélo, Dolia, Dolí, He Dolído, etc. Of the third and last Conjugation of Verbs Irregular in IR or Your, as VENIR, in Italian and Latin Venire, to Come. VENIR Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. yo VE'NGO, Io VE'NGO, Venio, etc. I do come, etc. tu Viénes, tu viéni, aquel Viéne. colui viene. Plur. Venimos, Veniámo, Venice, Veníte, Viénen. Véngono. Imperf. Venía, Veniva, Veniebam, etc. I did come, etc. Venías, Venivi, Venía. Veniva. Veníamos, Veniuámo, Veníades, Veniuáte, Venían. Veníuano. First Perfect. Víne, Vénni, Veni, etc. I have come, etc Veniste, Vennésti, Víno, Vénne. Venímos, Venémmo, Veníste, Venéste, Veniéron. Vénnero. Second Perfect. He Venído. Sono Venúto. Veni, etc. I have come, etc as sei Venúto. a é Venúto. Hémos Siámo Venúti. avéys Sete Venúti. an Sono Venúti. Pluperfe. Avia Venído. E'ra Venúto. Veneram, etc. I had come, etc. Auías éri Venúto. Avia éra Venúto. Aviamoes Erauámo Venúti. Aviades Erauáte Venúti. Avian E'rano Venúti. Futur. Vendré or Verné, Veniró or Verró, Veniam, etc. I shall or will come, etc. Vendrás or Vernás, Venerái or Verrái, Vendrá or Verná. Venerá or Verrá. Vendrémos or Vernémos, Venirémo or Verrémo Vendréys or Vernéys, Veniréte or Verréte, Vendrán or Vernán. Veniránno or Verránno. Imperative mood. Venus tu, Vien tu, Veni, Venito, etc. Come thou, etc. Vénga aquél. Vénga colui. Vengámos, Veniámo, Venid, Venite, Véngan. Véngano. subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian, Latin. Pres. Como Vénga, Quando Venga, Cum Veniam, etc. When I do come, etc. uéngas, venghis, uénga, venga, vengámos, veniámo, vengáys, veniáte, véngan. uéngano. Imper Como Viniéra, vernía, viniésse, Quando venissi, venerei, verrei, verria, Cum Venirem etc. When I did come, etc. viniéras, vernias, viniésses, venisti, venerésti, verresti, viniéra, vernia, viniésse, venisse, venerébbe, verrébbe, verría, Viniéramos, verníamoes, viniéssemoes, venissimo, venirémmo, verémmo, viniérades, verníades, viniéssedes, veniste, ven●réste, verréste, vinié●an, vernían, viniéssen. veníssero, venirébbono, verrébbono, verriano. Imperfect. Como áya, Venído. Quando sia, Venuto. Cum Venerim etc. When I have come, etc. áyas, sii & sia, Venuto. aya, sia, Venuto. ayámos, siámo, Venuti. ayaýs, siáte, Venuti. ayan, siano, Venuti. pluperfect, etc. Como Uviéra, or uviésse, Venído. fóssi, sarei, Venuto. Venissem etc. When I had come, etc. uviéras, or uviésses, fósti, saresti, Venuto. uviéra, or uviésse, fósse, sarébbe, Venuto. uviéramos, or uviéssemos, fóssimo, sarémmo, Venuti. uviérades, or uviéssedes, fóste, saréste, Venuti. uviéran, or uviéssen, fóssero, sarébbono, Venuti. First Futur Como veniére, Cum Venero. etc. When I shall or will come, etc. veniéres, veniére, veniéremos, veniéredes, veniéren. second Futur Como Uviére, or avré, Venído saró, Venúto. Cum Venero, etc. When I shall or will come, etc. uviéres, or avrás, sarai, Venúto. uviére, or aurá, sará, Venúto. uviéremos, or aurémos, sarémo, Venuti. uviéredes, or avréys, saréte, Venuti. uviéren, or avrán, saránno, Venuti. Infinitive mood Present tense. Venír,] Venire,] Venire,] To come. Preterperfect tense. Sér venido,] Essere venuto,] Venisse,] To have come. Futur tense. Avér or esperár de venir Dover venire, Venturum esse, To come hereafter. Haver a venire, Esser per venire, n1. Veniéndo,] Venendo,] Veniendo,] In coming. Participle of the Present and Active voice. El que viéne,] Venente,] Veniens,] One coming. Participle of the Preter tense and Passive voice, etc. Venído,] Venuto,] Qui venit,] Come. These Verbs following in Ir, thus form in the Present and Preterperfect Tense. Infinitiues. Pres. Preterp. Adormír, to fall asleep, yo Aduérmo, Adormí. Dormír, to sleep, yo Duérmo, Dormí. Avertír, to mark, yo Aviérto, Avertí. Arrepentír, to repent, yo Arrepiénto, Arrepentí. Cobrír, to recover, yo Cébro, Cobrí. Concebír, to conceive, yo Concíbo, Concebí. Cernír, to sift meal, yo Cigrno, Cerní. Consentír, to consent, yo Consiénto, Consentí. Elegír, to choose out, yo Elijo, Eligí. Fingir, to feign, yo Finjo, Fingí. Gemír, to groan, yo Gimo, Gemí. Mentír, to lie, yo Miénto, Mentí. Ungír, to anoint, yo Unjo, Ungí. Salír, to go forth, yo Sálgo, Salý. Diferír, to differ, yo Difiéro, Diferí. Imperfect of the Indicat. Difería. Imperfect of the Subiunct. Difería. Sofrír, to suffer, yo Sófro, Sofrí. Imperfect. of the Indicat. Sofría. Imperfect of the Subiunct. Soffriría. The Compounds of this verb Venír, Véngo, are declined in every respect in all Moods and Tenses thorough out as it is, as Revenír, to return, Reuéngo, Reuíne, etc. Convenír, to agreed, to be expedient, yo Conuéngo, Conuíne. Devenír, to become, yo Deuéngo, Deuíne. Sobrevenír, to come upon suddenly, yo Sobreuéngo, Sobreuíne. Of the third and last conjugation of Verbs Irregular in IR, & YOUR, DEZIR. as Dezir,] in Italian Dire,] Latin Dicere] to say. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian, Latin. Pres. Dígo, Dico, Dico, etc. I say, etc. dízes, dici, or di, díze, dices, dezímos, dicémo, dezís, dite, dízen. dicono, Imper Dezía, Dicéua, Dicebam etc. I did say, etc. dezías, dicéui, dezía, dicéua, Dezíamos, diceuámo, dezíades, diceuáte, dezían. dicéuano. First Perf. díxe, dissi, Dixi, etc. I have said, etc. dixiste, dicésti, dixo, disse, dixímos, dicémmo, dixistes, dicéste, dixéron. díssero. second Perf. he, Dícho. Ho Détto. Dixi, etc. I have said, etc. as, Hai a, Ha' hémos, Habbiámo avéys, Hauéte án, Hánno Pluperfect. avía, Dícho. Hauéua Détto. Dixeram, etc I had said, etc. avías, Hauéui auía, Hauéua auíamoes, Haveuámo avíades, Haueuáte avían, Hauéuano Futur diré, diró, Dicam, etc. I shall or will say, etc. dirás, dirái, dirá, dirá, dirémos, dirémo, diréys, diréte, dirán. dirénno. Imperative mood. Imperative mood. Di tu, Di, or dice tu, Dic, dicito, etc. Say you, etc. díga aquel, dica colui, digámos, diceámo, dezid, dite, dígan. dícano. Note that you shall find with good Authors Dezi for Dezíd, in the second person plural number of the Imperative. subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como Díga, Quando Díca, Cum Dicam, etc. when I do say, etc. Dígas, Díci, Díga, Díca, Digámos, Diciámo, Digáys, Diciáte, Dígan. Dícano. Imperfect. Como Dixéra, diría, dixésse, Quando Direi, dicéssi, dería, Cum Dicerem, etc. When I did say, etc. Dixéras, dirías, dixesses, Dirésti, dicésti, Dixéra, diría, dixésse, Dirébbe, dicésse, deria. Dixéramos, diríamoes, dixéssemoes, Dirémmo, dicéssimo, Dixérades, diríades, dixéssedes, Diréste, dicéste, Dixéran, dirían, dixéssen. Dirébbono, dicéssero, deríano. Quando Cum Perf. Como A'ya, dícho. Hábbia, Detto. Dixerim, etc. when I have said, etc. áyas, Hábbi, áya, Hábbia, Ayámos, Habbiámo, ayáys, Habbiáte, áyan, Habbiano, Quando Cum Pluperfect. Como uviéra, or uviésse, dícho. Hauéssi, Detto. Dixissem, etc. When I had said, etc. uviéras, or uviésses, Hauésti, uviéra, or uviésse, Hauésse, uviéramos, or uviéssemos, Hauéssimo, uviérades, or uviéssedes, Hauéste, uviéran, or uviéssen, Hauéssino, First Futur. Como Dixére, Cum Dixero, etc. when I shall or will say, etc. Dixéres, Dixére, Dixéremos, Dixéredes, Dixéren. Quando Cum second Futur. Como uviére, or avré, dícho. Haveró, Detto. Dixero, etc. When I shall or will say, etc. uviéres, or avras, Hauerái, uviére, or aurá, Hauerá, uviéremos, or aurémos, Hauerémo, uviéredes, or avréys, Haueréte, uviéren, or avrán, Haueránno, Infinitive mood Present tense. DEZIR,] Dire,] Dicere,] to say, to tell. Preterperfect tense. Avér Dícho,] haver Detto,] Dixisse,] to have said or told. Future tense. Auér de Dezir, Dover dire, Dicturum esse,] to say hereafter. Esser per dire, Haver a dire, Gerunds. Deziéndo,] Dicendo,] Dicendo,] In saying. Participle of the Present tense and Active voice. El que Dize,] Dicente,] Dicens,] one telling or saying. Participle of the Preter tense and passive voice. Dícho,] Detto,] Dictus,] told, said, spoken. Participle of the Future tense. El que ha' or Espera de Dezir, Dovendo dire Dicturus,] about to say hereafter. Hauendo a dire, Essendo per dire, The Compounds of this verb Dezír, Digo, in all points thorough all Moods and Tenses declined like the Simple, as Infinitiues. Pres. Preterp. Biendezír, to bless, you Biendigo, Biendixe. Maldezír, to curse, yo Maldígo, Maldixe. In like sort these following thus, Conduzir, to conduct, yo Condulgo, Condúxe. Introduzir, to bring in, yo Introdusgo, Introdúxe. Induzir, to induce, yo Indusgo, Indúxe. Traduzir, to translate, yo Tradusgo, Tradúxe. Produzir, to produce, yo Produzgo, Prodúxe. Salir, to go forth, yo Salgo, Salí. Regir, to govern, yo Rijo, Regí. After the manner of Dezir, is this verb Salír, to go out or make a sally, declined, as in the Present tense of the Indicative mood yo Sálgo, I go out, tu Sáles, thou goest out, etc. Preterimperfect yo Salia, etc. First Preterperfect, Sali. Second Preterperfect, he Salido, etc. Pluperfect. avia Salido. Future, yo Saldré. Imperative Sal tu, go thou out, Sálga aquél, let him go out, etc. subjunctive Present tense, yo Sálga, tu Sálgas, etc. Preterimperfect. Saliéra, Saldria, Saliésse, etc. Preterperfect. aya Salido. Pluperfect. uviéra Salído. Future Saliére. Infinitive Salir. Gerund Saliéndo. Participle Salido. So Seguir to follow, yo Sígo, Siguía, Sigui. He Seguído, avía Seguído, Seguiré. Imperative Sigue tu follow thou, Siga aquél let him follow, Sigámos let us follow, Seguíd follow ye, Sigan let them follow. subjunctive Present, Como yo Siga. Imperfect. Siguiéra, Seguiría, Siguiésse. Preterperfect. áya Seguído. Pluperfect. uviésse Seguído. Future Seguiére, etc. Infinitive Seguír, Participle Seguido. So in all points is Conseguir to obtain, declined. Sumir, to drench or overwhelm, differing from Sumár, to sum up, thus. In the Present of the Indicative all one yo Súmo, Imperfect yo Sumía, I did drench, yo Sumáva, I did sum up. First Perfect, yo Sumí, I have drenched, tu Sumíste, aquél Sumió, yo Sumé, I have summed up, tu Sumáste, thou hast summed up, aquél Sumó, he hath summed up, etc. Of the third and last Conjugation of Verbs Irregular in IR or YOUR, as YOUR, in Italian Ire or Audare, in Latin Ire, to Go. Indicative mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. VOY, VO & VADO, Eo, I go, thou goest, etc. Vás, Vái, is, etc. Vá, Vá, Vámos, Andiámo, Váys, Andáte, Ván. Vánno. Imperfect. Y'va, Andáua, Ibam, etc. I did go, etc. ývas, Andáui, ýva, Andáua, ývamos, Andauámo, ývades, Andauáte, ývan. Andáuano. First Perfec Fuý, Andái, jui, etc. I went, etc. Fuiste, Andásti, Fué, Andó, Fuímos, Andámmo, Fuistes, Andáste, Fuéron. Andárano, second perfect. He, Y'do. Sono, Andato. jui, etc. I have go, etc. as Sei, Andato. a. é, Andato. Hemos, Siámo, Andati. auéys, Sete, Andati. an, Sono, Andati. pluperfect. Auía, Y'do. Era, Andato. jueram, etc. I had go, etc. Auía, Eri, Andato. Auía, Era, Andato. Aviámos, Erauámo, Andati. Aviades, Erauáte, Andati. Avían, Érano, Andati. Futur Yré, Anderó, & Andró, Ibo, etc. I shall or will go, etc. Yrás, Anderai, or Andrái, Yrá, Anderá, or Andrá, Yrémos, Anderémo, or Andrémo, Yréys, Anderéte, or Andréte, Yrán. Anderánno, or Andránno. Imperative mood. Va, & We, Vá, Váya, Váda, Vadi, Vámos, Andiámo, ýd, Andáte, Váyan. Vádano, & Vádino. Vete, Vete, Get thee hence, Get thee hence. With Authors this Verb is sometime written with Y, sometimes with I subjunctive mood. Spanish. Italian. Latin. Pres. Como Váya, Quando Vada, Cum Eam, etc. When I do go, etc. Váyas, Vada & Vadi, Váya. Vada & Vadi. Vámos, Andiámo, Váys, Andiáte, Váyan. Vádano & Vádino. Imperfect. Como Fuéra, Yría, fuésse, Quando Andassi, Anderéi, Andería, Cum Irem, etc. When I did go, etc. Fuéras, yrías, fuésses, Andássi, Anderésti, Fuéra, yría, fuésse. Andásse, Anderébbe, Andería. Fuéramoes, yríamoes, fuéssemoes, Andássimo, Anderémmo, Fuérades, yríades, fuéssedes, Andaste, Anderéste, Fuéran, yrían, fuéssen. Andássero, Anderébbono, Anderíano. Perf. Como áya, Y'do. Quando Sia Andato. Cum juerim, etc. When I have go, etc. áyas, Sij Andato. áya, Sia Andato. áyamos, Siámo Andati. ayáys, Siate Andati. áyan, Siano Andati. Quando Pluperfect. Como uviéra, or uviésse, Y'do. Fóssi, sarei Andato. Cum juissem, etc. When I had go, etc. uviéras, or uviésses, Fossi, sarésti Andato. uviéra, or uviésse, Fosse, sarébbe Andato. uviéramos, or uviéssemos Fóssimo, sarémmo Andati. uviérades, or uviéssedes, Fóste, saréste Andati. uviéran, or uviéssen, Fóssero, sarébbono Andati. Cum First future. Como Fuere, juero, etc. When I shall or will be, etc. Fuéres, Fuére, Fuéremos, Fuéredes, Fuéren. Quando second Futur. Como uviére, or auré Y'do. Saró Andato. Cum juero, &. When I shall or will go, etc. uviéres, or avrás, Sarái Andato. uviére, or aurá, Sará Andato. uviéremos, or aurémos, Sarémo Andati. uviéredes, or avréys, Saréte Andati. uviéren, or avrán, Saránno Andati. Infinitive mood Present tense. Y'R,] Andare, ire,] Ire,] to Go. Preterperfect tense. Aver ýdo,] Haver andato,] juisse,] to have Go. Future tense. Aver de ýr, Dover Andare, Iturum esse,] to Go hereafter. Haver ad Andare, Esser per Andare, Gerund. Yéndo,] Andando,] Eundo,] In Going. Supines. Your,] Andare,] Itum,] to Go. De ser y do,] Esser Andato,] Itu,] to be Go. Participle of the Present tense and Active voice. El que va,] Andante,] Euns,] one Going. Participle of the Preter tense and Passive voice. Y'do,] Andato,] Go. Of Verbs Impersonals. THe Spanish as the French and Italian Impersonals are of the manner of the Latins, which want the first and second person, and are declined only in the third person thorough out all Moods and Tenses, as Indicative mood. Present. Aye, There is. Imperfect. Auía, There was. 1 Perfect. úyo, There was. 2 Perfect. á, Auído, There hath been. Pluperfect. avía, Auído, There had been. Future. Aurá. There shall be, etc. Imperat. A'ya, Let there be. subjunctive mood. Present. Aya, When there is. Imperf. uviéra, avría, uviésse, When there is. Perfect. aya Auído, When there hath been. Pluperfect. uviéra or uviésse Auído, When there had been. Future. uviére or Aura Auído. When there shall be. Note that the Spaniard almost continually useth this Impersonall Aye as the French their Il y ya, in English There is, as by observing you shall most usually find, as also this third person Comple thus declined, of Complir the Infinitive. Indicative mood. Present. Cómple, Decet, Oportet, It beseemeth or behoveth. Imperfect. Complía, Decebat, Oportebat, It did beseem. 1 Perfect. Complió, Decuit, Oportuit, It hath beseemed, etc. 2 Perfect. a Complído, Decuit, Oportuit. Pluperfect. Avia Complido, Decuerat, Oportuerat. Future. Complirá, Decebit, Opòrtebit. Andrea so thorough the third person of the rest. Indicative mood. Present. Is, There is. Imperfect. éra, There was. 1 Perfect. fue, There hath been. 2 Perfect. auía Sido, There hath been. Pluperf. auía Sido, There had been. Future. Será, There shall be, etc. And so decline forward, as in the subjunctive mood of the verb sir, Soy afore going in the third person only. Indicative mood. Present. Es menestér, Oportet, It behoveth. Imperf. era menestér, Oportebat, It did behove. 1 Perfect. fue menestér, Oportuit, It hath behoved. 2 Perfect. a sido menestér, Oportuit, It hath behoved. Pluperf. avia sido menester, Oportuerat, It had behoved. Future. aura menestér, Oportebit, It will behove. And so thorough the rest, etc. This verb Impersonall Plazér declined. Indicative mood. Present. Pláze, It pleaseth. Imperf. Plazía, It did please. 1 Perfect. Plúgo, It hath pleased. 2 Perfect. a Plazido, It hath pleased. Pluperf. avia Plazido, It had pleased. Future. Plazerá, It will please. Imper. Pléga, Let it please. subjunctive mood. Present. Pléga, When it doth please. Imperf. Pluguiéra, Pluguiésse, When it did please. Perfect. áya Plazido, When it hath pleased. Pluperf. uviéra Plazído, When it had pleased. Future. Pluguiére, When it will please. To form an Impersonal of the Passive voice, you must take this particle See, and the third person of any verb thus: which particle so added makes a verb Impersonall Passive, as Pres. See Dize, Si dice or dicesis, Dicitur, It is said or spoken, Imper. See Dezia, Si dicéua or dicéuasi, etc. Dicebatur, etc. It was said or spoken etc. 1 Perfect See Dixo, 2 Perfect See a Dicho, Plupe. S'avia Dicho, Futur. Se Dirá. Of Participles. Participle of the Presenttense. IN Spanish Participles of the present tense and active signification are made of the third person present tense of the Indicative mood of the same Verb, putting before it the Relative, El que, as El que Reuéla, revealing, Latin Revelans: El que Entiénde, understanding, in Latin Intelligens: El que oye, hearing, in Latin Audience. Participle of the Preter tense. Participles of the Preter tense and passive signification end in ádo, ído, or ydo, which in the first conjugation are form of the third person of the Present tense of the Indicative mood, by adding to do, as, Revela, reveládo: Ama, amádo: Castiga, castigádo: and in the second and third conjugation of the same Present tense, by changing e, into ído, and ydo, as Entiende, entendido: Lée, Leýdo: Crée, creýdo: Pied, pedido. But for the Irregular (according to the nature of the word) without rule, as Factus, fecho, made, Dictus, Dícho, said, spoken. Participle of the Future tense. The Future tense with this Verb Ha', or Espéra, and the Infinitive of the Verb, as El que ha' or Espera de revelár, Entendér, or, oyr: Revelaturus, Intellecturus, Auditurus, about to reveal, about to understand, about to hear. Participle of Present tense and active signification. Pres. El que reuéla, entiénde, óye, Latin, Revelans, Intelligens, Audience, Revealing, understanding, hearing. Participle of the Preter tense and passive signification. Preter. Reveládo, Entendído, oýdo, Latin Revelatus, Intellectus, Auditus, Revealed, understood, herded. Participle of the Future tense. Future. El que ha' or espéra de Revelár, Entendér, oýr, Latin Revelaturus, Intellecturus, Auditurus, to reveal hereafter, to understand hereafter, to hear hereafter. Of adverbs. I Have handled before the four parts of speech declined. Now come we to the other four undeclined, called Indeclinable, beginning first with the adverbs, whereof some in the Spanish tongue are form of Nouns of the Feminine gender in a, adverbs form of Nouns of the Feminine gender in a. Nota. as are almost all the adverbs of Quality, as Alta, high; Altaménte, highly; Graciosa, graciosaménte, graciously; Luenga, luengaménte; in Latin Diu, long: which manner of forming the Italian likewise observeth, as Gratiosamente, Longament, Saviament, so doth the French, making the word to end in Mentivole, as Gratieusement, Longuement, Saggement. Wherefore I think good to set down the adverbs following and the rest: first, the Spanish, than Italian, after French, next Latin, and last English: every one separated one from another with this crooked line thus,] adverbs some be of Quality. Fielménte,] Fidelment,] Fidelement,] Fideliter,] Faithfully. Buénament, or bien] Bene,] Bien,] Bene,] Will. Malaménte, or mal,] Male,] Mauaisement,] Male,] Ill. De buéna gana] Diego buona voglia, Volontieri volontierement, Volutiers, de bon cueur,] Libenter] Willingly. of Quantity. Mucho,] Molto,] Beaucoup,] Multum vel Multo] Much. Poco,] Poco,] Peu,] Parum vel Paululum,] Little. Múcho mas,] Via piu,] Beaucoup plus,] Multo magis,] Much more. Mas,] Piu,] Plus,] Magis,] More. Por de mas,] Troppo,] Trop,] Nimis] to Much. Demasiádo,] Troppo] Trop,] Nimis,] to Much. of Time. Oy,] Hóggi,] Auiourd'huy,] hody,] To day. Ayér,] Heri ieri,] Higher,] Heri,] yesterday. Mañána,] Domani,] Demain,] Cras,] To morrow. Antiér,] Antieri,] Devant hire,] Pridie,] The other day. El dia siguíente,] Il seguente giorno,] Lemot lendemain,] Postridie,] The next day after to morrow. Mucho ha',] Molto fa,] Deja long temps,] Iamdiu,] Long since. Poco ha',] Poco fa,] Nagueres,] jamdudem,] A little since. Agóra,] or, ora,] acest heure,] jamiam,] Even now. Aunt's] Inanzi,] Devant,] Ant] Before. Luégo,] Presto, Tosto,] Soudainement,] Illico, statim,] Forthwith, by and by. Núnca,] Giamai,] jamais,] Nunquam,] Never. Quando,] Quando,] Quand,] Quando,] When. Siémpre,] Sempre] Tousjours,] Semper,] Always. Entónces,] Albina hora,] Donques,] Tunc,] Then. Miéntras,] Mentre] Cependant,] Interim,] In the mean while. Súbito,] Subito,] Sodainement,] Subito,] Suddenly. Muchas vezes,] Molte volte, Molte fiate,] Fort souent,] Saepe] Very often. Pocas vezés,] Rade volte,] Peu souent,] Raro,] Seldom. Algunas' vezes,] Qual che volte, Qual i fiate, Quelquefois,] Aliquando,] Sometimes. of Place. A QVI ',] Qui, quia, ci,] Icy,] Hîc, huc,] Here. Aý, alli, alla,] jui, lafoy, cola, quivi,] Lafoy, audela,] Illic,] There. A Donde,] Dove, oue,] Ou,] Vbi, quo,] whither, where. De Donde,] Onde, donde,] Don't, d'ou,] unde,] from whence. Acá,] Diego qua,] Par icy,] Hac,] this way. Acullá,] Cola per costa,] Par dela,] Istac istuc,] that way. De aquí,] De qui, Quinci,] D'icy,] Hinc,] from hence. De allí, de allá,] Indi, di lafoy, Quindi,] Dela,] Illinc,] from hence. Dentro,] Dentro, entro,] Dedans,] Intus,] within. Fuéra,] Fuori, di fuori,] Horse, de horse,] Foris, foras,] without. Delánte,] Inanzi,] Devant,] Ant,] Before. Atrás,] Dietro,] Derrier,] Post,] Behind. A part,] De banda,] al'escart,] Separatim, scorsum,] aside, a part, by itself. Arríba,] Sopra, disopra, In so, suso,] Enhaut,] Sursum,] Above. Abáxo,] In giu, giuso, sotto, di sotto,] En bas,] Deorsum,] Beneath. Cerca,] Intorno, dattorno,] Environ,] Circiter,] About, nigh unto, almost. Cábe, junto,] Apresso, davicino,] priest, aupres,] Prope,] Near unto. Léxos,] Lontano, di lunghis,] Loin,] Procul,] Farneze off. Encíma,] Su, sopra,] Sur, dessus,] Super,] Upon. So,] Sotto, disotto,] Dessoubs,] Subter,] Vnder. of Affirming SI, as Si Senor,] Simo, as Signore Si,] Ouy, as ovy Mounsieur,] Ita, ita Domine, Yea, yea sir. Ciérto, ciertaménte,] Certo, certament,] Certes,] Certè, certò,] Truly. En verdád, verdaderaménte,] In verita, di vero, in vero,] Vrayement, en verity, certainement,] Verè,] Truly, in truth, verily. Tambien,] Si been, etiandio, anchor, anche,] Si bien, ainsi, aussi,] Etiam, quoque,] aswell. Ants,] Piu tosto,] Plustost,] Potius,] Rather. of Denying NO,] Non, not, ne,] Non, neny, pas, point,] Non, haud, minime,] Not. Náda, Not nada,] Niente, nulla,] Rien,] Nihil,] Nothing, nothing at all. Ni, Tam poco,] Ne,] Ni, ne,] Neque,] Neither. of numbering VNAVEZ,] una bolta, una fiata,] une fois,] Semel,] Once. Does vezes,] Due volte, Due fiate,] Deuxfois,] Bis,] Twice. Tres vezes,] Tre volte, tre fiate,] Troifois,] Ter,] Chrise, etc. as in the pronoun before of Numbers. Muchas vezes,] Spesso volte, molte fiate,] Beaucoup de fois,] Saepe,] Oftentimes. Pocas vézes,] Rade volte,] Rarement,] Raro,] Seldom. of Showing HEAQVI,] Echo,] Voicy, voila,] Ecce,] Behold. of Encouraging. EA, EA Pues,] Su, corrággio,] Sus, courage,] Age, perge,] Go to then. of increasing MASTER,] Piu,] Plus,] Plus,] More. Mucho mas,] Molto Piu, molto assai,] Beacoup plus,] Multo magis,] Much more. De masiádo,] Troppo, di souerchio,] Trop,] Nimium,] Too much. of Diminishing. ME'NOS,] Meno,] Moins,] Paulo minus,] Less. Poco a Poco,] Poco, a Poco,] Peu a Peu,] Paulatim,] By little and little. Passo,] Pian, piano,] Tout bellement, Petit a petit,] Sensim,] Soft and fair. of wishing. OXALA,] OH Dio vaglia, Dio volesse,] Pleust a Dieu,] Vtinam,] would to God, I pray God. OH Si,] OH se, O si,] Pleust a Dieu que,] Vtinam,] would to God, I pray God. of Ask. PORQVE?] Perche?] Pourquoy?] Quare?] Why? Wherefore? Que?] Che?] Quoy?] Quid?] What? Donde?] Oue?] Ou,] Vbi, quo,] Where. Adonde,] Dove,] Ou,] Quomodo,] Whether. De Donde,] Onde,] D'ou, dont,] unde,] From whence. Quando?] Quando?] Quand?] Quando?] When. of doubting. QVIçA ',] Forse, a caso,] Fortuitement,] Fortassis,] Perhaps. Porventura,] Peraventura,] peraventure,] Fortasse,] Peradventure, Perhaps. of Order. DESPVE'S,] Poi, dipois, Dapois, doppo,] A pres, depuis,] Post,] After. Allénde de ésto,] Oltra a cio, oltra a questo,] Ontre ce, d'aduantage,] Praeterea,] Furthermore. Finalménte,] Alla fine,] En fin, Finablement,] Tandem,] At length. of Likeness. CO'MO,] come,] come,] Sicut, velut,] As. Assi,] Cosi,] Ainsi,] Ita, sic,] So. of Chance. A CASO, Por dicho,] A caso,] Fortuitement,] Fortuito,] By chance, by hap. of Comparison. MAS,] Piu,] Plus,] Plus,] More. Ménos,] Meno,] Moins,] Minus,] Less. Mucho mas,] Vta piu, Assai piu,] Beaucoup, d'auantage,] Multo magis,] Much more. Mucho ménos,] Molto meno,] Beaucoup moins,] Multo minus,] Much less. Mejór,] Megliore,] Mellieur,] Melius,] Better. Peór,] Peggiore,] Pis,] Peior,] worse. Todo del mundo,] Piu del mondo,] Tout le mond,] Maximé,] Chiefly. Gathering together. IV'NTO, juntaménte,] Insieme,] Ensemble,] Simul,] Together. Severing. A part,] Seperatament,] Al'escart,] Seperatim, seorsim,] Asunder Choosing MASTER Aýna,] Piu tosto,] Plustost,] Potius,] Rather. Mucho mas,] Molto meglio,] Beaucoup mieux,] Potius,] much Rather. Contrariety TODA uéz,] Tutta via,] Toutefois,] Tamen,] Notwithstanding. Aúnque,] Come, che, Etiandio che, Anchor che,] Encore,] Etiamsi,] Although. withdrawing. ALOMénos,] Alméno, almánco,] Au moins,] At the lest. Sólo,] Solo,] Seul,] Solúm,] Only. Porque,] Pur, accioche, che,] Pourceque,] Propterea,] For that. Of a Conjunction. A Conjunction is that which knitteth and joineth parts of speech together, and is with the Spaniard almost in the same manner as the Latin, saving they have not so many, but yet some are of coupling as Y, and E,] e,] et] et, And. Como,] come] come,] Vt,] As. Tambien,] Anchor, Ancho, Etiandio,] Si bien, ainsi, aussi,] Etìam, Quoque,] Also. Nota. Note that E properly is not a Spanish Conjunction, but only used for the Y, when the word following beginneth with a Y, because two Y Y, should not come together, La ley e la Justicia, and not la ley y la Justicia, but otherwise always use Y. of Disjoining. Ni] Ne,] Ne,] Nec, Neque,] Neither. OH,] OH, overo,] Ou,] Aut, We, velure, Seu, Sive] Either. of Causing. PORQVE,] Accioche, Percioche,] Pourceque] Propterea quod,] For that, wherefore. of Conditioning. SI,] See,] Simo,] Simo,] If. Dado que,] See cosi,] Si aussi,] Si ita,] If so. of Excepting. SINO,] See non] Si non,] Nis●,] Except, if not. Mas,] Malfort,] Mais,] Quin,] But. Otraménte,] Altrament,] Autrement,] Alioquin,] Otherwise. of Diminishing. ALOMENOS,] Alméno, Almanco,] Au moins,] Saltem,] At lest. AUNQVE,] Ancorche, Quantunche, Bench, Etiandio, Encore,] Etsi quamquam, Quamuis, Although. TODA via,] Tutta via, Tutta volta, Nondimeno, Nondimanco, Nientideméno, Toutefois,] Tamen, esto,] Notwithstanding. A Preposition. Preposition. THe Spanish hath the same use of Prepositions as the Latins have, sometimes by composition with another word, as Bolvér, to turn; Rebolvér, to overturn: Hazér, to do, Rehazér, to renew, etc. Sometime by apposition (as the Latins do) by putting the Preposition before the Noun, as Ala corte, to the court: Por el Rey, for the king: En la yglésia, in the church. Nota. Note that this Preposition De, or Des, always makes the word that it is joined with, of a quite contrary signification, as Hazér, to do: Deshazér, to undo: Atár, to tie or bind: Desatar, to untíe: Cansado, weary: Descansado, resting: Dicha, happiness: Desdicha, unhappiness, misfortune: And so in the French, Fair, to do: Desfaire, to undo: Liar, to bind, Deslier, to unbind, etc. Prepositions of the Spanish thus, A,] A,] Admetus,] Admetus,] To, as A fe, a lafoy fe,] A fede, A fe,] Par ma foy,] Per fidem,] By my troth. De,] Diego, de da,] De, du,] De,] Of or from, as De la corte,] De la corte,] Du palais,] From the court. Para,] Per,] Pour,] Propter,] For. as Para mi,] Per me,] Pour moy,] Propter me.] For me. Por,] Per,] Par,] Per,] For, by or thorough. as Por mi vida,] Por mia vita,] Par ma vie,] Per vitam,] By my life. Contra,] Contra, Incontra,] Contre] Contra,] Against. Contra el estado,] Contra il stato,] Contre l'estat,] Contra statum, Against the estate. CABE] Presso, Appresso,] priest, aupres,] Prope,] Near. as Cabe lafoy ciudád] Appresso la citta,] Apres de la city,] Prope urbem,] Near the city. FRONTERO,] Rimpetto, Dirimpetto, Vis a vis,] E regione,] Over against. HASTA,] Fino, Sino, Infino, Insino, jusques,] Vsque,] Until. HA'ZIA,] Ver, verso,] Enuers,] Versus,] Towards. SOBER,] Sopra, Disopra, In so, Sur, Sus, Super,] Upon. ENCI'MA,] In il pu alto] En la somette,] In vertice,] Upon the top. SO,] Sotto, disotto, Giu,] De soubs,] Subter,] Vnder. ENTRE,] Fra, Infra,] Entre,] Inter,] Between. ATRAS',] Dietro,] Derrier,] Pone,] Behind. ADELANTE,] Dinanzi, Inanzi,] Devant,] Ant,] Before. Cerca, A cerca,] Circa, Intorno, Attorno,] Environ,] Circum, Circa,] About. Fuera,] Fuori,] Horse, dehors,] Foris, Foras,] Without doors. Dentro,] Dentro,] Dans, dedans,] Intus,] Within. Con,] Con,] avec,] Come,] With. Sin,] Senza,] Sans,] Sine,] Without. Desde,] From or since, as Desde la muerte, etc. From, or since the death, etc. These following are used with the Preposition De, with them, as A quende de la casa,] Diego qua de la casa,] Par deçá de la maison,] Ex hac part domus,] On this side the house. Allende,] Diego lafoy,] Par de la,] Ex altera part,] On the other side. All deredór, or Entorno,] Intorno, Attorno,] Environ,] Circum, Circa,] About. Of an Interjection. AN Interjection declareth a sudden passion of the mind. The Spaniards use not so often Interjections or sudden passions of the mind; neither in their speech nor writing, as doth the French, or Italian, and yet they have these following: Mirth or Rejoicing. Laughing. Some be of OH Bueno,] O bone,] He bien, he day,] Euax, vah,] OH well. Hi, high, high, or Ha', ha', ha'.] Ah, ah,] Ah, eh,] Haraldus, ha', he,] Haraldus, ha', he. wondering. OH jesus, or Vala me Dios, OH vh, vh,] O, o,] Pape,] O jesus good Lord help me. Grieving. AYE, aye,] Aih, ah, ahime,] Las, ol●s, alas, ache,] Heu, hei,] Alas, out alas. Of Syntaxis. Definition of Syntaxis. SYntaxis is a due coupling together of Speech according to the right Rules of Grammar, which the best Authors, both Ancient and Modern have still used in writing and speaking. Syntaxis, of the Greek word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which is Con, and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, ordino, quasi, coordinatio, which is construction or agreement. But for that the Spanish (as the Italian and French) being derived from the Latin (as before said, and still keepeth as great affinity as silver and tin, both proceeding (as Alchimistes say) from Quicksilver, or as no one can gainsay from the mother earth, or as a different Plant grafted on a strange stock or tree: It must necessarily be ordered by many Rules of the Latin, which here to repeat were lost labour and in vain, as hath seemed to the most part of all those learned, that of any these vulgar languages have written: Finishing their Grammars at the end of the eight parts of speech and leaving this quite out: which order I have observed, referring the Latin Reader to the Rules of the Latin Syntaxis for this part of Grammar, and other to due observation in reading good Authors: wishing increase to both, to their own contents, and myself hereby to have furthered both, to mine own chief desire. FINIS. I Have for the Learners use desirous of the tongue, read over divers Authors, gathering out of them the hard phrases and manner of speech, the uncouth sayings, together with some proverbs, as they fall in their places (which are the difficulty of the tongue) and explained them in English, commonly setting down first the English word for word as the Spanish is, than this i for Latin, id est, that is to say, for the sense and meaning, than the line and the leaf of the book, that by these the Learner may the better judge of their like when he meeteth with them. For the leaf I set down fol. and a. signifieth the first side of the leaf, and b. the second, lin. signifieth what line, and the figure after fol. telleth the leaf, and lin. what line it is. If you find pag. it is to find what page of the book. If you see 1. part. it is for the first volume or part of the book, and 2. part. for the second, etc. Words, Phrases, Sentences and proverbs out of DIANA of Monte Mayor in 16. printed at Antwerp 1580. Los de mas. fol. 3. b. lin. 14. The rest. Las hóras que se sobrávan. fol. 4. b. lin. 2. The hours which remained, or The rest of the hours. Tomándo a vézes. fol. 4. b. lin. 6. Taking by fits or turns. Passár por el piensamiénto. fol. 4. b. lin. 14. and 7. a. lin. 25. and 26. b. 8. To enter into the mind or thought. Tam póco le dáva péna. fol. 4. b. lin. 17. Neither did it grieve or trouble him. A vuestro sálvo. fol. 6. b. lin. 17. Yourself being safe, or without your own danger. Como los uviste a las mános? fol. 10. b. lin. 5. How came they to your hands? or how came you by them? Por tu uída. fol. 10. b. lin. 21. By thy life, i I pray thee heartily. Tomár de córo. fol. 10. b. lin. 23. To take by choir, i To have by memory, heart, or with out book. Favorescér me a mi. fol. 11. b. lin. 5. and Me moviéra a mi. fol. 2. a. lin. 8. To favour me and did move me. Here the Spanish useth two accusative cases after the verb, both of the person: and not as the Latin, one of the person and another of the thing. Despues que te fuíste. fol. 11. b. lin. 21. After thou wentest. You fuý, tu tu●ste, aquél fué, nos fuýmos, fuýstes, fuéron. I went, thou wentest, he went, we went, you went, they went. This Fuy, fuýste, cometh of the Infinitive mood ýr, to go, and the very same Fuy, fuíste, fue, etc. cometh of the Infinitive mood Sér, to be: but look back in the Grammar and compare the two verbs together. De ay a un póco. fol. 11. b. lin. 28. A pretty while after. Que es deal? fol. 12. a. lin. 20. Where is he? what is become of him? Quando se póne el Sol. fol. 13. a. lin. 8. When the sun sets. Fuéra de mi, fuéra de ti, fuéra de si. fol. 13. b. lin. 14. Besides myself, besides thyself, besides himself, or Out of my wit, out of thy wit, out of his wit. Téns púnto. fol. 13. b. lin. 24. Stay, hold, stop, Give me leave a little. Le va bien, le va mal. fol. 15, a. lin. 7. It goes well with him, it goes ill with him. He is well, he is ill. Múcho a. A good while since. Mucho auía, mucho úvo, mucho aurá. fol. 17. a. lin. 4. It was a good while ago, it hath been a good while since, it shall or will be long ago. Póco ha' or Póco fa. A little while ago, or a little since. Poco auía, Poco úvo, Poco aurá. It was a little since, it shall or will be but a little while ago. Muchos dias acá, Pocos dias acá. fol. 17. a. lin. 7. Many days since, a few days since. Mucho tiempo há, Poco tiempo há. A good while ago, a little while ago. Grandes dias há, Pocos dias há. A great while ago, a few days past. Cosa en la vida. fol. 17. a. lin. 12. Any thing in the world. Hazér cáso. fol. 17. b. lin. 21. To esteem of, to make matter of. Muchos aye, or Aye muchos. fol. 20. a. lin. 6. There are many. Que os téngo dicho. fol. 20. a. lin. 29. Which I have told you. Quíso mi ventura. pag. 21. a. lin. 11. My fortune would have it so. Que de oro no les lleuára ventája. fol. 21. a. lin. 20. verbatim. That the vantage of gold did not carry it away from them. i Gold did not exceed them in brightness. Y● a l● m●●●o ●ag. 21. b. lin. 28. verbatim. To go to one's hand. i To stop, to stay, to let or to hinder one from doing any thing. Desdichado de mi. fol. 22. b. lin. 6. verbatim. Wretched of me. i wretch that I am, unhappy creature I, woe is me, wretch that I am. Not te haze mucho all cáso. fol. 22 b. lin. 11. It makes not much matter to thee, it concerns thee not much. De uéras. fol. 22. b. lin 20. In earnest. De bu●las fol. 22. b. lin. 20. In test. Toda via. fol. 23. a. lin. 2. Notwithstanding. Hazér de industria. fol. 23. a lin. 22. To do of set purpose. Plague a Dios fol. 23. b. lin. 5. I would to God. De ●y a ocho dias. fol. 24 b. lin. 6. Eight days hence. Not ●y cosa en la vida. fol. 25. a. lin. 14. There is nothing in the world. Assi p●so per óbra. fol. 26. b. lin. 11. So he did put it in practice. Vaya● so●piros a cuéntos. fol. 10. a. lin. 21. Let sighs go by million. Y quié●a Dios que, etc. fol. 40 b. lin. 4. And would to God that, etc. Ambos a does fol. 46. b. lin. 5. Both. Fuéra de si. fol. 47. b. lin. 14. Besides himself, out of his wits. Venir a las mános. fol. 47. b. lin. 16. to come to blows or fight. Como en ello les fuera la vida. fol. 48. a. lin. 11. As if thereon his life lay. A bueltas della. fol. 48. b. lin. 13. Together therewith. Mal●ya a aquel. fol. 49. a. lin. 13. Woe be unto him. Poner el negócio a las manos. fol. 50. b. lin. 24. To bring the matter to blows or fight. Que en otra cosa no entendia sino en, etc. fol. 51. b. lin. 24. verbatim. Which in any other matter understood not, i which thought on nothing else but, etc. See dexó dormir. fol. 52. a. lin. 25. verbatim. Let himself or herself sleep, i fallen asleep. Not see qualm créa. fol. 53. b. lin. 19 I know not which I may believe. De vio ser. fol. 53. b. lin. 25. verbatim. It aught to be, i it could not be otherwise. Básta lo hécho. fol. 54. a. lin. 16. It sufficeth that it is done. Basta lo dicho, it is enough that is once spoken of, or it needs no more words. Como súpo callár. fol. 54. a. lin. 19 How she known to hold her tongue, how well she could be mute, and not answer a word. Ni por pensamiénto en ella. fol. 54. b. lin. 13. By no means. Querérme mass que a si. fol 55. b. lin. 1. To love me more or better than himself, or herself. Not es de cauallero fol. 55. b. lin. 26. It is not the part of a Gentleman. Tenér en mucho, Tenér en poco. fol. 56. a. lin. 2. To esteem much, or to set much by, to set little by or esteem little. Y quien see lo dixo, See lo súpo encarescér de manera. fol. 56. a. lin. 25. And he that told it, could tell how to augment and amplify it in such sort. Assi pace por obra. fol 56. b. lin. 24. So I put it in practice, or set it a work. Assi me fue derécha a la córte. fol. 57 a. lin. 3. And so I went strait to the court. Costs no po●o gustósas de oýr. fol. 57 a. lin. 5. verbatim. Things not little tastefull to hear, i Things not a little delightful to hear. En la boz, or en la hábla le conoscý. fol. 57 a. lin. 25. I known him by his voice of speech. La música d●va a otra no a mi. fol. 58. a. lin. 20. The music played to another and not to me. Le déva mucho. fol. 61. a. lin. 9 verbatim. Owes him much, i he is much beholding to him. E'sta velláca de auséncia desháze las cosas. fol. 61. a. lin. 15. This rascals absence doth undo all. No aurá ningúna que no se piérde por vos. fol. 61. b. lin. 3. There will be none which is not lost in love for you, i which will not be ready to run mad for you. Moça boníta, or bonica. fol. 61. b. lin. 5. A good wench, a fine trull, maid or girl. Dár léxos de la verdád. fol. 62. b. lin. 13. to be wide or far off from the truth. Parescér me hýa, or ●a. fol. 63. a. lin. 12. It did seem unto me. This manner of speech in Spanish is by the figure Epenthesis, which is the putting in of a letter or syllable in the middle of a word, as in this Parescér me hýa, for Parecería me, It did seem to me. Dár una palmáda. fol. 63. a. lin. 13. To give one's self a pat or blow on the breast, or else where in sign of wondering. Grangeár favóres. fol. 66. b. lin. 5. To hoard up favours. Perdido per amores, fol. 67. a. lin. 22. Lost for love, mad in love. Si fuésse seruído. fol. 68 a. lin. 9 If he pleased, or liked well of. un desmáyo con que avia dado el álma. fol. 68 a. lin. 27. A swooning or trance, with which he had given up the ghost. Pluguiéra a Dios. fol. 68 b. lin. 12. Would to God. Llegat all álma, fol. 69. a. lin. 7. To enter into the soul, to grieve at heart. Tomó la mano de respondélle. fol. 69. a. lin. 9 took upon her to answer her, or stood up before the company to answer her. Pusiéron la mésa. fol. 71. a. lin. 15. They covered the table. El sol se pone. fol. 72. a. lin. 5. The sun was set. Que áya sido part. fol. 74. a. 20. Which hath been the cause. E● hár lo en burlas. fol. 76. a. lin. 5. verbatim. To cast it off in jesting, i To jest it out. A tódos hazia ventája. fol. 76. a. lin. 16. He did excel all, he did exceed or overpass all. Rogándo muy encarescidaménte. fol. 76. b. lin. 8. Requesting very earnestly, very instantly. Fulána tiene buen áyre, Fuláno, es çapateadór. fol. 79. a. lin. 23. & 24. Such a one hath a good grace or countenance, such a one is dancer of a gig. Puesto en tanta obligación. fol. 80. a. lin. 20. Being so much beholding or bond. Echáda a la sombra, Echádo a la cáma. fol. 82. b. lin. 2. Laid in the shadow, cast on the bed. Tuviésse por bien. fol. 82. b. lin. 8. verbatim. Did hold for good, i Thought well of, or took in good part. Mal áya amór, su arco y su saéta. fol. 83. a. lin. 11. The devil take Love, his bow and his shaft. Passallos hiá, or ía. fol. 83. b. lin. 7. I would pass them over. This speech by the figure Epenthesis, which is a putting between of a letter or syllable in the midst of a word, as Passallos hia, for Passaria los, I would pass them over. Also in Passallos another figure called Antistoichon, which is a writing one letter for another, by changing R of the Infinitive mood into L, a thing most usual in the Spanish, as here Passallos for Passár los, so Hablállos, for Hablarlos, to speak unto them: Vellos, for Ver los, to see them: Dezillos, for Dezirlos, to tell them: Oylles, or Oyllos or Oyr les, or los, to hear them. Aviendo ydo quanto média legua, fol. 89. a. lin 21. Having go about half a league. Se fue so passo a pásso. fol. 84. a. lin. 6. Went very soft and leisurely. Los demas de los dias. fol. 86. b. lin. 2. The rest of the days. Then 'las manos sendos vasos héchos a la Romána. fol. 90. b. lin. 3. And in their hands each one a several vessel made after the Roman fashion. Mesas puestas. fol. 91. a. lin. 21. Tables covered or laid. Piédras' engastadas. fol. 91. b. lin. 1. Stones enchaced. Alçár, or quitár la mésa. fol. 91. b. lin 4. To take up the table. Vistiéron a Felismena, una ropa y basquiña de fina grána, recamádas de oro de canutillo, y aljófar, un cuéra, y mangas de tela de plata. fol. 94. a. lin. 5. They appareled Felismena with a gown and petticoat of fine scarlet colour embroidered with embossed or raised gold and pearl, a cassock and sleeves of clot of silver. Escofión de redezílla. fol. 94. a. lin. 14. A coif of net work. Las parédes eran labrádas de obra Mosáyca. fol. 94. b. lin. 16. The walls were written jewish work or Turkey work without images. Duarte. fol. 98. b. lin 19. Edward. Mirálde bien. fol. 101. a. lin. 1. Behold him well, by the figure Metathesis, which is a changing places of letters, for Mirádle very common in the Spanish in the Imperative mood the second person plural number, as Leeldo for Lead lo, Read ye it: Dezildo, for Dezid lo, Tell him that: or Dezildes for Dezid les, Tell them: so Miralda for Mirád la, Behold her: Miráldas, for Mirád 'las, Behold them. fol. 103. a. lin. 3. O'jos verdes y rasgádos. fol. 103. a. lin. 28. Fair and great eyes. Desde el bórea all austro. fol. 104. a. lin. 22. From the north to the south. En quanto se hazía hora de cenár se fuéron a una alaméda. fol. 105. a. lin. 16. And while supper time came they went to a grove of poplars. mediant la quel fol. 109. a. lin. 24. By means whereof. Gentil hombre y bien talládo. fol. 110. a. lin. 13. A proper man and well shaped, and not for as English men call gentleman. Cavallo rúcio rodádo. fol. 110. a. lin. 15. A horse dapple grey. Traýa en la cinta un alfánje. fol. 110. a. lin. 19 He carried at his girdle a Turkey sword. Traýa en el bráço ysquierdò. fol. 110. a. lin. 24. He carried on his left arm. Bolvér sober si. fol. 110. b. lin. 21. To come to one's self as out of a trance, astonishment or the like. Tocár un cuerno. fol. 111. a. lin. 16. verbatim. To touch. i To wind a horn. Lleuárel camíno de los companéros. fol. 111. a. lin. 19 verbatim. To carry the way of his fellows. i To take the same way, to be served with the same sauce, to drink of the same cup. Túvo lo en mucho. fol. 113. a. lin 9 He much esteemed it. De ay algunos dias. fol. 116. a. lin. 18. From hence a few days. Tenérme campo. fol. 119. a. lin. 5. verbatim. To hold me field. i To be able to stand with me or fight with me. Hazér campo. verbatim. To make field. i To combat, to fight. Not see lo que hará de mi. fol. 119. a. lin. 18. I know not what shall become of me. Tenéd entendido. fol. 126. b. lin. 2. verbatim. Hold understood. i Understand. Ambas a does. fol. 126. b. lin. 27. Both. Pléga a Dios fol. 130. b. lin. 24. I would to God. Por lo poco que se dáva por el. fol. 133. a. lin. 23. For the little esteem he made of him. Not see me da náda. verbatim. It gives nothing to me. i I care not. Aurá common cinco oh seys méses. fol. 147. a. lin. 3. It shall be some five or six months. Cosa en que tan poco te ýva. fol. 149. a. lin. 19 A thing which so little did import thee. Me a dádo de mano. fol. 150. a. lin. 26. He hath taken his leave of me. Fálda de unas montañas fol. 157. b. lin. 13. verbatim. the skirt. i The side or hanging of an hill. Vino a dár en un bosque muy grand, de verdes alísos y azebúches assaz popládo. fol. 158. a. lin. 2. He came to light into a wood very great, sufficiently stored with green fallows and wild olives. Y de súbito few a dár con los ojos en una muy hermosa ciudád, que desde de loveless alto de una sierra, que de frente estáva. fol. 158. a. lin. 6. And upon a sudden he espied a fair city from the top of a mountain, which was right against them. Se fué su passo a passo pot una senda que júnto a pomell rio ýva házia la part. fol. 158. b. lin. 6. He went fair and soft in a path which lead near the river toward that part, etc. Sober 'las cabeças, tenían sendas guirnaldas de verde yedra. fol. 158. b. lin. 18. Upon their heads they had each of them several garlands of green ivy. Con cierto desdén y un dár de mano. fol. 160. a. lin. 12. With a certain disdain and putting from with the hand. Dize pues que su mugér es fináda que me case con el? fol. 160. a. lin. 24. Says he, seeing that his wife is dead, that I marry with him? Paréd en médio biuír. fol. 190. b. lin. 28. To live at the next brickwall, but one brickwall between. Parár mientes. fol. 193. a, lin. 21. To mark, to heed. Plazér a cabádo. fol. 226. a. lin. 12. Complete or full joy or pleasure quite ended. Diana de Monte Mayor 2. part. Encaminár obras a personas de lustre. fol. 2. a. lin. 5. To direct works to people of fame. Si Dios fuére servido. fol. 2. b. lin. 7. verbatim. If God shall be served. i If it shall please God.. De mi grádo jamas entendiéra sino en solo loáros. fol. 3. a. lin. 7. By my good will I would never do any thing else but praise you. Vaya fu●ra ●oda arrogáncia fol. 3. b. lin. 12. All pride set aside. Como a cada uno complia. fol. 7. a. lin. 2. As was meet for every one. No less comple ýrse. fol. 7. b. lin. 20. It is not meet they go. Con el si del matrimónio. fol. 8. a. lin. 26. With the answering to the minister yea at the marriage. Vámonos fol. 10. a. lin. 10. Let us go, for Vamos nos. Dexémonos. fol. 19 a. lin. 22. Let us leave, for Dexémos nos. Amatár la sed. fol. 10. a. lin. 20. To quench thirst. Por una cuésta abaxo. fol. 11. b. lin. 11. Downehill. A vézes. fol. 21. a. lin. 1. By turns, by fits. OH vala me Dios. fol. 22. a. lin. 6. God help me. Pluguiéra a Dios. fol. 22. a. lin. 17. I would to God. Dado que fol. 22. b. lin. 21. Grant that, suppose that. Mercéd señ aláda. fol. 28. b. lin. 26. A notable courtesy. El traydór del Cupido fol. 36. b. lin. penultima. The traitor Cupid. Tenér en mucho fol. 38. b. lin. 1. To esteem much of. Words, Phrases, Sentences and proverbs out of Celestina in 8. printed at Antwerp En la oficina Plantiniana Anno 1595. De mas. pag. 1. lin. 5. Over and above, besides, moreover. Recebído tienen. pag. 3. lin. 6. verbatim. They hold received. i They have received.. Tenér la firma del author. pag. 4. lin. 21. To have the author's name to it. Leeldo. pag. 8. lin. 9 Read it, by the figure Metathesis, which is a changing of places of letters, very common in the Spanish in the second person plural of the Imperative mood, as this Leeldo for Lead lo, as Castigaldo, chastise him, for Castigad lo, Pedilde, require of him, for Pedid le, Oiled, hear him, for oyd le. A tódo corrér deuéis de huír. pag. 10. lin. 11. verbatim. With all running away you aught to avoid. i With all haste possible to run or shun.. En quien quépa esta differénçia. pag. 17. lin. 14. In whom may be contained or found this difference. Conséja tras de fuego. pag. 13. lin. 3. A tale by the fires side, an old wives tale. Ofrecido tenér. pag. 22. lin. 13. verbatim. To hold offered. i To have offered.. Vete, vete de aye. pag. 23. lin. 18. Get thee hence, get thee hence. Abatióse el girafalte. pag. 23. lin. 28. The gerfalcon bated. Los Diablos te gánen. pag. 24. lin. 1. The Devil take thee. Que cosa es? pag. 24. lin. 20. What is the matter? Dexárle he? pag. 25. lin. 2. Shall I leave him? Matárse ha'. pag. 25. lin. 3. He is to kill himself, or he will kill himself. Desbráve, Madúre. pag. 25. lin. 15. Let him pacify or calm himself, let him ripen or come to a head. Si delante me tiéne. pag. 25. lin. 22. If he have me before him. Mudár el pelo malo. pag. 25. lin. 29. To change ill fortune. Ves lo aquí. pag. 26. lin. 15. See it here. De la aparéncia a la existéncia. pag. 27. lin. 14. From that which seems to be, to that which is indeed. No cabe en coraçón de mi ámo. pag. 28. lin. 6. It is not within the compass of my master's heart. Que por la boca le sale a borbollónes. pag. 28. lin 6. But that it must bubble out of his mouth. Ha', ha', ha', & Hi, high, hi. pag. 28. lin. 14. Voices of laughing. Assestár tiros. page 28. lin. 17. To aim. Escozióte. pag. 30. lin. 27. It touched you, it made you smart. Metér por los agujéros. pag. 32. lin. 25. verbatim. To put into holes, i to take in at windows., Desque se descúbren. pag. 33. lin. 12. From the time they discover themselves. Catívo de mi, Mesquíno de mi. pag. 34. lin. 20. Wretch that I am. Assi me médre Dios, Assite medre Dios. pag. 34. lin. 23. verbatim. So God make me thrive, i So God help me or prospero me. Duelos tenémos. pag. 34. lin. 28. We have mournings in hand. Ojos verdes y rasgádos. pag. 35. lin. 14. Fair and great eyes. La tez liza y lustrosa. pag. 35. lin. 24. The skin smooth and clear. Buen ándo haze esto. pag. 37. lin. 8. This makes good going forward. Dias grándes ha', or Múchos dias ha'. pag. 37. lin. 5. A good while since. Quede Dios con. u.m. pag. 37. lin. 29. God be with you, or God remain with you. Dios vaya con u.m. pag. 37. lin. 29. God conduct, or be your speed. Vaya u.m. con Dios. Go in God's name. Que es deal? pag. 38. lin. 15. What is become of him? where is he? Hi, high, hi. pag. 39 lin. 2. A voice of laughing. Tres dias ha'. pag. 39 lin. 4. It hath been three days. Vo, for Voy. pag. 39 lin. 12. I go. Pormi uída, Por tu vida. pag. 39 lin. 27. I pray thee heartily. Quedate a Dios. pag. 40. lin. 11. God remain with you, or keep you. Say, for Se tu. pag. 40. lin. 21. Be thou. Not púde desseár bien, de que no te cupiésse part. pag. 41. lin. 1. I could not so much as desire, as wish any goodness, in which thy part was not contained therein. Si quiéra, for Solaménte. pag. 41. lin. 4. Gelo prometí. pag. 41. lin. 28. I promised him it or that, for See lo prometí. Than, that, that. pag. 42. lin. 3. The noise or beating of the knocking at a door. O que comedór de huévos assados. pag. 43. lin. 21. O what a eater of roasted eggs. De que le seruías? pag. 44. lin. 4. In what place or office didst thou serve her in? Curár de punto, pag. 47. lin. 18. To heal or cure with stitching up, as with needle and thread. Téngote lo en grácia, or mercéd. pag. 48. lin. 24. I thank thee for it. Como quiera. pag. 49. lin. 29. Howsoever. Dar en el fiel. pag. 51. lin. 4. To hit the prick at shooting. Para mi santiguáda. pag. 51. lin. 13. By my hallidoome. Do víno el asno, verná el albarda. pag. 51. lin. 13. verbatim. Where the ass is come, the pack saddle will come. i where the greater doth yield, the less must of necessity come after.. AFter I had read over Diana de Monte mayor, and other authors, gathering out the hardest speeches and explaining them for the learners use, and being come thus far in Celestine, as you see, it came into my imagination that running thorough him and such other hard authors, by unfolding so open to every one's view the difficultest points in the tongue, might breed some dislike in men of mine own profession (to whom I wish as to myself) as also little thankfulness of others, who having their turns served, do commonly verify this proverb, (Eaten bread is forgotten.) I thought good not to deal all at once, but to keep some to sweeten their mouths hereafter, as they shall be desirous hereof, and the rather, for that notwithstanding all this and more pains to, with cost out of my purse, neglecting my profession and living, I have already before I came near the press, tasted and had some experience of some of the greater sort (if wealth and place have that prerogative) which never saw any thing of my doing in their life, or herded me speak, by discourteous dealing enough to discourage me from the publishing of any thing, to pleasure or profit many; yet for the better minded, and more courteous disposed, I here go so far with the Englishing hereof, and some proverbs following, whose courtesy if friendly I find, may 'cause me to the farther unfolding of this language to his farther content. Words, Phrases, Sentences and Proverbs out of La vida de Lázaro de Tormes in 8 printed in Antwerp En laoficina Plantiniána, Anno M.D.XCV. Lo que uno no cóme, otro se pierde por ello. pag. 2. lin. 13. That which one eateth not, another is lost for it, or longeth after it. No sér mas santo que mis vezinos. pag. 5. lin. 7. Not to be more holy than my neighbours. Achacáron a mi padre ciertas sangrias mal hechas en los costáles. pag. 7. lin. 18. They laid to my father's charge certain ripping the sides of the sacks. Ar●már a los buenos pag. 8. lin. 7. page 91. lin. 1. To lean or stay one's self upon the good. Echár la soga tras ei caldéro. pag. 10. lin. 12. verbatim. To cast the rope after the cauldron. i To cast the helve after the hatchet. Vale te por ti. pag. 11. lin. 16. verbatim. Be of avail for thyself. i Shift for thyself. Par de una cosa. pag. 11. lin. 26. Just even with any thing. Mas da el duro que el desnúdo. pag. 19 lin. 28. verbatim. Moore giveth the hard then the naked. i Moore giveth the miser or curmudgeon than he that hath it not to give. Escapé del truéno y di en el Relampágo. pag. 28. lin. 23. I escaped the thunder and fallen into the lightning. Not podér tener en las piernas. pag. 30. lin. 23. Not to be able to stand upon the legs. Dar el relóx la una, Dar 'las dos, las tres, etc. pag. 49. lin. 15. The clock to strike one, two or three. Ha' dado la una, Han dado 'las does, las tres, etc. pag. 50. lin. 25. It hath struck one a clock, two a clock, three a clock. En un crédo. pag. 57 lin. 14. In the twinkling of an cie. Uña de vaca. pag. 62. lin. 1. A neats foot. La bolsa sin maldita la blanca. pag. 65. lin. 16. The devil a penny in his purse. Oy dia. pag. 65. lin. 24. At this day. Quebrémos el ojo all Diáblo. pag. 66. lin. 7. Let us break the neck of the Devil. Vóto or boto a Dios. pag. 70. lin. 4. I s● ear by God. Del rey abaxo. pag. 71. lin. 6. From the king downward. Rompér çapatos. pag. 77. lin. 13. To wear out shoes. Lançár del el demónio. pag. 85. lin. 8. To cast out the devil from him. Matár con un hombre. pag. 92. lin. 6. To fight with a man. Quien bien te hará o se yrá o se morirá. pag. 94. lin. 7. He that shall or will do thee a good turn, either he will be gone, or he will die. Words, Phrases, Sentences and Proverbs out of Menosprécio de la Corte, or in French Mespris de la Court in 16. printed An. M.D.XCI. per jehan de Turns. Your i a mia la mano. pag. 70. lin. 19 verbatim. To go me to my hand. i To hinder, let or stop myself. It por el atájo. pag. 93. lin. 14. To go the shortest way. Dar de mano a la corte. pag. 127. lin. 20 To shake hands or take leave of the Court. Dár la corte a Dios. pag. 137. lin. 10. To bid the court farewell. Andár en cuérpo. pag. 197. lin. 1. To go in hose and doublet without a cloak. Not es de passár entre renglónes. pag. 200. lin. 20. It is not to be left obscurely, or it is to be plainly written or set down. Verdúra para la olla. pag. 202. lin. 19 Herbs for the pot, pothearbes. Beuér de buçes. 202 lin. 5. To drink as an ox or such beasts. Jugár all herrón. pag. 227. lin. 13. To play at coites. Corrér un toro. pag. 228. lin. 3. So bait a bull. A paréd y medio, pared en medio. come. Plauto. fol. 4. b. lin. 18. pag. 234. lin. 13. The next brickwall to one, But a brickwall between. Clérigo sin breviário. pag. 259. lin. 8. A priest without a breviary. Ruár calls. pag. 273. lin. 14. To gad about the streets. A pénas. 289. lin. 20. Hardly. Embocár la bola all juego de argólla. pag. 360. lin. 2. To cast the bowl into the hole of the ring at that play of Argolla, 1. A ring. Tirár coces. pag. 380. lin. 10. To kick. Traér de tema la gorra. pag. 388. lin. 12. To set his hat to the good alee-ward, on one side the head. Sospécho que son pocos, y muy pocos, y aun muy poquitos y muy repoquitos. pag. 406. lin. 1. I suspect there are few and very few, yea most few, yea fewest of all. Words, Phrases, Sentences, and proverbs out of Floresta Española, in 16. Printed in Salamanca, 1592. Estoy maravillado. Epist. dedicatoria. pag. 2 lin. 9 I wonder, I marvel. El lineage donde no avía corona, nunca medrava. fol. 6. b. lin 4. verbatim. That kindred that had had a crown in it never thrived. i a priest. Mas paré●e chichón, que Cardinal. fol. 7. b. lin. 1. It seemed rather a whelk or pustle then a stripe black and blue. Rézias cámaras, fol. 11. a. lin. 18. Strong stoolings. Macho de silla. fol. 13. a. lin. 15. A nag. un hombre de gran memória sin letras, tiene rueca y huso y no estambre. fol. 21. a. lin. 1. A man of great memory without learning, hath a rock and a spindle, and no stuff to spin. Bolár una grulla o ave. fol. 43. b. lin. 5. To fly at the Herron. Guisár la comida. fol. 43. b. lin. 6. To dress meat. Desensillar. fol. 53. b. lin. 19 To put out of a chair. Also to unsaddle. Vnos moços de espuelas, fol. 60. b. lin. 1 Lackeys or footmen. A esse Page oh capalde o encapalde. fol. 61. b. lin. 18. Either geld this page or give a cloak. Tal cádreda vaca. fol. 74. b. lin. 2. Such a chair was vacant. Llámo me. fol. 76. a. lin. 15. I call myself, or I am called. Puntos de çapátos. fol. 85. b. lin. 14. The stitches of shoes, or size of shoes, as nine, ten, etc. All freýr lo veréys. fol. 93. a. lin. penultima, verbatim. By frying you shall see. i By proof you shall find. Os demand la palabra. fol. 94. b. lin. 2. Let him challenge your word or promise. Hazér quartos. fol. 90. a. lin. 3. To quarter. Parár mientes. fol. 500 a. lin 7. To mark. Caldo. fol. 102, b. lin. 5. Broth, pottage. Hazér la barba. fol 112. a. lin. 16 To trim the beard. De buena gana fol. 226. b. lin. 5. With a good will. Dezir grácias. fol. 234. a. lin. 18. To speak merry conceits. Marco Aurelio. Sublimár, abatír. pag. 11. lin. 18. To lift up and to abase. A ley de bueno os juro pag. 27. lin. 28. By the faith of a good man I swear. Conviene a sabér. pag. 42. lin. 16. That is to wit. Sobrepujár. pag. 46. lin. 11. To ouerpoise. Pendón de taverna. pag. 51. lin. 9 The sign of a tavern. Jugár all axedrés. pag. 59 lin. 20. To play at Chess. Poner obligación. pag. 234. lin. 26. to bind, to make one beholding to him. Ponér el águila en los péchos. pag. 245. lin. 20. To put the Eagle on his breast. i To wear the emperors arms the Eagle. Armár çancadilla. pag. 256. lin. 2. To trip. Cavallo de axedréz. pag. 279. lin. 26. The Knight at Chess. De Comédia de Plauto Milite glorioso in 16. printed at Antwerp M.D.LU Fletár una náo. fol. 8. b. lin. 19 To hire a ship and pay passage money. Hazér a lo largo en la mar. fol. 8. b. lin. 23. To launch into the main at sea. Dios te pague.. fol. 12. a. lin. 11. God reward thee. Ponér or Hazer lumbre. fol. 17. a. lin. 23. To make a fire. El puerco muerto sabe mas quando se come. fol. 22. a. lin. 25. A dead hog tasteth best when he is eaten. Hermáno del leche. fol. 25. b. lin. 17. A foster brother. Poco me doy por esso. fol. 28. b. lin. 19 Little care I for this. Ordir tramas. fol. 29. b. lin. 8. verbatim. To spin webs. i To work deceits. Comédia de Plauto Menechmos, in 16. bond with Milite glorioso. Para que se ténga en mas. fol. 54. b. lin. 16. That he or it may be more esteemed. Ambos a does mancebos. fol. 55. b. lin. 15. Both the young men. No perdáys palabra. fol. 56. b. lin. 10. verbatim. Do not lose a word, i Be attentive to that one shall say. Hazér de nuéuas con alguno. fol. 67. a. lin. 19 To make himself strange with one, when he knoweth him well enough. Araucana in 16. three in one volume, Printed in Antwerp. 1597. Cúchilla de la montáña. Elógio. pag. 3. lin. 8. The edge or ridge of a hill. Rociada dar. Elogio. pag. 3. lin. 12. To give a volley of shot. Como consta por sus óbras. Elogio. pag. 7. lin. 5. As appeareth by his works. Medir la pica all enimígo. fol. 3. b. lin. 33 To come to push of a pike with the enemy. Pobládos penáchos. fol. 4. a. lin. 32. Thick plumes of feathers. Hazérse a lo largo. fol. 3. a. lin. 10. verbatim. To make himself aloof, i To step out as men in a quarrel to draw their weapon. A riénda suélta. fol. 31. b. lin. penult. verbatim. With a lose rain of a bridle, i at liberty, freely, as Reýr a riénda suélta. To laugh freely, at liberty. I would go forward in this course of seeking hard places and phrases in Authors, but for that I have now much other business that nearer concerns me, only certain proverbs which I have heretofore for mine own use gathered, and here leave some of them to your use, as ye shall best like them. Refrains. proverbs. First setting down the English word for word according to the Spanish, with this word Verbatim. afterward if it have a sense differing from the word, the meaning thus, i for id est: that is to say. NO puede ser mas negro el cuervo que sus álas. verbatim. The crow can not be blacker than his wings. i Nothing can exceed the highest degree. Quien a su enemigo popa, a sus manos muere. verbatim. Whosoever disdainfully dallies with his enemy, dyes by his own hand. i by making no reckoning of his enemy, receives damage. Quien cóme y dexa, does vezes póne la mesa. verbatim. Who dineth and leaveth for another time, covers the table twice. i He that keepeth in store, serveth his turn when he hath need. Gran sabór es comér y no escotár. verbatim. It is great sauorines to dine or eat, and not to pay any shot or reckoning. i Good drinking of wine of another man's purse. La codicia rómpe el saco. verbatim. Covetousness bursteth the bag. i never thinketh it full till it break. Mas véen quatro ójos que no dos. verbatim. Four eyes see better than two. i Two heads are better than one. Mas vále páxaro en máno que bueytre bolándo. verbatim. Better a bird in hand then a Vulture flying. i A bird in hand worth ten in the bush. E'ntre hermános, no metas tus manos: Porque, quien los desparte, lleva la peor part. verbat. Between brothers put not thou thy hands; for who so severs them hath the worst of it. Ni de estópa buen camisa, ni de puta buena amiga. verbatim. Neither of hurdes is made a good shirt, nor of a quean a good lover. Quien ha' officio ha' benificio. verbatim. He that hath an occupation or office hath a benefit and a benefice. En la boca cerrada no entra mosca. verbatim. In a closed up mouth a fly cannot get in. Mas cerca están mis dientes que mis pariéntes. verbatim. My teeth are nearer to me then my kindred. i nearerer is my coat, but nearer is my shirt. Mas vale ser cabeça de Ratón, que cola de León. verbatim. Better to be the head of a Mouse then the tail of a Lyon. i Better be chief in a mean place, than underling in a greater. Da Dios hávas, a quien no tiene quixádas. verbatim. God giveth beans to them that have no jaws to eat them. i God sends fools fortune. A cavallo comedór cabéstro corto. verbatim. To a greedy eating horse, a short halter. i To a prodigal man mean fortune: a cursed cow short horns. Dime con quien ándas, y dezirte he quien éres. verbatim. Tell me with whom thou goest, and I will tell thee what thou art. i Birds of a feather will flock together; like will to like. En la boca del discréto, Lo público es secreto. verbatim. In the wiseman's mouth, That is manifest is kept secret. Piedra movedíza, no cria moho. verbatim. The rolling stone engenders no moss. Mas vale sabér, que auér. verbatim. It is better to have knowledge then riches. Quien mal en horna, saca los panes tuertos. verbatim. He that setteth in the bread in the oven naughtily, draweth out the loaves crushed awry: as one brews so let him drink: as one plots so it proves. Quien da presto, da does vézes. verbatim. He that gives quickly, giveth twice. Miédo guarda viña y no viñadéro verbatim. Fear keepeth and looketh to the vineyard and not the owner. i Fear makes one look about. A muértos y a ýdos no ay amígos. verbatim. To dead men and absent there are no friends left. i Out of sight out of mind. La cóz de la yégua no haze mal all pótro. verbatim. The kick of the mare hurteth not the colt. i A friends reproof never doth ill. A un traydór does aleuósos. verbatim. To one traitor, two traitors. i To over reach one crafty knave, set two crafty knaves to him and they will coney catch him. The Italian says, A un fino, un fino & mezo. Jurado ha' el vaño de negro, no hazér blanco. verbatim. The bath of the blackmoore hath sworn not to whiten. i That which is bread in the bone will never out of the flesh. En casa del mesquino, manda mas la mugér que el marído. verbatim. In the house of the simple soul, the wife command's more than the husband. i In the house of the silly man of necessity and of fore: The grey mare will still prove the better horse. Es mass el ruýdo, que las nuezes. verbatim. The noise is greater than the nuts. i Moore afraid than hurt. Does pardáles en una espíga, házen mala liga. verbatim. Two sparrows on one ear of corn make an ill agreement. i Two competitors cannot accord. Not es tan bravo el León common le pintan. verbatim. The Lion is not so fierce as they paint him. i He is such a one as he makes show of. En hora buena nace, quien buena fama cóbra. verbatim. He is born in a good hour that gets himself a good name. i A good name is better than riches. De baxo de mala capa, yaze buen bevedór. verbatim. Under a bad cloak lies a good drinker. i The worse outwardly attired, the better inwardly lined. De rábo de puérco, nunca buen viróte. verbatim. Of a pigs tail you can never make a good shaft. i Bray a fool in a mortar you cannot make him leave his folly: a clown will never be made a king. Que es esse hidalgo? El que hāze las obras. verbatim. What is this gentleman. i Who is to be a gentleman? Even he that doth the works of a gentleman. El asno súfre la cárga, no lafoy sober cárga. verbatim. The ass endureth his burden, but not more than his burden. Amenezados pán cómen. verbatim. Threatened men eat bread. i The threatened men live long. Piénsa el ladrón, que todos son de su condición. verbatim. The thief thinketh that all are of his condition, i Every one judgeth another by himself. Mas vale un tóma que dos te daré. verbatim. One hold is better than two I will give thee. Once giving is better than often promising. Not se gána çamóra en un hóra. verbatim. çamóra (a strong town) is not won in an hour, i Rome was not built in a day. Quién tiémpo tiene, y tiémpo atiende, tiémpo viéne, que se arrepiénte. verbatim. He that hath time, and looks for better time, Time comes that he repent himself of time. Buén coraçón quebránta mála ventura. verbatim. A good heart breaketh ill hap, i A good heart overcometh all. Mundo redondo quién no sabe nadár va se en hóndo. verbatim. Round world, he that cannot swim let him sink to the bottom. Malas son las búrlas verdadéras. verbatim. True jests are ill, i It is ill to jest at that which was done in deed. Quién te háze fiésta, que not lo suéle hazér, o te quiére engañár, oh te hamenestér. verbatim. Who so maketh much of thee that was not wont, either will deceive or stands in need of thee. Quién a sólas come el gállo, a sólas ensilla so cavállo. verbatim. Whosoever eats the cock alone, saddles the horse alone, i He that will keep his meat and his money to himself, must do his business himself. Ház bien y no cates a quién, has mal y guárte, verbatim. Do good and regard not to whom, do evil and take heed of thyself. Quién a buén árbol se arrima buéna sombra le cobíja. verbatim. Whosoever leaneth to a good tree, getteth a good shadow, i whosoever hath a sure man to trust unto, hath a great pleasure. Quien no paréce peréce. verbatim. Who appeareth not, perishes, i Out of sight, out of mind. Biva comígo y búsca quien te manténga. verbatim. Live with me, and seek some other that may maintain thee, i Do me service, and get maintenance where thou canst. Hónra y provécho, no cáben en un sáco. verbatim. Honour and profit are not contained together in one sack, i If you be honourable, you must be liberal and not respect your money. Quien quita l'ocasión, quita el pecádo. verbatim. He that taketh away the occasion, taketh away the offence, i He that removeth the allurements, taketh away the sin. La pobréza no es viléza mas inconveniéncia. verbatim. poverty is no vile or vicious matter, but yet an inconvenience. Las quéntas en la máno, y el diáblo en el capíllo. verbatim. The beads in the hand, and the devil in his capuch or cape of his cloak, i God in his mouth and the devil in his heart: good words and wicked deeds. Palábras y plúmas el viénto las lléva. verbatim. Words and feathers the wind carrieth away, i words are but wind. Ni Sávado sin sól ni moça sin amór, ni uéjo sin dolór. verbatim. Neither Sabbath without sun, nor young wench without love, nor an old body without grief or ache. Fuégo de estópa, Amór de púta, Viénto del cúlo, Tódo es uno, Fire of flax, Love of a quean, Wind from the tail, All is one. Guárdate De ýra de Señór y de alboróto de puéblo. De lócos en lugár estrécho, De hónra menguáda, y génte que no tiéne náda. De móça adeuína, y mugér latína. De persóna señaláda, y de Biúda tres vézes casáda. De lódos all caminár, y de luénga enfermedád. De viénto que entre per horádo, y de enimígo que séa reconciliádo. De madrásta, el number le básta. Take heed Of the wrath of a mighty man & the tumult of the people. Of mad fools in a narrow place. Of credit decayed, and people which have nothing. Of a young wench a prophetess, and a latin woman. Of a person marked, & a widow thrice married. Of fowl dirty ways and long sickness. Of wound that comes in at a hole, and of a reconciled enemy. Of a stepmother, the very name of her sufficeth. FJNJS. PLEASANT and DELIGHTFUL DIALOGVES IN SPANISH and English, profitable to the learner, and not unpleasant to any other Reader. By JOHN MINSHEU Professor of Languages in London. Virescit vulnere Virtus. VERITAS FILIA TEMPORIS printer's device of Edmund Bollifant Imprinted at London, by Edm. Bollifant. 1599 All muy illustre Señor, Don Eduardo Hobby: so aficionado servitor Juan Minsheu desséa salúd, y perpetua felicidád. MVy illustre Señor, de aquel famoso pintor Apeles se quenta, que aviendo acabado de pintár una hermosa table, teniendola colgada en part pública; innumerable gente de todas suertes combidáda de la lindeza della, suspendiéron su curso, y se detuviéron a contemplárla, entre los de mas, se acertó a llegár un rústico labradór, y common todos alabássen grandement el ingénio del artifice, juntamente con la pintura: el villáno con boz ronca y mal compuesta, díxo, una gran falta tiene ésta tabla; lo qual common oyesse Apeles, le preguntó qual fuesse ésta? El respondió, aquella espíga sober la qual está aquel páxaro sentado, deviéra estár mas inclinada, porque conform all peso que presuppone el páxaro y la flaquéza de la caña, no podía susten●ár le sin doblarse mas, oydo ésto por el pintór, vió que teníarazón el villáno; y tomando el pinçél, emendó luego aquella falta, siguiendo su parec ér; sobérbio pues el rústico con ver que se uviésse tomado su voto, passó mas adelante, y díxo, aquellos çapatos que aquella figura tiene no están buennos, a ésto le respondió Apeles, Hermano cura de tu arte, y dexa a cada uno el suyo. Está figura, muy ilustre señor, he querído traér, por dezír, que si todos los hombres se conformássen con lo que sáuen y que su ingénio alcança, no quisiéssen passár adelante, a sabér lo que no es de su profess●ónny les toca, ny ellos quedarían corridos, common éste villáno, ni ellabradór se entremeterría a tratár de la guerra, ny el mercadér de la cavallaría, ny eloficiál de las sciéncias, ny el herréro se pondría a disputár puntos de teología; Sino que tratando cada uno aquello a que su capacidád se estiende, y no mass, seria un concierto maravillóso, que resultaría en grand vtilidád de toda la república, y para ésto devríamos tomár exemplo en las cosas naturales, las quales perpetuament guárdan so órden y conciérto, sin entremetérse las unas a hazér el ofício de las otras, y ansi uémos que ny la tierra caliénta, ny el fuego produze, ny el viento riéga, ny el agua ventéa, sino que cada cosa tiene su calidád, y ofício particulár. Pues aviéndose de guardár éste conciérto y órden, a u.m. conviene y toca el jusgár de ésta mi obra, common aquel que entre todos los demas, tiene el primado de la lengua Española, segun lafoy facilidád con que se le a dádo, y la perfecion con que la habla, peró tambien en otras muchas sciéncias, y facultádes, en que u. m. resplandéce sober todos los de nuestro tiempo. Aqui no es de oluidár la refulgente, rara y acabada perfetion en hermosura, doctrina, lenguas, de la muy ilustre Señora Doña Margarita so muger de u.m. Dios sabe, si yo quisiera dedicár le toda la obra entera y no partida en part, (pues quando no uviéra las razones díchas para hazérlo; bastava el agradecimiento y benevoléncia, que u. m. mostró all que primero emprendió lo que he yo ampliado, y hecho mas copioso: Peró el lo dexádo de hazer, por does razones amy júyzio; la una es la obligación precisa que tengo a las personas a quien va derigida, no solo de obediencia y amistád, sino tambien de ayuda, favór, y socorro, que me han dado, para podér llegarla a su fin; y la otra razón es, a verse començado, prosequido, y acabado en so number, y para que se apovéchan della, en suministério. Peró ya que lo que es mayór en cantidád tengo empleado, lo que es ygual en calidád, oh fresco y dedíco a. u.m. y ésto mas por lo que a mi importa, pues quedaré seguro que los detractores no osen mordér en lo que ha' sido censurádo por tan primo júyzio y entendimiento, que no por la glória oh vtilidád que dello se podra seguir a u m. ultra de que con esto satisfaga en part la deuda de agradecimiento, que dévo a quien contanta voluntád favorece a mi professión, ofício verdaderamente próprio de hombres sábios y discrétos, ansi common es de ygnorantes y poco menos que béstias, el impedir semejantes exercicios lo qual no cabe sino en hombres gruessos de entendimiento, y de conciéncias, Suplíco a.u.m. se sirva de recebír esso pequeño seruício, aunque con grand voluntád ofrecido, y ponér lo debaxo de su protectión y ampáro, pues con esto, la obra queder á segura, y yo tambien loveless estaré, de que está bien empleáda: y tomaré álas para emprendér mayóres cosas en number de u.m. Cuya muy ilustre persona, nuestro señor guard con acrecentamiento de mayóres estados. Bésa 'las manos de u.m. so servidór, JOHN MINSHEU. Diálogo priméro para levantárse por la mañana y las cosas a ello perteneciéntes, entre un hidálgo llamádo don Pedro y su criádo Alonso, y un su amigo llamádo don ivan, y úna áma. The first Dialogue of rising in the morning, and of those things thereunto appertaining: between a Gentleman named M. Peter, and his servant Alonso, & another friend of his called M. john, and a nurse of the house. D.P. OYes moço? P. YOuth, dost thou hear? A. Señór. A. Sir. d. P. Que óra es? P. What is it of the clock? A. Las cinco son dádas. A. It hath strooken five. d. P. Leuántate y abre aquélla ventána a vér si es de dia. P. Rise, and open that window, to see if it be day. A. Aun not es bien amenecído. A. It is not yet break of the day. d. P. Pues asno, common dixíste que ha' dado 'las çinco? P. Why then ass-head, why saidst thou that it had struck five a clock. A. Señór las çinco yo las conté, peró el relóx y la mañána no ándan a úna. A. Sir, I told you five, but the clock and the morning go not together. d. P. OH tu miéntes o el relóx miénte, que el sol no puede mentír. P. Either thou liest, or the clock lieth, for the sun cannot lie. A. Mas vale que miénto yo, que no el año. A. It is better that I lie, than the year prove out ill. d. P. Que día haze? P. What weather is it? A. Señór nubládo. A. Sir cloudy weather. d. P. En los ojos déves tu de tenér las núbes que el cielo yo le uéo cláro. P. Belike thy eyes be cloudy, for I see the sky clear. A. Pues no estóy çiégo. A. Yet am I not blind. d. P. Aunt's créo que estas durmiéndo toda uía. P. Rather I believe thou standest sleeping. A. Sé, que no soy elefante que tengo de dormírme en pie. A. I know, I am not elephant to sleep standing. d. P. Haze frío? P. Is it cold weather? A. un cerceganíllo éntra por la ventána que córta las narízes. A. Here comes in such a cold northerly wind at the window, that it bites off my nose. d. P. Dáme de vestír que me quiéro levantár. P. Give me my clotheses, for I will rise. A. A que, tan de mañana? A. What to do so early? d. P. A negociár, que téngo mucho que hazér oy. P. To go about business, for I have much to do to day. A. Aun no estará nádie en pie. A. No body will be yet stirring. d. P. Tu adeuínas a tu prouécho. P. Thou dost prophesy for thy own behoof. A. Que vestído se choir ponér vuestra mercéd? A. What apparel will you wear to day Sir? d. P. El de velárte, que dízen que es hónray provécho. P. That of the fine black clot, for it is of estimation and profitable. A. Que jubón? A. What doublet? d. P. El de ráso pespuntádo. P. That of stitched satin. A. He le aquí. A. Here it is. d. P. ❀ Majadéro, pues el jubon me tráes, ántes que la camísa, quiéres me motejár de açotádo. P. Block head, dost thou bring me my doublet before my shirt, will't thou scoff me as though I had been * Those that be whipped, put on their doublets in haste before their shirts, to save them from another lash. whipped? A. Aun not ha' traýdo 'las camíças la labandéra. A. The laundress hath not yet brought home the shirts. d. P. Pues, hide púta ýd por éllas. P. Whoorsonne knave, go then for them. A. ❀ All Ruyn de Róma, quando le nómbran, luégo asoma, aquí viéne ya la labandera. A. Lupus est in fabula, as soon as one name's him presently he appears, here comes the laundress. d. P. Está enxúta? P. Is it dry? A. Como un cuerno. A. As dry as a horn. d. P. Not os he dícho, que no me traygáys éssas comparaciónes. P. Have I not told thee, that thou bring me no such comparisons. A. ❀ Esso fuéra, Si fuéra, u.m. persóna Sospechósa que no se a de mentár la sóga, en casa deal ahorcádo. A. That is true, if you were a person suspected, for a man aught not to make mention of a halter in the house of a man that was hanged. d. P. Dáme las cálças de terciopélo acuchilládas. P. Give me my paned velvet hose. A. Aqui están señór. A. Here they are sir. d. P. Están limpias? mira bien si tiénen algun púnto suelto las médias. P. Be they made clean? Look well if the stockings have any stitches broken in them. A. E'ssa es una de las tres cosas que Ganása dezía, que el hombre busca con gran cuydádo, y quando las ha' halládo le pésa. A. This is one of the three things which Ganasa said a man seeks diligently after, and when he hath found them it grieves him. d. P. Y quales son las de mas? P. And what are the other two? A. una suziedád en la cáma, y los cuérnos, si su mugér se los póne, peró éstas sánas están. A, Filth in the bed one lieth in, and horns if they be of his own wives grafting, but these stockings are whole. d. P. Cálçamelas', dáme el sáyo de velárte, quel de ráxa es muy delgádo para éste frío que háze. P. Pull them on, give me that jerkin of black clot, for that of thin clot rash is very thin for this cold weather. A. Quiére, u m. ponérse borzeguíes? A. Will you wear buskins? d. P. Not sino çapátos y pantúflos, por amór del lódo: Dáme priméro aguamános. P. Not, but pumps and pantofles because of the dirt: Give me first water to wash my hands. A. Señor el água está eláda en el járro. A. Sir, the water is frozen in the pot. d. P. Buéna señál. A. De que señór? d. P. de Caránbanos. P. A good sign. A. Of what sir? P. Of ice. A. Y aun de que házefrío. A. And also that it is cold. d. P. Derrítelo en el braséro, dáme entre tánto el espéjo y v'nas tixéras que quiéro adereçárme la bárva. P. Thaw it in the pan of coals, in the mean while give me the looking glass and scissors, for I will trim my beard. A. Aquí está el estúche donde está tó do, y tambien el péyne. A. Here is the case where all are in it, and likewise the comb. d. P. O que de cánas téngo, ya me voy parándo uéjo. P. OH what hoar hairs I have, I begin to wax old. A. Señor, las navidádes no se van en bálde. A. Sir, years pass not over one's head in vain. d. P. Por ciérto no téngo muchas, sino ❀ common dízen en mi tiérra, cánas y cuérnos no viénen por días. P. Truly, I have not many years on my back, but as they say in my country, hoar hairs, & horns come not by age. A. Ya está buéna ésta água, bien se puede vuéstra mercéd lavár. A. This water is now well, you may now well wash Sir. d. P. Pues dacá la fuénte, y la toalla. P. Then give here the basin and ewer, and the towel. A. Quiére. u.m. Lleuér capa y górra o herreruélo y sombréro? A. Will you wear a short cloak and cap, or long cloak and hat? d. P. Not es aóra tiémpo de górra, dame el ferreruélo lárgo, y un sombréro de fiéltro. P. It is no weather now for a cap, give me a long cloak and a felt hat. A. Que espáda? Dorada, plateáda o Pavonáda? A. What rapier, gilt, silvered, or sanguined? d. P. Not lafoy quiéro, sino enbarnizáda por silloviére, Mira quien llama a sa puérta. P. None, but that varnist rapier, lest it should rain: Go look who knocks at the door. A. El señór done ivan es. A. It is master john. d. P. Corre abre présto. P. Run, open the door quickly. d. I Muy buenos dias dé Dios. a u.m. Señór done Pédro. I God give you good morrow master Peter. d. P. OH señór don juan. u.m. séa tan bien ❀ venído common los buenos anos: common está u. m? P. O master john, you are as well welcome as good fortune: how do you Sir? d. I Muy all servício de u m. u.m. está buéno? I Ready to do you service, and are you well Sir? d. P. Albina seruício de u. m. common estuviére, aunque algo achacóso. P. Howsoever Sir, at your command although now I am not half well. d. I Pues porque madrúga tanto sino ánda bueno? I Why then do you rise so early, if you be not well? d. P. Porque dízen los médicos que para la salúd, es bueno levantár de mañána. P. Because Physicians say, that for one's health it is good to rise early in the morning. d. I Essa salúd ténganse la éllos, que para mi éstos son los dias que deuémos metér en casa cómo díze el Refrán, oh que los tengámos en la cama, dixéra mejór. I That health let them have themselves for me, these be the good days (as the Proverb says) which we aught to lock up within our doors, nay (I should say) within our beds. d. P. Para dezír la verdád, yo mas lo hágo, por entendér en mis negócios. P. To tell you the truth, I do it chiefly to follow my business. d. I Como le va a u.m. dellos? I How goeth it with you in your business? d. P. Señor all servício de u.m. mal bendíto sea Dios. P. Sir at your command, but ill enough God be thanked. d. I Como ansi no despáchan a u m? I How, do they not dispatch you? d. P. Si Señór despéchan me. Mucácho tráe nos de almorzár ants que salgámos. P. Yea Sir, they despite me. Boy, give us somewhat to breakfast before we go forth. d. I Ya yo he bevido una uéz. I I have already eaten a bit. d. P. Beverá. u m. ótra que no le hará mal. P. One bit more will do you no harm. d. I ❀ Not, que no soy tan delicádo common judio en viernes. I Not, for I am not so curious as the jew on a friday. A. Que quieren us. ms. almorzár. A. What will your worships break your fast withal? d. P. Tráe unos pastéles y un quartillo de cabríto assado. P. Bring a pie, and a quarter of a roasted kid. d. I Que bien adereçádo tiene. u m. éste aposénto señór done PEA? I O how well in order have you this lodging M. Peter? d. P. Señór Razonáble common para un hidálgo póbre. P. Sir reasonable for a poor gentleman. d. I De donde úvo. u.m. ésta tapicería? I From whence had you this tapestry hangings? d. P. Señór; de Flandes uíno. P. Sir it came from Flaunders. d. I Tambien déven deser de alla los liénços o pintúras oh Retratos? I And from thence also came these pictures and portraitures? d. P. Algúnos déllos, otros son de Ytália. P. Some of them did, others came from Italy. d. I De gentíl máno son por cierto: quanto le costó. a u m. éste escritório? I Truly they are of a fine workman's doing. What cost this desk or cask? d. P. Mas que vale, quarenta ducádos. P. Moore than it is worth, forty ducats. d. I De que madéra es? I Of what wood is it? d. P. La colorada es caóba de la Hauána y ésta négra es évano, la blánca es marfíl. P. The read is * Caóba, a fine read wood in the Indies, of which they make chequer work and other curious works in cupboards, etc. Caóba of Hauána, and this black is Ebony, and the white is ivory. d. I Cierto que está muy curióso, y muy bien asentáda la taraçéa. I Truly it is very curious, and the inlaying of the wood most finely set in. d. P. Aquí verá. u m. un buféte mejór labrádo. P. Here may you see a standing table, better wrought. d. I Adonde fue hécho? I Where was it made? d. P. El y las síllas viniéron de Salamánca. P. That and the chairs came from Salamanca. d. I Lo mejór le falta a.u.m. en este aposento. I The best thing is yet wanting in this lodging. d. P. Que es, por uída del Señór don ivan? P. What is it I pray you heartily master john? d. I Por lo que dezía don juan manuel, un sonezíto de chapín. I That which done john Manuel said, the gentle sound of a woman's shoe. d. P. Ya entiendo, por la mugér lo díze u.m. P. Now I understand you mean a wife? d. I Por lafoy misma. I Even the self same. d. P. Ami me pareçe que lo mejór que tiene es estár sin ella. P. It seems unto me, that the best thing my lodging hath is to be without her. d. I ❀ OH Señór no diga. u.m. esso que es triste cosa la soledád. I O Sir, say not so, solitariness is unpleasant. d. P. ❀ A tengo me all que díze, que Vale mas solo que mal acompañádo. P. Ah Sir, I stand to that old saying, better alone then evil accompanied. d. I Pues no senior entiende que a de ser mala. I But you must not understand of a bad wife. d. P. Y adónde le hallarémos que sea buena? P. And where shall we find her that is good? d. I Muchas ay muy buenas. I There are many very good. d. P. Es verdad, las que están enterrádas. P. It is true, they which are dead and buried. d. I De surety que choir. u m. dezír que la mujér estonçes es buena quando está muerta. I So that you will say, that a woman is then good, when she is dead. d. P. Digo señór que cada loco con su tema, yo he dado a ora en esta. P. I say Sir, that every fool hath his wilfulness, and I have lighted now upon this. d. I ❀ Y se saldrá. u.m. con ella, common el Rey con sus alcauálas. I And you shall as easily carry it away as the * Without controlment. king doth his subsidies. d. P. ❀ Se díze que úna buena múla, y una buena cabra, y una buena mugér son tres, malas cúcas. P. It is said, that a good mule, a good goat, and a good woman are three unhappy creatures. Al. La mesa está puesta bien se pueden sentar. us. ms. a almorzar. A. The table is covered, your worships may well sit down to breakfast. d. P. Señór done ivan tome. us. ms. aquella cabeçera. P. M. john, sit you down at the upper end of the table. d. I Bueno sería, esso es per motejarme de viejo. I It should do well in deed, that is a flout because I am old. d. P. Not, si no por cumplír con la razón P. Not so, but to do you right. d. I V.m. tome sum lugár que yo tomaré el mio. I Take you your place and I will take mine. d. P. Bueno es que venga a mi casa, quien mand en ella mas que yo. P. It is very good, that I should have such a guest as should command more in my house then myself. d. I OH si por ay lo echa. u.m. yo obedesco en su casa y fuera. I O Sir if you take it so, I not only obey you in your house, but abroad also. d. P. Yo soy el que tengo de seruír common la razon me oblíga. Muchacho dacá platos. P. Sir I am to be at your service, as reason bindeth me. Boy give me dishes here. Al. Aqui estan Señór. A. here they are Sir. d. P. De adonde truxiste estos pastéles? P. From whence didst thou fetch these pies? Al. De la mas límpia pastelera que ay en la ciudad. A. From the cleanliest piewife, that is in the city. d. P. Son de nuestra vezína la hermosa? P. What from our fair neighbour? Al. Si Señór. A. Yea Sir. d. P. Bien los puede. u.m. comér sin asco que ne mujer límpia son. P. Well may you eat Sir of them without loathing, for they are from a cleanly woman. d. I Mas que nunca lo fueran, nunca yo miro en misérias. I And if they were not, I never stick for small matters. d. P. Pues menos mirára, si fuera tan amigo de ellos common you. P. Less would you stand upon it, if you did love them as I do. d. I Muy bien me sáben, y lo mejór que yo les hallo es ser comída tan acorrída, que a qual quire, ora, ' que el hombre la quiera la halla guisada. I They please my taste well, and the best is that I always find them to be a meat so in readiness, that at what soever hour a man will have it he may find it ready dressed. d. P. Muchácho da nos de beuér que píca la pimienta. P. Boy give us drink, for the pepper bites. Al. Que choir, u.m. blanco oh tinto? A. Which will you have sir, sack or * Tinto is a wine in Spain read & blackish. tinto? d. P. Echa de lo blanco, que es mas caliente para por la mañána. P. Fill out of the sack, for it is more heating, chief for the morning. d. I Yaun es mas saludáble que lo tinto. I And also is more wholesome than the read. d. P. Brindo a u.m. Señór done juán. P. I drink to you master john. d. I Beso, a, u m. 'las manos, haré la razon. I I thank you sir, I will pledge you. Al. Por qual táça choir, u m. bevér, por la Llana oh por esta hondilla. A. In which cup will your worship drink, in the plain bowl, or in the little deep one. d. I Alonso amigo, auéis de fabér que yo soy muy buen borrácho y se muy bien lo que me bévo, por esso echaldme por aquella taça llana. I Friend Alonso you must know, that I am a very good drinker, and know how much I use to drink, wherefore fill me that plain bowl. d. P. You gusto mas de beuér por esta copa de uídrio que no por ninguna de las taças. P. I like better to drink out of this drinking glass then out of any other of the cups. d. I ❀ Señór, contra gustos no aye dispúta. I Sir, against one's liking there is no disputing. d. P. Ansi es verdád, con esta pierna de cabríto beverá, u.m. otra uéz, y trae unas aceitúnas para la terçera. P. It is so Sir: this leg of kid will make you once again have a quarrel to the cup. Bring us some olives for the third course. d. I Essa ya se llamará comída y no almuérzo. I This is to be called a dinner and not a breakfast. d. P. Porque? P. Why? d. I Porque dizen a buen coméro mal comér, tres vézes se a de beuér. I Because to a good meal or a bad, three draughts only are to be had. d. P. Aye dize nuestra madre çelestína ❀ que está corrúpta la letra que por dezír tréze dixo tres. P. Alas says our mother Celestine, the letter is corrupted, for whereas he should have said thirteen, he set down three. d. I Aora señór bien está loveless hecho, no mass que perderémos la gana de el comér. I Well Sir, it sufficeth, we have eaten well, no more, for we shall lose our stomachs to eat at dinner. d. P. den nos a bevér otras sendas de la calabriáda. P. Let them give to each of us once again of the * Calabriáda: a mixed wine, half one wine and half another. Calabriáda. d. I Adonde yrémos? I Wither shall we go? d. P, Lo priméro a la yglésia, y encomendár nos a Dios. P. First to the Church, to commend ourselves to God. d. I ❀ Está muy bien, que por yr a la yglésia ni dare çevada, no see pierde jornada. I It is very good, for neither in going to the Church, nor in giving provender to thy horse, was there ever journey hindered or lost. d. P. çierra aquel coffer, 'pon en cobro essas baratíjas, llama all áma que barra y componga este aposento. P. Shut that chest, put up safe this household stuff, call the nurse that she sweep and dress this lodging. Al. Tengo de yr acompañando a u m? A. Shall I wait on your sir? d. P. Not, sino quédate en casa, ayúda all áma y limpia todos mis vestídos y ponedla en órden y a las onze llevame el cavallo a palácio. P. Not, but tarry in the house, help the nurse and brush all my apparel and set the house in order, and at eleven of the clock bring my horse to the court. Al. Está muy bien Señór, yo lo haré ansi. A. Very well sir, I will do it. d. P. ❀ éste mi criádo Señór don juan, es common malilla que hago de ello que quiero. P. This my servant master john is as the * Malilla a card agreed upon, that he that hath him may make of him, king, queen, knave, ace, nine, ten, or whatsoever other card. Malilla, for I make of him what I will. d. I Yaun and a. u m. en lo çierto para sér bien servido, que quando hombre tiene muchos criádos, unos por otros nunca házen cósa a deréchas. I And thereby you are sure to be well served, for when a man hath many servants, one by reason of the other never do that they aught. d. P. El me sirve de mayordómo, de repostéro, de maestre sala, de guarda ropa, de paje, y de lacáyo, y a vézes de despenséro. P. He serveth me for steward of my house, for a keeper of my plate, for a genman-usher, wardrobe keeper, page, and for lackey, and sometimes for cater. d. I El paréce buen hijo. I He seems to be an honest fellow, a good fellow or good servant. d. P. Bueno señor es tan bueno que a ser mas, no valiéra nada, sola una falta tiene. P. Good Sir, so good he is, that if he were better, he were worth nothing, only one fault he hath. d. I Qual es? I What is that? d. P. ❀ Que es grandíssimo enemígo de el água. P. That he loves no water by no means. d. I E'sso hará lo, por el bien que le sábe el vino, peró essa no se puede llamár falta, si no sóbra. I That is for the good he finds in wine, but this cannot be called a want in him, but a superfluity. d. P. Muchácho cierra la puérta, con la ❀ llave, que a puérta çerráda el Diablo se buelue. P. Boy, lock the door with the key, for at a locked door, the devil himself goeth his way. Al. Ama, tráyga un caldéro de água y una escoba, regarémos y barrarémos éste aposénto. A. Nurse, bring a kettle of water and a broom, we will cast water on, and sweep this chamber. Ama. Tomazin priméro esta rópa blanca que tráxo la labandéra. N. Take first this clean linen which the laundress brought home. Al. Aguarde, sacaré la memória para uér si falta algo. A. Stay a little, I will take out the note to see if any thing be wanting. Am. Adonde la tienes? N. Where is it? Al. Aquí está en mi faltriquéra. A. here it is in my pocket. Am. Lee lafoy pues. N. Read it then. Al. Memória de la ropa de mi ámo que llevó la lavandéra en diez de março de 1599 primeraménte quatro camisas con sus euellos de lechuguilla. A. A note of my master's clotheses which the laundress had the tenth of March, 1599 First four shirts, with their ruff bands to them. Am. Aqui están A. does sábanas, does almohá das de cama, does pares de çalçones de lienco, tres de calçétas. N. here they are. Al. a pair of sheets, two pillows, two pair of linen breeches next the skin, three pair of linen hose under the stockings: A. Aqui están. N. here they are. Al. una dozena de pares de escarpínes. A. A dozen pair of socks. Am. Not aye aquí mas que ocho. N. There are but eight here. Al. Pues quatro fáltan a la labandéra pedírle he que de quenta dellos, y si ella los perdio que los págue. A. Then four wants, I will require of the laundress that she give account of them, and if she hath lost them that she pay for them. Am. Anda, que válen quatro escarpínes viejos y rótos? N. Go, what are four old broken socks worth? Al. Yten mass does escofi●tas y quatro tocadóres, media dozena de pañizueloes de narizes. A. Also more, two night coifes and four night kerchiefs, half a dozen of handkerchiefs. Am. Aqui está todo. N. Here is all. Al. Does mesas de mantéles, y diez servillétas. A. Two table clotheses and ten table napkins. Am. Aqui están. N. Here they are. Al. Tres toallas, y un frutéro, y does cuellos de encáje con sus puños. A. Three towels, and one * Fruit clot to cover the fruit when it is carried to the table. fruit clot and two ruff bands wrought with their ruffs at hand. Am. Todo está aqui que nada falta. N. All is here, nothing is wanting. Al. Pues doblémos lo, y pongámos loveless en el árca. A. Then let us fold it, and let us put it in the chest. Am. Como me Llamáys para que os ayúde a ésto, no me Llamárades para que os ayudára all almuérzo. N. Wherefore call you me, that I should help you to do this, & would not call me that I should help you to eat your breakfast? Al. ali tengo guardados unos escamóchos que sobraran a mi ámo. A. There have I saved certain fragments which my Master left. Am. Quiero primero barrér ésta sala y adereçárla. N. I will first sweep this hall and dress it. Al. Entre tanto limpiaré yo la ropa, save de la escobilla? A. In the mean while will I brush the clotheses: do you know where the brush is? Am. Vesla alli colgada de aquel clávo, que si fuéra pérro ya te uviéra mordido. N. See there hanged upon that nail, that if it were a bear it would now have bitten thee. Al. OH quanto polvo tiene esta capa? A. O what a deal of dust hath this cloak? Am. Sacude la primero con una uára. N. Beat it out first with a wand. Al. Ama, mas que bien hechos están estos calçónes? A. Nurse, how exceeding well are these breeches made. Am. Tanbien entiendo yo de ésso, common puerca de freno. N. I have as good knowledge therein as a sow in a bridle. Al. Pues que entiende? A. What have you knowledge in then? Am. Albina lo que a mi me importa si tu preguntáras por una basquiña, una sáya entera, una ropa, un manto, o un cuerpo, una gorguéra, de una toca, y cosas semejantes, supiéra te yo respondér. N. In that which belongeth unto me, if thou hadst asked of a petticoat, a woman's cassock, a woman's gown a mantel, a pair of bodies, a gorget, or a woman's head attire, and like matters, I could have answered thee. Al. De manera que no sabe léer, mas de por el libro de su aldéa. A. So then the priest cannot say mass but in his own book. Am. Quieres tu, que sea yo, common el ymbidióso, que su cuidado es en lo que no le va ni le viéne. N. Will't thou, that I should be as the envious person which setteth his mind on that which belongs not unto him. Al. Siempre es virtúd savér, aunque scene cósas que pareçe que no nos ympórtan. A. Yet always it is a virtue to know, although they be things which seem not to appertain unto us. Am. Bien sé yo, que tu sabrás hazér una bellaquería, y ésta no es virtúd. N. I know well, that thou knowest well how to play the knave, and that I am sure is no virtue. Al. El sauérla hazér no es malo, el usárla si. A. To know how to do it is not evil, but to use it it is evil. Am. ❀ Siempre oy dezír que quien las sábe las táñe. N. I always have herded say, he that can play, playeth. Al. ❀ Not sino que quien ha' 'las he chas ha' 'las sospéchas. A. Not but whosoever is bad, hath suspicion of another to be bad. Am. Pues velláco que he hecho you? N. Why knave what have I done? Al. No mass de hazérme regañái algunas vézes. A. Nothing else, but make me fret and vex myself sometimes. Ama. No i des tu ocasión. N. Do not thou give me occasion? Al. Estonces muchas merçédes, quando le doy occasion, es menestér que me perdóne, que quando no se la doy, poca amistád me haze. A. Then I thank you heartily, when I give you occasion it is necessary that you pardon me, that when I give you no occasion, you do me little * Meaning then she doth not forgive him any thing, seeing he maketh no offence unto her. courtesy. Ama. A ora hermáno dexate de retóricas y has loveless que tu ámo te mandó. N. Now brother, leave your rhetoric, and do that thy M. commanded thee. Al. Si haré aun que bien créo que no por ésso me tengo de asentár con el ala mesa. A. So will I do, although I believe, for all that I am not to sit at table with him. Ama. A lomenos escusarás de que el no te asiénte en el rábo. N. Thou must needs bear with that, for that he doth not set it on your bum. Al. Yo voy a ensillár el cauállo, a dios paredes hasta la buelta. A. I go to saddle the horse, farewell walls till my return. Diálogo segúndo, en el qual, se tráta de compràr y vendér jóyas y otras cosas entre un Hidálgo llamado Thomas, y su mugér Margaríta, y un Mercadér y un Platéro. The second Dialogue, wherein is handled to buy and cell jewels and other things, between a gentleman called Thomas and his wife Margaret, and a Merchant, and a goldsmith. Th. A Donde queréis que vamos Señóra? Th. WHither will you that we go Lady? Ma. Vámos a lafoy platería, y comprarémos algunas piéças de plata. Ma. Let us go to the goldsmiths shops, and we will buy some pieces of plate. Th. Y de alli? Th. And from thence whither? Ma. Yrémos a la lonja para comprár algunas cósas. Ma. We will go to the Exchange to buy some things. Th. En el number de Dios, entrémos en ésta tiénda. Th. In the name of God let us go into this shop. Ma. Plegue a el, sea con pie derecho. Ma. I pray God it be in good time, luckily. Th. A Señor guard Dios a u.m. Th. O master goldsmith, God save you. Pl. Y venga con vuéstras merçédes. Go. And God be in your company. Th. mand nos mostrár, algunas buénas piéças. Th. Cause one to show us some good pieces. Pl. Que géneros choir u.m. táças, copas o jarros, fuentes, platoes, y escudillas, es lo mas necessário. Go. What kinds will your worships see, plain cups, deep cups, or pots, ewers, platters, or dishes, all these are the most necessary. Th. Y tanbien copas de salvo, y saléros, vinagéras. Th. And also cups with covers, and salt-sellers, and bottles for vinegar and oil. Pl. Ola móço, saca aqui toda essa plata de el arca. Go. Ho sirrah, take out here all this plate out of this chest. Ma. Veamos aquellos candeléros y despaviladéras. Ma. Let us see these candlesticks and snuffers. Th. Si estos braserillos de mésa estuviéran Sinceládos fuéran mejóres. T. If those chafindishes for the table were engraven they were better. Pl. Otros' dízen, que la sinceladúra es allegadéro de miérda, hablando con perdón de vuestras merçédes. G. Others say, that the graving is a gathering of filth, speaking with reverence of your worships. Ma. Not véo aquí agua maníl ningúno. M. I see no basin here. Pl. Aqui está uno sober dorádo y sinçeládo con su fuente de la misma labór. G. Here is one gilded over, and graved with his ewer of the same work. Th. Yo quisiéra toda la baxilla de una misma labór que no diferençiáran unas pieças de otras. T. I would have all a cupboard of plate all of one work, that there might not differ one piece from another. Pl. Por esso dízen, que tantas opiniónes aye common cabeças: otros dízen que la variedád es la que agráda. G. Therefore they say, so many men so many minds, others say variety breeds delight. Th. Es verdád, peró lafoy variedád ha' de ser de cosas entéras, y por que hazér una capa de remiéndos, no puede agradár a nádie. T. It is true, but that variety is to be of whole entire things by themselves, for to make a cloak with patches can please no body. Pl. Conçierte se u.m. conmígo en el préçio, que yo se la daré acabáda dentro de pocas días de la hechura que la quisiére. Go. Agreed with me for the price, and I will make it up for you within these few days, of what fashion you will have it. Ma. Siempre en 'las tardanças aye pelígro, y vale mas páxaro en mano que bueytre bolándo. M. Always delays breed danger, and better a bird in hand then a vulture flying. Th. Pues escoja de aye u.m. les pieças que mas le agradáren. T. Then choose you out those pieces which best shall like you. Ma. Este salpimentéro y ésta copa con so sober copa, y éste pichél, y ésta calderéta, y ésta porcelána scene las priméras. M. This salt and pepper box, and this cup with his cover, and this pot made ewer wise, and this kettle of silver, and this broad cup to drink in are the best. Th. A common hémos de dár por * Marco de plato is worth xxxij. s. English beside the fashion. el marco de estas pieças? Th. What are we to pay for the half pound of these pieces? Pl. Por el marco de las llanas me ha' de dár. u.m. a çien reáles por las sinçeládas, a quinze ducádos y por las doradas a treynta ducados. Go. For the half pound of these plain pieces your worship is to give me fifty shillings, for the engraving fifteen ducats, and for the gilt thirty ducats. Th. Si el pedír fuera dár, no se auía hecho mala haziénda oy, peró de ❀ el dicho a el hécho ay gran trecho. Th. If ask were giving you had not made an ill match to day, but there is a great distance betwixt the word and the deed. Pl Albina de menos no lo daré yo por lo, que. u.m. me ha' oh freçído hasta agora. Go. At lest I will not give it for that you have offered me as yet. Th. Está tan caro, que yo no sé que le ofrézca si no es una * A dance so called. Also an abatement. báxa. Th. You are so dear that I know not what I may offer for it, if there be no abatement. Pl. Essa yo la dançaré despues que. u m. aya tañído su álta. Go. That will I dance after your worship hath struck the triple. Th. Mi mas alta Señór, es a seis ducados la llána, y a çien reals, la sinçeláda, y la doráda, a veinte ducádos. Th. My highest is six ducats the plain, and fifty shillings the engraven, and the gilt twenty ducats. Pl. Muy bien despachádo yva yo, mas me tiénen ami de cósta. Go. This business is well dispatched now, they cost me more. Th. Pues Señór torn a dançár a vér en que pára. Th. But sir, come back and dance again, to see upon what you stick. Pl. En cada género, le quitaré a. u.m. does ducádos y no mass. Go. In every kind of them I will abate two ducats and no more. Th. Muy mal dançó. u.m. no le tóco mas. Th. You dance very ill, I play no more. Pl. Pues yo le asegúro a. u.m. que not lo hall mas varáto en la call. Go. But I assure your worship that you cannot find better cheap in the street. Th. Calle que si hallare, que donde una ❀ puerta se cierra ciento se ábren. Th. Hold your peace, for I will find: for where one door shuts a hundred do open. Ma. Si ha' de valér mi voto, dezír le he. Ma. If my voice may prevail, i'll strike the stroke. Pl. Diga le u.m. que le soy muy devóto. Go. Let your worship speak on, for I am much devoted. Ma. Pues otro tanto common baxó el platéro, suba el señor Tómas y no se able mass. Ma. Then so much as the goldsmith hath abated, so much let master Thomas rise, and let there be no more words. Pl. Porque su palabra de u.m. no buelva atrás, etc. Go. For that your worship's word may be taken, etc. Th. Not quería u.m. mas, ora peselo, pesár malo le dé dios a el diablo. Th. You can desire no more, now weigh it, God give ill weight to the devil. Pl. Lleven lo a cása que allá lo pesarémos. Go. Carry it to your house, there we will weigh it. Th. Móço carga con todo y Lleva lo a casa. Th. Sirrah, take up all this and carry it home. Pl. Han de boluér se luego vuestras merçédes? Go. Are your worships to come back again this way by and by? Th. Not hasta de aquí a does oras, que y'mos a comprár otras cosas. Th. Not till within this two hours, for we go to buy other things. Pl. Si u. m. es seruído de que le acompañe, hazér lo he. Go. If it please you, that I go with you, I will. Ma. Guard Dios a u.m. que no querémos mas compañía. Ma. God keep you, we will no more company. Th. En ninguna cosa gasto el dinero, de mejor gána que en pláta. Th. In nothing I spend money with a better will then in plate. Ma. Lo que se gasta en plata no es gastár, si no trocár pieças chicas por pieças grandes. Ma. That which is laid out in plate is not wasted, but to change small pieces for great pieces. Th. Y tanbien por que cabe en ella lo que dízen que no cabe en un saco que es honra y provecho. Th. And also there is contained in it that they say is not contained in a sack, which is * Honour and profit is not held together in one bag. * i the fine dishes of earth painted such as are brought from Venice. honour and profit. Ma. Si, por que si hombre se choir servír con uídrio o china, oh bárro, mas cuesta lo que se quiebra entre año que la hechura de la plata. Ma. Yea, for if a man will serve his turn with glass, or ❀ China metal, or earth, that which is broken thereof, costs more in a year than the fashion of the plate. Th. Y con una baxilla que hombre cómpra una vez, tiene para hijos, niétos, y visniétos. Th. And for a cupboard that a man buyeth once, he is furnished for his children, nephews, and nephews children. Ma. Aora uámos a la joyería. Ma. Now let us go to the place where they cell jewels. Th. Esse es un camíno que yo hago de muy mala gana. Th. This is a way that I go unwillingly. Ma. Por que razón? Ma. What is the reason? Th. Por que éstas joyas son common las donzéllas, que miéntras están ençerrádasson de mucho valór, y en sacando las fuéra, le pierden todo y no válen nada. Th. Because these jewels are as maidens, that while they are maids and kept in, they are of much value, and in taking them abroad they lose all, and are worth nothing. Ma. Si peró, lo que se usa no se escúsa. Ma. Yea, but that which is a custom cannot be shunned, custom needs no excuse. Th. Albina mal uso quebrár le la pierna. Th. But it is good to break the legs of an ill custom. Ma. No queráis señor ponér vos puertas a el campo ni coregír el mundo, que ansi le hallástes y ansi le hauéis de dexár. Ma. I would not have you Sir * i to do things impossible. make doors for the fields, and correct the whole world: for so you found it, and so shall you leave it. Th. Ora pues corra ol rio por do suele, pues se arendo la renta con éstas condiçiones. Th. Why then let the river run where it was wont, seeing the thing was hired with these conditions. Ma. Entrémos en esta tiénda que es la mas ríca. Ma. Let us go into this shop, for it is the richest. Me. Que manda u.m. señór cavalléro, que ha' menestér? Me. What doth your worship command, what have you need of? Th. Yo ninguna cosa, ésta señóra, muchas. Th. I of nothing, this gentlewoman of many things. Me. Pues pida sum merçéd, que tódo se le dará aquí a muy buen précio. Me. Then let her require what, and all shall be given her very good cheap. Ma. Muestre me acá algunos tocádos, guirnaldíllas, rapósos, randas, deshilados, tocas de todas suertes, y tan bien venga la olanda delgada, cambray, y otras suertes de liéncos. Ma. Show me some women's head attire, garland head attire, wires of silver, bone work or bone lace, stitched work, head attire of all sorts, and also bring fine holland, cambrecke, and other sorts of linen. Me. Entre u.m. que todo lo verá aquí. Me. May it please your worship come in, for you shall see all here. Ma. Todo esto es obra tosca mas * Prima. i chief, principal or a she cozen germane. prima la quiéro. Ma. All this is gross work, I would see more principal. Th. Para prima Señora no es buena la hija de vuestro tío? Th. Will not your uncles daughter serve you for a cozen? Ma. Es muy gorda aquella, y por esso queria otra mas delgáda. Ma. This is very course, and therefore would I have other finer. Me. Pues en esta caxa verá. u.m. el primór del mundo, todo es obra de Milán. Me. Then in this chest shall your worship see the principalest that is, all is work of Milan. Th. Obra de Milán veeme y no me tangas. Th. Work of Milan * Because they are toys, if you touch them they break in pieces. see me but touch me not. Ma. Nada de esto me conténta. Ma. None of these pleaseth me. Me. Espanto me common se casó u.m. siendo tan mal contentadíza. Me. I wonder how your worship married being so divers to please your fancy. Th. Fue por que vído a el nóbio de noche, y common dizen entonçes todos los gatos son párdoes. Th. It was because she see the bridegroom by night, and as they say, than all cats are grey eyed. Ma. Muestre me otra mejór obra si tiene, y dexese de preguntár quantos años tengo. Ma. Show me some better work, if you have any, and leave of to ask how old I am. Me. Aora ésta es la última pruéva, ve aquí u.m. óbra de argentería ve allí de aljófar, estótra de abalório, y ésta de pérlas, escoja common peras en tabáque. Me. Now is the last trial, see here work of silver, there of small pearl, this other of black bugles, and this of pearl, choose out as pears in a basket. Ma. Por cierto en ruin háto, poco aye que escojér. Ma. Verily in a bad flock, this is but a small choice. Me. A esto llama u. m. ruín, reo que es de peór condición que el philósopho Demócrito, que not hallo cosa en el mundo que no tubiésse fálta. Me. Call you this bad, I believe that you are of a worse condition than the Philosopher Democritus, which found nothing in the world, which had not a fault. Th. Esso sin Democrito lo dígo yo, que not aye cosa perfecta en el mundo. Th. I say this without Democritus, that there is nothing perfect in the world. Me. Esso verificárse ha', en cosas naturales, que en las de el arte puede aver perfecçión cada una en su género. Me. This is to be verified in natural things, for in those things of art, there may be perfection, every thing in his kind. Th. Pues que pensais vos que es el arte, sino ymitadór de la natura, y si en la natura no aye perfeçión menos la aurá en el arte su imitadór. Th. Why what think you that art is any thing else but a follower of nature, and if nature hath not her perfection, much less shall there be any in art her follower. Me. Yo señor no soy philósopho, ni quiero contend con u m. mis mercaderías querría que tubiéssen su perfeçión en el préçio. Me. Sir I am not a Philosopher, neither will I contend with your worship, I would my merchandizes had their perfection in the price. Ma. Si no le tiénen en su valór, no le puéden tenér en el préçio. Ma. If they have it not in their worth, they cannot have it in their price: Me. Aora señora uéa u.m. lo que mas le conténta, y tome lo que not tengo otra cosa mejór. Me. Now lady, see that which best likes you, and take it, for I have no better. Ma. Este tocádo, este cuéllo, ésta gargantílla de perlas, este regalillo, y este avanillo, esta dos pares deguentes de flores, y esta pretína, me paréçen bien, todo lo de más no. Ma. This kerchief, this band, this necke-lace of pearl, this muff, and * But not of feathers, for they use no feather fans in Spain. this fan, these two pair of gloves perfumed, and this girdle likes me, all the rest I care not for. Th. Quanto monta todo esso? Th. How much comes all this to? Me. Todo monta tres çientos reáles. Me. All comes to * i Seven pound ten shillings. three hundred rials, or six pences. Th. Tres çientos áños esté de un lado quien tall diére. Th. Let him lie three hundred years on one side that should give so much. Me. Pues por que no le alcançe a u.m. essa maldiçión does çientos, y ochénta. Me. Then because this curse may not light upon you, give two hundred and four score. Th. Not entiendo bien essa cuenta. Th. I understand not well this reckoning. Me. * Does vezes, see refiére a ciento y tambien all quarenta. Does vézes ciento y quarenta. Me. Twice a hundred, and twice forty. Ma. Buena está la copla, no hand sér mas que dos çiéntos y cinquenta en todo. Ma. This copla is well, it should be no more than two hundred and fifty in all. Me. Con u. m. el perdér es ganár, pues manda que se a ansi, yo no hablaré mas palábra. Me. With your worship to loose is gain, seeing you command so, I will not speak a word more. Th. Para que choir hablár mass, si con las habládas ha' hecho so agósto. Th. Why would you speak any more, if with that which is spoken you have made your harvest. Me. Por çierto señor de este agósto, poca cose cha he cogído. Me. Truly sir, of this harvest I have got but a little fruit. Th. Señor si hiziéra buena sementéra cogíera mas. Th. If you had made your seed time better, you had reaped more. Me. Aun tengo aquí otras muchas mercaderías muy curiosas que u.m. no ha' visto. Me. Yet have I many other merchandizes very fine, that your worship hath not seen yet. Ma. Que son? Ma. What are they? Me. Sartíllas, joyéles, cintas de resplandór, brocadétes, rodétes cofias de oro, arandélas, alcacuéllos, gorgueras de réd, camísas labradas, gargantillas de pérlas, y ámbar, todo género de aféite y de perfúmes, uéa u. m. si le contenta algo. Me. Chains of jet amber, or such like, tablet jewels, girdles fair to see to, clot of gold the worser sort, head rolls, coifes of gold, supporters, gorgets of net work, wrought shirts or smocks, neck laces of pearls and amber, all kind of painting, and perfumes, see if you like any. Ma. Otro dia vernémos mas de espácio para ver todo esso. Ma. We will come another day, more at leisure to see all this. Th. Pareçeme señór que es vuestro ofício, common el de los torneros engaña mucháchos y saca dineros. Th. It seems to me sir, that your trade is as that of the * i Make tops for children. turners, which deceives boys and gets money. Me. Pues es mi señóra Margaríta muchácho? Me. Why is my Lady Margaret a boy? Th. Basta que sea engañáda. Th. It sufficeth that she be deceived. Me. A fee que no ha' de sauér poco quien lafoy ha' de engñár. Me. In faith, he is not to know a little that must deceive her. Th. Engañárse ha' ella mesma a si misma. Th. She herself will deceive herself. Me. Como? Me. How? Sh. Dando dinéros por estas bugerías que relúzen yno es óro todo, y quando váya a casa, se hallará con no nada entre dos plátos. Th. In giving money for these childish toys, which shine and yet are not all gold, and when she goes home, it will be found nothing between two platters. Me. Para que es el dinero si no para luzírse con ello. Me. Why is money made, but to make show therewith? Th. Se que esto aunque relúze no lúze. Th. I know that this, although it glitter double, it shines not. Ma. Ya os he dicho señór, que os vais all coriénte de la de mas génte, y pues os casástes common los ótros pássa por donde los ótros, no andeis por los estrémos que todo hombre estremádo no está un dedo de loco, éstas son cargas de el casamiénto. Ma. I have already told you sir, that you go the common course of the most, & seeing you have married as other men have, pass that way as other men do, go not by extremities, for every man that is in his extremities, is not a finger's breadth from a fool, these be the charges of marriage. Th. La ayuda de el escarauájo que dexa la carga quanto le ayúdan. Th. The help of marriage * The nature of the beetle in the cow-turd when another comes to help him, leaves all: so in marriage, when another comes to help to maintain his wife, he forsakes her. like the help of the beetle under the cow-turd, which forsakes the burden as soon as they help him. Ma. Aora señór éssas son pendénçias que se han de reñir en casa uámonos. Ma. Sir, these are quarrels to be chidden out at home. Let us go. Th. Vámos señóra, toma vuéstro dinero Señór mercadér. Th. Let us go, take your money Master Merchant. Me. You quedo muy conténto y beso a u.m. las manos y veá si me manda ótra cosa. Me. I am very well content, and kiss your hands, and see if you command any thing else. Th. Que con salúd que tengamoes, nunca mas nos veámos. Th. Sow may have health that we never see one an other more. Me. Por çierto Señór, yo no soy tan yngráto, que cada dia quería vér a u.m. por mi cása. Me. Truly sir I am not so ingrateful, but that every day I would see your worship by my house. Th. Yo créo que queríades uér mi bólsa mas no a mi. Th. I believe you would see my purse rather than me. Me. No soy tan codiçióso common a u m. le parézco. Me. I am not so covetous as I seem unto you. Th. No digo yo que loveless soys, pero apostaré que quercis mas un real de a quatro, que uno de a does. Th. I say not that you are, but I will lay a wager, that you had rather have two shillings than one. Me. Por adivino le podrían a u m. castigár. Me. They might well punish you for a soothsayer. Th. Lo que con los ojos uéo con el dédo lo adiuíno. Th. That which with the eyes I see, I conjecture with my finger. Ma. A Dios mercadér. Ma. God be with you merchant. Me. Beso a u.m. las manos mi Señóra. Me. Lady I kiss your hands. Ma. Vámos a ora a la lonja a comprár sédas. Ma. Let us go now to the exchange to buy silks. Th. Que queréis comprár Señora? Th. What would you buy? Ma. Que terciopélo, raso, damásco, tafetán, riço, gorgarán, chamelóte, laníllas para vestíros a vos y ami. Ma. What, plain velvet, damask, tafata, uncut velvet, gogram, chamlet, sarge, to clothe you and myself. Th. Para esso es menestér otro dia y a es tarde vamos a comér que mañána yrémos a comprár esso. Th. For all this another day will serve, it is late now let us go to dinner, for to morrow we will go to buy this. Ma. Vamos pues aunque yo mas quisiéra que quedára oy todo hecho, que no tenér que salír mañana otra buelta. Ma. Let us go then, although I would rather that all were done to day, then to come forth another turn to morrow. Th. Anda, que bien os holgáis depasseár un rato, para que me queréis hazér entendér de el çiélo cebólla? Th. Go, for you take good pleasure to walk a while, wherefore you would make me believe the moon is made of a green cheese? Ma. No seáis maliçióso que no medraréis. Ma. Be not malicious, for you shall thrive never the sooner. Th. Muchácho corre, llama a el platéro que venga a pesár la plata y por su dinéro. Th. Boy, run call the goldsmith, that he come to weigh the plate and fetch his money: Diálogo tercéro, de un combíte, entre çinco cavalléros amígos, llamádos, Guzman, Rodrígo, done Lorénço, Mendoça, y Osório, un maestre sala, y un paje, en el qual, se trata, de cosas perteneçièntes a un combíte con otras pláticas, y dichos agúdos. The third Dialogue of a banquet between five gentlemen friends, called Gusman, Rodricke, sir Lorenço, Mendoça, Osorio, a gentleman usher, and a Page, in which are handled things belonging to a banquet with other speeches and witty sayings. G. OLa, está ay algun paje? G. HOe, is there any Page there? P. Señor. P. Sir. G. Sáues a cása de don Rodrigo? G. Dost thou know master Rodrick his house? P. Si Señór. P. Yea sir. G. Pues uée allá, dile que le béso las mános, y que si le paréce óra de que nos veámos. G. Then go thither and tell him that I commend me to him, and if he think good now, that we may meet together. P. Aquí está un criádo de el Señor don Lorénço. P. here is a servant of sir Lorenço. G. Entre. G. Let him come in. Cr. Don Lorénço mi Señór, bésa a u.m. las mános y embía a sabér si está en casa, por que tiene un negócio que tratar con. u m. S. Sir Lorenço my master commends him unto your worship, and sends me to know whether you be at home, for he hath a business to entreat of with you. G. Que beso a su merçed las manos, y que yo fuera a la Suya, a besárse las si no tuviéra una ocupación forçósa que esperár, lafoy qual tanbien toca a su merçéd que si viniére, será el bien venído y se tratará de todo. G. I thank him, and I would have come unto his house to have saluted him, if I had not tarried here about a business of importance, the which also concerns him, if he come he shall be welcome, and we will talk at large. Cr. Beso a u.m. las manos. S. I take my leave of your worship. G. Anda con Dios, ola Dezíd a el maestre sala que hága ponér éssas mésas, que vernán ya los convidádos. G. God be with you. Ho tell the gentleman-usher that he make the tables to be covered, for the guests will come by and by. M. Señór u.m. common se quiére servír oy, ala Ytaliana, oh ala Françéza, oh a la Ynglesa, o a la Flaménca, oh a la Todésca? V Sir will your worship have your service today, after the Italian, after the French, after the English, after the Flemish, or after the Dutch manner? G. De todos essos estrémos me sacád un médio, no quiero tantas çerimònias, common el Ytaliáno, ni quiero tanta curiosidád, common el Françés, ni quiero tanta abundáncia, common el Yngles, ni quiero que la comída sea tan larga, common el Flaménco ni tan úmida common el tudésco, mas de todos estos estremos, componéme un médio a la Española. G. Of all these extremes take me out one mean, I will not have so many ceremonies as the Italian, neither will I so much curiosity as the French, neither such abundandance as the English, neither will I that the meal be so long as the Flemings, nor so moist as the Dutch, but of all these extremes, compound me a mean after the Spanish fashion. M. Ansi se hará common u.m. lo mánda. V So shall it be as your worship commands. G. Vuestro mayór cuidádo séa que la comidá sea caliénte y la beuída fría. G. Let your chiefest care be that the meat be hot, and * In Spain they cool their wine by setting the flagons in snow water. the drink cool. M. Que vinos choir u.m. V What wines will your worship have? G. De todos géneros, bláncos, tinto, halóque, claréte, cándia, ribadáuia, san Martín, tóro, y sidra, porque aya de todo. G. Of all sorts, white sack, deep read brackish wine, hallocke, claret, candy, * Ribadáuia a whitish sack growing in Galicia about a village called Ribadáuia. Ribadavia, * Wine of S. Martin the most delicate wine of Spain growing about S. Martina town in the kingdom of Toledo in Spain. S. Martin, Toro, and Cider, for that there may be of every sort. P. Aquí viéne el señór don Rodrígo. P. here cometh master Roderick. G. OH señór. u.m. y las buenos áños. G. O sir you are as welcome as the good year. R. Beso a.u.m. las manos. R. Sir I thank you heartily. G. Como está. u.m. paréçe que coxéa. G. How do you sir, it seems you halt. R. Díme un golpe a el apeár de el cauállo en esta espinilla. R. I hit myself a blow in lighting from my horse, in this shin bone. G. En ora mala séa, veámos si es algo. G. In ill time, let us see if it be any thing. R. ❀ Not señór, si no que es common dízen dolór de cobdo, dolour de espóso, duele mucho y dúra poco. R. No sir, it is (as they say) like the pain of a blow on the elbow, or the sorrow of a bridegroom, * Because they have had small conversation together to increase love. it grieveth much and is quickly done. G. Mas vale ansi. G. It is the better. R. Como tiene. u.m. a mi señóra doña Maria y a toda so casa? R. How doth my lady Mary your wife, and all your family. G. A servíçio de. u.m. aunque ella por no avér me ynbídia díxo, que pues you comía con mis amígos, ella se quería yr a comér con sus amígas. G. At your service, although she says (not because she envies me) that since I banquet with my friends, she would go to dinner to her friends. R. Hízo so merçéd muy discretaménte, en pagár le a. u.m. en la mis- ❀ ma monéda. R. She dealt very discreetly to pay you with the same money. M. Todos estos señóres conbidádos están aqui, y la comída a púnto quando vuessas merçedes fuéren seruídos, se podran asentár. V All the gentlemen that are invited are here, and dinner is ready, when your worships please, you may sit down. G. ❀ Señór done Lorénço. u.m. tiéne las mañas de el Rey que adonde no está no le hállan. G. Sir Lorenço you have the property of a king, that where he is not, there they find him not. L. Y u. m. choir pareçérse Alçina de quien dize Orlando que por engáño, tray'alos hombres a gozár de sus regálos. L. And you will be like Alcina of whom Orlando maketh mention, which brought men to take pleasure in her dainties to entrap them. G. Pero, no serán vuessas merçédes convertídos en animáles common ella hazía. G. But you shall not be turned into beasts as she turned them. L. ❀ Not me asegúro, que dexe de bolverse vérse alguno en çórra. L. I am not assured of that, for some of us may suffer himself to be i * To be drunk turned into a fox. R. ❀ De buen vino quien quiera se caça una en el áño. R. Whosoever loves good wine, * i Whips the cat, or is drunk once a year. hunt's the fox once a year. G. Cada uno so alma en su palma, qual el tiempo tall sea el tiénto. Ea Señores tómen sillas u. s. mercedes y sienten se. G. Every one holds free will in his hands, as the time requires so frame thy desires. Go to gentlemen betake yourselves to your chairs and sit down. L. Déxenos u. m. ante todas cosas contenplár un rato la curiosidád de la mésa. L. Suffer us I pray above all things to behold a while the curiousness of this table. R. ❀ Not tiene mas pieças un juego de master corál, que están hechas de las servillétas. R. A iuglar hath no more inventions and pieces than are made in these * Table napkins at a banquet or inviting in Spain set out with divers fashions, as of beasts, birds, etc. this the Maestresala always doth. table napkins. O. Yo aqui uéo una galéra, que no le fálta mas, que la chúsma y palaménta. O. I see here a galley, there wants nothing but the galley slaves and the oars. M. Pues acá está un cavalloque no sé yo, si el cavallo de Tróya éra tan bien hécho. M. And here is a horse, that I know not if the horse of Troy were so well made. L. A mi me ha' caído ensuerte el escudo de Hércules. L. And here hath fallen to my lot Hercules shield. R. Y este que está aqui, que es? R. And this which is here what is it? M. A mi me paréçe, ques una pirámida de las de Egípto. M. It seems to me to be one of the * There were many Pyramids, but two of them were reckoned one of the seven wonders of the world. Pyramids of Egypt. O. OH es el sepulcro de máusalo, oh lafoy torre de babel. O. Or it is Mausalus * Which for the magnificence thereof was accounted one of the wonders of the world, and was built by his wife Queen Artemisia. Tomb, or the tower of Babel. G. Aóra déxen esso vuessas marçédes y siéntense, si, son servídos. G. Now leave off this, and sit down if it please you. R. Not see ipuede dexár de mirár el castillo de la ensaláda. R. One cannot choose but look upon the salad made like a castle. L. Por mi vida, que no tiéne mejór vista el de Milán. L. In faith the castle of Milan is no better to see to. G. Si cada cosa se ha' de mirár de por si, yr se nos ha' el dia en flóres. Cada una tyre su silla, que ésta no es mésa de cumplimiéntos. G. If we must stand to behold every thing by itself, the time will be go without doing any thing. Every one draw his chair, for this is not a table of compliments. O. Not los déve auér entre amigos. O. They aught not to be among friends. G. Yo soy ynimiçíssimo de çerimónias. G. I am the greatest enemy in the world to ceremonies. R. ❀ A mi no me paréçen bien ningunas, si no son las que haze la yglésia. R. None of them seem good unto me, except it be those which the church makes. G. Ola, plátos, tome u m. esse señór done Lorénço. G. Hola, * They eat in little dishes their meat & not upon trenchers in Spain. dishes. Take this sir Lorenzo. L. Haga u.m. parasi, que lo mismo hará cada uno. L. Make a dish for yourself, for every one will do the like. R. Not see qual sea mejór v'so este que vsamos en Espáña oh el que se v'sa en ynglatérra. R. I know not which is the better custom which we use in Spain, or that which is used in England. G. Que es el v'so de ynglatérra? G. What is the manner of England? R. Comér priméro lo cozído, que lo assádo, nos ótros hazémos a el reués. R. To eat their sodde meat first before their roast, we do quite contrary. L. Segun réglas de mediçína primero se déven comér los manjáres que son mas duros de digestión L. According to the rules of Physic, men aught first to eat those meats which are most hard of digestion. G. Y está esso en razón para que se venga a hazér la digestión en un tiempo. G. And that stands with reason, because digestion may be made together. L. Pues que séa mas duro de digestión, lo asádo que lo cozído, es cosa clára. L. Then that roastmeate is more hard of digestion than the sodde, it is a thing out of doubt. O. You common soy mas golóso, hallo ótra razón. O. I that am a great eater, find another reason. L. Qual es? L. What is it? O. Que toda cosa assada, es mas sabrósa que la cozída, y ássi, yo lo querría a el princípio por que sober buen cimiénto buen edificio se háze. O. That every thing roasted is more sweet to the taste then the sodde, and so therefore would I have it at the first, for upon a good foundation, a good building is made. Me. Pues yo aunque cállo, piédras apaño. M. * He that is silent gathereth reasons to confute his adversary. Although I hold my peace, I gather up stones. R. Anda u. m. discréto, que obéja que bála bocado piérde. R. You say very right, for that sheep that bleateth loses a bit. G. A mi me paréçe que ándan ya en seco éstos molinos. G. Me thinks these mills go now dry. L. De la boca me lo quitó u.m. L. You took it out of my mouth. G. Pues si yo lo quité, jústo es que yo lo pónga. Ola, dad nos de beuér, cada uno pida lo que mas gusto le diére, que de todo ay. G. If I took it out, it is reason I should put it in. Hola give us drink, every one ask for that which he likes best, for there is of every sort. R. Páje yo soy muy devóto de a quel santo que partió la capa con el pobre. R. Page, I have great devotion to that * Saint Martin gave a piece of his cloak to a poor man, and wine of Saint Martin the most dainty of all Spain. Saint which departed with a piece of his cloak to a poor man. P. A buen entendedór pocas palabras, de lo de saint Martin quiére u.m. P. To a good understander a word is enough, you would have that of Saint Martin. R. OH common éres discréto, Dios me de siempre contienda, conquien me entiénda. R. OH how you are in the right, God sand me to dispute always with him that understandeth what I say. L. Pues you un tiempo fui toréro, y me holgáva siempre con * He alludes to wine of Toro, wines called vino de Toro, which is a Bull, as also a towns name. toros bravos. L. I was once a courser of bulls, and I always took pleasure in fierce * He alludes to wine of Toro, wines called vino de Toro, which is a Bull, as also a towns name. bulls. G. Señores yo brindo a quien tossiére. G. Gentlemen, I drink to him that shall cough. O. ❀ Vala me Dios y que resfriádos que estámos todos, no senior tósse mas en un sermón de quarésma. O. God bless me, and what colds we have all taken, there is not more coughing in a lenten sermon. R. Essa gráçia, dízen que tenémos los Españóles que sómos common mónas amígos de hazér lo que uémos hazér a otros. R. This fashion (they say) that we Spaniards have, that we are as apes, which do that which they see others to do. L. ❀ Ansi dize un refrán, si no hago lo que uéo, todo me meo.. L. So says the proverb, If I do not what I see, I all to bepisse me. G. Cada uno asga de su perdíz, y la aderéçe common mejór le pareçiére, aye astán limónes, limas, naránjas, pimiénta, y todo lo demás. G. Every one fasten on his partridge and order him as best shall seem good unto him, there are lemons and oranges, pepper, and all things else. R. ❀ La perdiz, dízen los médicos, que se a de comér entre tres compañéros paraque no haga mál. R. A partridge, as physicians say, is to be eaten between three companions, that he may do no harm. L. Tiénen razón que han de ser el hombre, un gato, y un pérro. L. They say true, that is, between a man, a cat and a dog. O. Vuéstras' mercédes no han notado lafoy variedád de assádos que aqui nos han traído. O. You have not marked the variety of the roast, which here they have brought us. R. Que está debaxo de aquella enramáda? R. What is under those green boughs? G. una cabéça de javalí. G. The head of a wild boar. R. Estónçes rámos de tauérna son aquellos. R. Then it is the bush of a tavern. L. Ants a el contrário que el ramo en la tabérna llama a los borrachos a el vino, y aquellos lláman a el mismo vino, asi common lafoy piédra ymán el azéro. L. Rather the contrary, for the tavern bush invites those that love drink to the wine, and these boughs invites or draws unto it wine itself, even as the loadstone draweth to it steel. O. A Señór Mendóza partí de esse Xigóte con vuestros amígos. O. A master Mendoza, part this roast leg of mutton with your friends. M. ❀ Señór el mio murió súpito. M. Sir mine died suddenly. R. Paréçe que hauéis respondído, un gran A defésio i disparate. R. It seems you have answered with a speech quite beside the purpose. O. Pues aunque lo paréçe, not lo es, que a sú provecho ha' habládo el señór Mendóza. O. Although it seem, it is not so, for master Mendoza hath spoken it for his advantage. R. Pues, si no nos lo declara, no saldrémos de dúbda. R. But if he do not expound it, we shall not know what it means. M. Señór, es el caso, que does compañéros llegáron a una uénta y common no uviésse otra cosa que çenár, que una gallína assáda, el uno de ellos que tenía buena hambre, y éra hombre astúto, díxo a el otro compañero, entanto que yo apáro ésta gallina, contáme de que murió vuestro padre: el otro se començó a enternecér, y con lágrimas le relató un proçéso bien largo de la enfermedád de sum padre, y common avía muerto, en loveless qual tardó tanto, que quando acordó ya el otro se auía comído, casi toda la gallina, el hallando se burládo, quíso esquitárse y díxo le compañéro, pues yo os he contádo la muerte de mi padre, contáme vos, la, de el vuestro, el compañero, por no perdér La part que le quedáva y concluír presto razónes, respondió, Señor, el mio murió súpito: con la qual Repuésta el otro quedó muy burládo y el le ayudó a despachár lo que faltáva. M. Sir, this it is, that two companions came to an Inn, upon the high way, and as there was nothing else to sup withal, but one hen roasted: one of them which was well hungry & a crafty fellow, said to the other companion, in the mean while that I break up and order this hen, recount unto me whereof your father died. The other began to be tender hearted, and with tears related unto him a long process of the sickness of his father, & how he died, wherein he stood so long, that when he remembered himself, the other had already eaten almost all the hen, he finding himself mocked, would quite himself, and said unto him, companion, seeing I have told you the death of my father, do you tell me now the death of your father: his companion for that he would not lose that part which remained, and because he would be short answered, Sir, my father died suddenly, with which answer he gave his fellow a scoff, and himself time to dispatch the rest. R. Pues aquí no corre ease riésgo. R. But here is not the like danger. M. Not, pero yo soy common el cuclíllo que no canto bien hasta que tengo el estómago lléno. M. Although not, I am like the cuckoo, which sing not until I have my stomach full. L. Con liçençia de el señór Guzman quiéro ymbiár esta pella de manjár blanco a un amigo. L. With leave of Master Guzman, I will sand this round ball of * A meat made of breasts of hens, milk, sugar, rice beaten, and spices mixed withal, one of the daintiest meats used. Manjár blanco to a friend. G. Con mi liçénçia not yrá sola si no la acompáña u. m. con aquel pávo, o este faisan o el francolín. G. With my leave it shall not go alone, but that you accompany with it, this peacock, this pheasant, or this francolin bird. R. Por vida de don Lorénço es amigo o amiga? R. I pray you heartily Sir Lorenço, is it a he friend or she friend? L. ❀ Quereis que confiesse sin tormento. L. Will you that I confess without the rack? G. ❀ Y quando os le den ants mártir que confessor. G. And when they do rack you, rather prove a martyr then a confessor. O. ❀ OH que reverenda que viéne nuestra madre la olla. O. OH what a reverend person comes here, our mother the meat. R. Y bien adornáda de todas sus pertenénçias. R. And well adorned with all her appurtenances. M. You deséo savér, donde o porque le llamaron olla podrída? M. I desire to know, from whence or why they called it * A rotten or putrefied pot. Also a hodge-podge of many meats together Olla podrida. L. Metaforicaménte, porque assí common en un muladár se púdren muchas cósas diferéntes, y de todas se haze la basúra assí la olla que es conpuésta de muchas cosas se viéne a hazér un guizádo o potáje. L. Metaphorically, because even as in a dung hill many different things rot together, and of all these they make dung for the field: even so the pot which is compounded of many things is made one jelly or pottage. M. Tan buena metáfora fue essa common el que llamó Rey a el que guarda los puercos. M. This was as good a metaphor as that of him, which called the king the keeper of hogs. O. Por mi passatiempo yo me quiero poner acontár de quantas cosas está compuésta so mercéd de nuestra olla, carnero, uáca, toçino. O. For my recreation I will set myself to reckon, of how many things this worshipful the pot, is compounded, first mutton, beef, and bacon. d. L. ❀ Essas son las tres poténcias de la olla common las de la alma, memória, entendimiénto, voluntád. L. These are the three powers of the pot, as the three powers of the soul, memory, understanding, will. O. Luego see sigue repóllo, návos, çevollas, ajos. O. Now follow cabbage, turnips, onions, garlic. d. L. ❀ Essas son las quatro virtúdes cardináles. L. These be the four cardinal virtues. O. Cavéças y pies de áves, culantro verde, alcarabéa, comínos, todas espécias, las de mas yérvas, y no las conósco, otro las quénte. O. The heads and feet of birds, the herb carobes or S. john's herb, comines, all sorts of spices, the most part of herbs, I know them not, let another speak of them. d. R. Lo que yo contaré despues, será lo bien que me ha' sabído. R. That which I will say of it shall be the good I have tasted in it. d. L. De el marquis chapin vitélo Ytaliáno, que fue uno de los mas valiéntes soldados que ha' tenido aquella naçión, se quenta que quando few a Espáña le diéron tanto gusto estas ollas, que nunca querría comér en su casa, si no que y endo por la call olía en casa de algun labradór rico, adonde se comía alguna olla de éstas, y se entráva allá y se a sentáua a comér con el. L. Of marquis Chapin Vitelo, an Italian, which was one of the most valiant soldiers, which that nation hath had, it is said, that when he went to Spain, these hodgpots liked his taste so well, that he never would dine in his own house, but that going in the street, where he smelled in the house of any rich farmer, where any of these hodgpots were eaten, there he entered, and sat down to dinner with him. d. R. Deuíalo de hazérpor comér a costa agéna. R. Belike he did that to dine at another man's charges. L. Not, que ants que saliésse mandáva a su mayordómo pagásse toda la costa de la olla. L. Not, for before he went out of doors he commanded his steward to pai● all the cost of the hodgepot. M. Pair, mira common pónes esse plato no deribes el saléro. M. Stay, look how thou puttest this platter, do not throw down the salt-seller. L. Si, si, guarda, que es el aguéro de los mendózas. L. Yea, yea, take heed, for it is the Mendozas malum omen. R. Ya todos somos Mendózas en esso. R. We are all Mendozas in this. L. Essa rastra nos quedó de la gentilidád. L. This trace doth remain to us from the Gentiles. M. Hemos visto esperiéncias muy verdadéras. M. We have seen many true examples hereof. O. ❀ Créo en Dios y no en putas viéjas. O. I believe in God, and not in old wives tales. M. Essas son de las que yo me procúro siempre guardár. M. Those are they from which I always seek to keep myself. R. OH señor Guzman para que es esto que se trae agora? R. OH master Guzman, wherefore is this that they bring now? G. Dízen que pará comér. G. They say for to eat. R. Si, peró éra menestér hazér nuévos estómagos, en que e chállo. R. Yea, but it were need to make stomachs to receive it. O. Mandárlos hazér de barro a truéco de poco dinéro. O. 'Cause them to be made of clay, for a small price of money. M. Estas tortas reáles, son common cuerpo que no ocúpa lugár. M. These rial tarts are as the body which fills no place. L. Yo tengo de provár esta pepitória. L. I will prove this * Made of the heads, livers, hearts, breasts, feet, of ducks geese, or other birds, etc. Pepitório or gallimaufry. R. You conel * Of paste of almonds and sugar, eggs, breasts of hens, milk, cinnamon, and divers sorts of spices very like Manjar blanco. manjár reál me acomódo. R. I do apply myself to this rial dish of meat. G. Not aye quien pruéve esótros guisados, éstos torresnos lampreádos, aquel adobado, el carnéro verde, las albóndigas, ni lo de mas. G. Is there no body to prove these other meats, these hog's livers with the hogs call fried with the fat, that hodgepot of mutton, mutton stuffed with parsley, the chopped meat made into round balls, neither the rest. T. ❀ Todo ésso es common Pedro por de mas. L. All this is as Peter too much. O. OH common alla voy no hago mengua. O. O as I go there I never fail. G. Alçalo pues muchacho desembaráça y trae aquella fruta de sartén. G. Take off boy, rid the table, and bring these fritters. P. Aqui está señor, y la melója y tódo. P. Here it is Sir, and the * Wine sodden to the third part for a sauce for the fritters. Melója and all. R. Esso allá a los aguados, que la borracha no choir pássa. R. That there is for those that drink water, for one that loves wine loves not to eat * But salt meats to make them drink. raisins. G. Traé pues la fruta de póstre, camuéças, péras, azeitúnas, nuézes, avellánas, y la cája de mermeláda. G. Bring fruit for the last service, pippins, pears, olives, walnuts, small nuts, and the box of marmalade. L. Hasta quando hemos de comér? L. Till when shall we eat? R. ❀ Hasta enfermár, common dize el refrán. R. Until we be sick, as says the proverb. L. Y despues ayunár hasta sanár. L. And afterward to fast till we be in health. O. Leuánta esta mésa paje, que es ya gula tanto comér. O. Take away this table, Page, for it is gluttony to eat so much. M. ❀ Yo he perdido la gana, common si me la quitáran con la mano. M. I have lost my stomach, as though they had taken it from me with one's hand. L. El mejór remédio, que halláron los filósofos, contra la hambre, fue este. L. The best remedy that ever philosophers found against hunger, was this. R. ❀ Esa filosofía algo es gruéssa de hiláça. R. This philosophy is somewhat of a gross thread. O. Mejór se podrá dezír verdád apuráda que ya saveís lo que es. O. Better may you say a refined truth, you know what I mean. L. ❀ Ya se que verdádes apurádas son neçedádes. L. I know that refined truths are fooleries. O. Mas pulído lo quería yo dezír. O. I would give it a better term. R. Como? R. How? O. Yndiscreçiónes. O. Indiscretions. d. L. Tanto monta cortár, common desatár, common díxo Alexandre. L. It comes all to one, to cut it off or untie it, as Alexander said. d. R. Ola paje, tráe unos náipes entretengámos el tiempo. R. Hola page, bring cards, let us pass away the time. M. Esso me conténta, vengan que desséo esquitár me de un escudo que perdí estótro día. M. That pleaseth me well, let them come, for I desire to quit myself of a crown, that I lost this other day. d. L. ❀ Not me pésa ami de que mi híjo juégue, sino de que se choir esquitár. L. It grieves me not that my son is a gamester, but that he will go to quit himself. M. El tahur, chica ocasión ha' menestér para boluér a el juégo. M. The gamester requireth but small occasion to return to play. d. L. A mi me pareçe que sola una. L. It seems to me but one only. M. Qual es? M. What is it? d. L. Tenér dinéros. L. That he have money to do it. M. Ni all tahúr faltó que jugár, ni all golóso que comér, ni all enduradór que endurár, ni all borácho que beuér. M. Neither hath the gamester ever wanted money to play, nor the gluttonous to eat, nor the patiented to suffer, nor the lover of drink to drink. d. R. Aqui están los náipes, que jugarémos? R. Here are the cards, what shall we play at? d. L. juguémos gana piérde. L. Let us play at loadam. M. Es juego de mucha fléma. M. It is a play of much patience. d. L. Pues séa a el triúnfo. L. Then let it be at trump. M. Quéde para los viéjos. M. Let that be for old men. d. L. A los çientos. L. At mount saint. M. Desvanéçe see me la cabéça, de estár siempre contándo. M. It makes my head to be in a swoon, to be always counting. d. L. Menos os agradará el chilindrón. L. Less will the play of Chilindron like you. M. E'sse para las mugéres de tras de los tiçónes. M. That is for women by the fire side. d. L. Not es, si no que vos no queréis juego de virtúd, si no de arrebáta cápas. L. It is not, but that you will not have any game of virtue but sweep stake play. M. Para que hemos de estár gastándo ❀ tiempo, sino lo que se a de empeñár, venda se, common dízen. M. Wherefore should we waste time, but that which we must pawn, let us cell our right as they say. d. R. Si, por que haziénda hécha, no da priéssa. R. Yea, but one's substance made up, let there be no haste to loose one's money. d. L. ❀ Y mas quando le gánan a el hombre su dinero, le quitan presto decuidá do. L. And moreover, when they win a man's money from him, they straightway take him out of care. M. He aqui están los naipes juguémos treínta por fuérça, o los albúres que todos éstos son buenos juegos. M. Behold here are the cards, let us play at thirty perforce or Albures, for these are good plays. d. R. You no soy amigo de ellos, si no de juegos de primór, common el Reynádo, el tres does y as, triunfo calládo y ótros semejantes. R. I love not these but games of chiefest price, as the Reynádo, the three, two and ace, still trump, and other the like. O. Ora por quitár todos de contiénda yo quiéro dare un médio y sea este la priméra. O. Now to take away all occasion of strife, I will give a mean, and let it be Primera. M. Muy bien avéis dicho que es médio entre los estrémos. M. You have said very well, for it is a mean between extremes. d. L. Yo entiéndo que se llamó priméra, porque tiene el priméro lugár entre los juegos de náypes. L. I take it that it is called Primera, because it hath the first place at the play at cards. d. R. Alto, que ha' de ser el tanto? R. Let us go, what is the sum that we play for? M. Quatro reáles y dies y seis de saca. M. Two shillings stake, and eight shillings rest. d. L. Pues barajá essos naipes bien. L. Then shuffle the cards well. O. Yo álço por mano, figura úvo de sér, no querría yo yr hecho figura sin blanca. O. I lift to see who shall deal, it must be a coat card, I would not be a coat with never a blank in my purse. d. R. Yo un ás alçé. R. I did lift an ace. d. L. Yo un quátro. L. I a four. M. Yo un se is, con que soy mano. M. I a six, whereby I am the elder hand. O. Véngan las cartas que yo las doy una, does, tres, quatro. una, does, tres, quatro. O. Let the cards come to me, for I deal them, one, two, three, four, one, two, three, four. M. Paso. M. Pass. d. R. Paso. R. Pass. d. L. Paso. L. Pass. O. Enbído un tanto. O. I set so much. M. No le quiero. M. I will none. d. R. No le quiero. R. I'll none. d. L. Yo por fuérça auré de querér, echád cartas. L. I must of force see it, deal the cards. M. Echad me quatro cartas he aqui mi tanto. M. Give me four cards, I'll see as much as he sets. d. R. He aqui el mio, cada uno meta el suyo. R. See here my rest, let every one be in. M. Buelvo a pasár. M. I am come to pass again. d. R. Yo tanbien. R. And I too. d. L. Yo hago lo própio. L. I do the self same. O. Yo enbído mi resto. O. I set my rest. M. Quiero le. M. I'll see it. d. R. Yo tanbien. R. I also. b. L. Pues you no me puedo echár. L. I cannot give it over. M. Yo híze una primerilla. M. I was a small prime. d. L. Yo voy a flux. L. I am flush. M. Not querría yo que le hiziéssedes. M. I would you were not. d. L. Es éssa buena promixidád? L. Is this good neighbourhood? M. ❀ La caridád bien ordenáda comiénça de si mísmo. M. Charity well placed, doth first begin with one's self. O. You he hecho cinquénta y çinco con que máto su priméra. O. I made five and fifty, with which I win his prime. d. L. You flux con que tíro. L. I flush whereby I draw. d. R. Not juégo masa éste juégo. R. I play no more at this play. M. Ni yo a ótro ninguno que voy a un negócio que me ympórta. M. Neither I at any other, for I must go about a business that concerns me. d. L. Pajes toma cada quatro reáles de baráto. L. Pages take every one two shillings a piece of the win. Pa. Centuplum acipias. P. I pray God you may receive it a hundred fold. Pa. En el çielo loveless hall u.m. colgádo de un garaváto. P. In heaven I pray God you may find it hanged on a hook. Diálogo quarto, entre dos amígos llamádos el uno Mora, el otro Aguilàr y un moço de mulas y una Ventéra, trátan se en el de las cósas tocántes a el camíno con muy graciósos dichos y chístes. The fourth Dialogue between two friends, the one called Mora, the other Aguilar and a mulettier and a woman Innkeeper: Herein are handled things pertaining to the way with very pleasant sayings, and gracious speeches. M. OLa Pedro hauéis traído mi mula? M. HO Peter have you brought my mule? P. Señór si, aquí está la mohína. P. Yea sir, here is the * Mohína, signifieth anger, passion, disquietness, churlishness. Also a she mule with a black face or mussel, always having iadish tricks. Mohina. M. Mohina es nunca buéna. M. Mohina is never good. P. Por que, Señor? P. Why sir? M. ❀ Por que ni mula mohína, ni moça marína, ni moço Pedro en cása, ni Abád por Vezíno, ni poyo a la puerta, no es bueno. M. Because neither a mule with a black mussel, nor a maid that hath passed the sea, nor a servant * i A knavish servant. Peter in one's house, nor a neighbour abbot, nor a Well at the door, is ever good. P. Yo le prométo a u m. que es mejór ésta, que la que arastró a el cura quando dezía Dominus providebit. P. I promise' your worship that she is better than that which dragged along * A curate falling off his mule hanging in the stirrup was dragged so a long, till a labourer in the field took him out. the curate when he said, Dominus providebit. M. Es vieja? M. Is she old? P. Nunca la vi naçér, mas yo créo que mas viéja éra su madre. P. I saw her not foaled, but I believe that her dame was elder. M. Tira cozes? M. Doth she kick? P. Nunca una sola. P. She never gives one alone. M. Siempre son a pares, camína bien? M. They are always by couples, doth she travel well? P. Todo lo que ánda se dexa atrás. P. She never travels but she leaves the way behind her. M. Tan buenas grácias tiéne a fee que me va enamorándo. M. She hath so good tricks in faith, that I am in love with her. P. una tiene sober todas que es grand Ostróloga. P. One she hath above all, for she is a great Astronomer. M. Como ansi? M. How so? P. Conoçe mejór que un relóx quando es médio dia, y luego pied çebáda, y si no se la dan dize lunes y no ay passár de allí. P. She knows better than a clock when it is noon, and forthwith she looks for provender, and if they give her none, than she says Lunes *, meaning here the grunting voice of a mule or horse, but Lunes properly signifieth Monday. lunes, and stirs not a foot from the place. M. Búen remédio para esso rogár se lo con la espuéla. M. A good remedy for this to entreat her with the spur. P. Es flaquíssima de memória. P. She is most weak of memory. M. Como? M. How? P. Aunque le hínguen un palmo de espuéla a does passos que da, se le ha' ya oluidádo. P. Although you strike into her a hands breadth of the spur, within two steps after she hath forgotten it. M. ❀ Traélda, no see me da náda, que topado ha' Sancho con sum Roçíno y si ella es traydora yo soy alebóso, y nos entenderémos a coplas. M. Bring her, I care not, for Sancho hath met with his palfrey, and if she be a * A scabbed horse fit for a scaled squire. knavish jade I am as knavish a rider, and we shall understand one another by couples. P. ❀ En yendo u.m. con cuydádo hará de ella çéra y Pávilo que ella con quien se descuyda úsa sus tretas. P. You traveling with her, with good heed, you may agreed like the * The wax of the candle, and the week of the candle, i● all in all wax and the week, but she with one that is not ware of her will play her part like a fencer. M. Echalde lafoy silla, apretálde bien la síncha ponélde gurupéra atahárre y pretál, acorta essos estribos que yo me averné con ella. M. Set on the saddle, gird her hard with the girts, put on the crupper and poitrell, make shorter these stirrups, for I will make agreement with her. P. Quiero ponér, unas aciónes nuévas por mas seguridád. P. I will put on new stirrup leathers for more security. M. Echálde el freno, ponéd le bien el bocádo y acortád la cabeçáda mirád si está bien herráda de todos quatro pies. M. Put on the bridle, make the bit fast, make shorter the headstall, look if she be well shod of all four feet. P. * Manos, i the forefeet. En las mános, buenas herradúras y clávos tiene, de los pies de suyo gasta. P. On the forefeet she hath good shoes and nails, on the hinder feet she * With kicking. wears out her own hoof. M. Echáldo el coxín y porta mantéo. M. Put the cushion on the saddle and the portemanteau. A. Ea compañero hémos ya de acabár de salír oy de aqui? A. How now companion, shall we make an end that we may get hence to day? M. Ya vos venís cavalgando? M. What are you come already, and a horseback? A. ❀ Vos tardáis mas en componér os que una nóbia. A. You tarry longer in setting yourself in order then a bride. M. Vuestra mula es mansa? M. Is your mule gentle? A. Como una borrega no lo veis que sufre maléta. A. As gentle as a lamb, do you not see he bears a mail. M. ❀ De el água mánza me libre dios, que de la braba yo me guardaré. M. From the stilwater, God keep me, from the raging, I will keep myself. A. Ala vuestra, basta le ser mohína. A. For your mule, it is sufficient, that she is a mule with a black muzzle. M. Mal conocéys vos aquien nunca vistes, pues a fee que está granduáda por zalamánca. M. You hardly know him whom you never see, but in faith this mule hath taken degree in Zalamanca. A. En que facultád? A. In what art? M. En la de la vellaqueriá, bachilléra en ártes de tirár cózes, licenciáda en léyes de véntasy de mesónes, y doctóra es en astrología y matemáticas. M. In the art of villainy, Bachelor of the kicking art, Licentiat of laws in Inns, and doctor in Astrology, and the Mathematics. A. Por esso está siempre mirando a el çielo. A. For this cause, she looks always towards heaven. M. Es por contemplár los ástros y planétas y signos y sus cúrsus. M. It is to contemplate the stars, planets, and signs, and their courses. A. Vámos de aquí que tenémos larga la jornada. A. Let us go, for we have a long journey. M. Quantas leguas pensáys caminár oy? M. How many leagues do you think to travel to day? A. Yo querría que dose. A. I would willingly go twelve. M. Pues ala mano de dios Pedro ten esse estríbo. M. Then in the name of God, Peter hold this stirrup. A. Pedro of Llamáys' compañéro? A. Friend are you called Peter? P. A servício de u.m. M. At your service sir. A. Pues no le hága Dios mas mal a Pedro de el que se le alcánça. A. Then God do no more mischief to Peter, then that he knows himself how to practise. P. Not aye porque Dios de salúd a su merçéd. P. There is no cause why God give you health sir. A. Sé que las pullas no se han de echár a los amígos. A. I know that men aught not to flout their friends. M. ❀ De amígo a amígo chínche en el ójo. M. One friend to another friend, a * Chinche, a little round creature with many feet, in hot countries, breeding in beds, bites worse than a louse, and stinketh filthily. Cinche in the eye. A. You no quiero pléito con vos Pédro que sabéis mucho. A. I will not go to law with you Peter, for that you know so much. P. Mas * Sabér i To know. Also to savour well in taste, as meat, drink. Sábe un torézno. P. A rasher of bacon saviours more. A. Moço de mulas un punto sáve mas que el diáblo. P. A mulitter knows one point more than the devil. M. Pues que pensáis vos que le falta a Pedro para diablo? M. Why what think you, what wants Peter to become a devil? P. No mass que un año de aprendiz y un garaváto. P. No more but a years apprenticeship, and a flesh-hooke. A. Para que el garauáto? A. Why a flesh-hooke? P. Para sacár a vuestras merçédes de la caldéra quando allá váyan. P. To pull out your worships out of the caulderne when you go thither. M. Nosotros' no hémos de ýr a el ynfiérno M. We are not to go to hell. P. Not senior yrán mas lleuáros hán. P. You are not to go, but they are to carry you thither. M. Are dro uáyas malo, ergo maledicte diabole. M. Come behind me therefore evil spirit, Maledicte diabole. A. Pedro amigo de que se haze la puta viéja? A. Friend Peter, of what is an old whore made of? P. De la puta móça. P. Of a young whore. M. Not senior haze si no de seldo y eneldo y de el cagaxón mordéldo y de el polvo de las * éras, hath two significations, one for the floor where they thrash their corn, and also thou art. éras. M. It is not made but of thyself and the herb dill, & of shitting eat thy fill, & of the dust of barn floor, or of the dust of which thou art thyself. A. De cara me le uéo y tiéne alpargátes, y va a pié. A. I see him just over against me, and he hath * Shoes of packthread made for footmen or lackeys to travel a foot. shoes of packthread, and he goes a foot. M. Pedro mira que te dize no respóndes? M. Peter, hark what he says unto thee, dost thou not answer? P. ❀ Not óygo que soy sordo de una muéla. P. I hear not, for I am deaf of one of my chock teeth. M. ❀ Pues a el maestro Cuchilláda? M. What hath the master of Fence a blow or venie? P. Not me lastíma mucho esta Herída que es dáda uñas arríba, peró guard se de el rebés que yo tiraré uñas abájo. P. This wound hurts me not much, for it is given with the hand upward, but beware of the swash blow, for I will draw it with the hand downward. A. Pedro yo entiendo que soys vos aquel que Llamávan de vrde malas. A. Peter I understand that you are he which they called a plotter of knaveries? P. Pues todo el mundo ojo alerta que alguna téngo de urdír en éste camíno. P. Every one look to himself, for I must plot something this journey. A. Pedro alli viéne un, caminánte échale una pulla. A. Peter there cometh a traveler, bestow a quip on him. P. Ola hermano por donde van? P. Hola brother, which way go they? C. A do? T. Wither? P. En casa de la puta que os parió. P. To the house of the quean thy mother. A. Buena a fee otra a el compañéro que quéda atrás. A. Good in faith, another to his companion, which remains behind. P. A señór es suyo el mulo? P. Ho sir, is the mule yours? C. Qual mulo? T. What mule? P. Aquel que beséis en el cúlo. P. That whose arse kiss you. A. Este cavalléro que viene muy brábo no baya sin la suya. A. This gentleman which goeth so bodily, let him not pass without his flout. P. A senor u.m. a caso va a londres? P. Ho sir goes your worship to London? C. Si voy porque lo dezís. T. Yea, I go for that you say it. P. Pues cagaxón para quien va a Londres. P. Then a turd for him that goeth to London. M. Que boníto es Pedro si se lavasse. M. O how proper a man were Peter, if he were washed and painted. P. Aunt's despues de lavado no valgo nada. P. Nay after I am washed I am worth nothing. A. Quanto aurémos andádo Pedro? A. How far have we journeyed Peter? P. ❀ Nunca buelvo a mirár atrás, por no ser common la mugér de Lot. P. I never turn to look back, because I would not be as Lot's wife. A. Quanto nos falta de aqui a el primer Puéblo? A. How far have we from hence to the next town? P. Legua y miérda. P. A league and a turd. M. La legua andarémos nosotros, esotra vos la pasaréis. M. The league we will go, the other thou shalt pass. A. Pues por que se pass sin sentír quenta un quento Pedro. A. That we may pass over this journey without wearisomeness, tell us a tale Peter. P. De dinéros para mi le contára yo de buena gana. P. For my part, I would tell money with a better will. A. Not, si no algun acaeçído que te auíno por essos camínos. A. Not so, but some chance that hath fallen out to thee on these ways. P. Estonces contár less he uno que me subçedío el viáje passádo haziendo este camíno con un hidálgo. P. Then I will tell you one which happened unto me the last voyage I came this way with a gentleman. M. No sea muy largo que me dormiré. M. Let it not be too long, for I will sleep. P. Sise durmiére lafoy mohína tendrá cuydádo de despertár le. P. If you sleep, the she mule will be careful to wake you. M. Vos le hauéis levantádo mill falsos testimónios, mira quan bien camína y quan mansa va? M. You have raised a thousand false testimonies against her, behold how well she traveleth, and how well she goeth. P. ❀ A el freír lo verá. P. * A collier sold coals to a woman and putting down his coals put up her frying pan, the woman ask if they were good coals, he answered, A freýr lo verá, i by the frying she should see. By the frying you shall see. A. Ea dexémos esso vaya el quento. A. Well let us leave this, forwardly with the tale. P. Pocos dias ha', yo víne este camíno con uno de los mayores habladóres que he conoçido en mi vida y common el hablár mucho, y el mentír son tan pariéntes, dezía las mas terríbles mentíras que se pueden ymaginár, pues common el me preguntásse un dia que me parecía de su buena conversaçión, yo le respondí que muy bien, peró que quando contásse algun quento, se Alargasse y pasásse tanto, que dava que mormurar a quantos le oýan, el me díxo pues sea esta lafoy manera quando llegueemos a las posádas, sienta se tu apar de mi, y si me viéres contár álgo que te parézca que voy fuera de camino, tira me de la halda, estonçes yo entenderé, y me deterné, con este con çierto llegamoes aquella noche a una venta, donde a caso avían llegado tanbien muchos cavalléros, y common se asentassen a çenár y mi ámo entre ellos, yo me púse a so lado conform a el conciérto, y common es costumbre cada uno començó a contár las marauíllas que auía visto por el mundo, llegó la bez a el bueno de mi amo el qual dixo que avia estado en tierra de japón, y que entre otras cosas maravillosas que alli avia visto few una yglézia que tenía mill pies de largo, a esté tiémpo yo que le vide yr tan desmandádo y common estava a lerta tíro le rézio de la halda, el luego me entendió, y díxo; y uno en ancho: los cavalleros se començáron a mirár unos a otros y a son-reýr se hásta que uno dellos díxo, vala me Dios señór, y para que seruía essa y glézia tan larga y angosta, de mill pies de largo? y uno en ancho, el replicó agradez can vuestras mer çedes que me tiráron de la falda atiempo, que si no, yo les boto a Dios que yo la quadrára, fue estonçes tanta la risa de todos que a mi amo le convino aquella noche salirse de la venta, por que entre todos quedó por refrán quando alguno contáva algo que pareçia mentira ❀ Le dezia el terçero quadre la u. m. que harto larga está. P. A little while since, I came this way with one of the greatest babblers that I known in my life, and as much prating and lying are near of kin, he told the most horrible lies that could be imagined, afterward as he asked me one day, what I thought of his good behaviour, I made him answer, that I thought well, but that when he did tell any tale, he passed the bounds so much, that he gave occasion to as many as did hear him, to speak ill of him behind his back: he told me, seeing it is so, when we come to our Inns, sit thou next unto me, and if thou shalt see me tell any thing that seems unto thee that I go out of the way, pluck me by the skirt, then will I understand and stay myself, with this agreement we came that night to a lodging on the high way, whither by chance also many gentlemen were arrived, and as they sat them down to supper, and my master among them, I set myself close by his side, according to our agreement, and as the manner is, every one began to tell of the marvels which he had seen in the world, the turn came to the good man my master, who said that he had been in the land of Iaptha, and among other mauellous things that there he had seen was a church, which was a thousand foot long: then I seeing him so far out of order, as I was ready prepared, plucked him by the skirt, he presently understood me, and said; and one foot in breadth: the gentlemen began to look one upon another, and to smile, until one of them said, In the name of God sir, and for what use served this church so long & narrow, of a thousand foot in length, and but one in breadth? he replied, thank him, that pulled me by the skirt of the garment so soon, which if he had not done, I vow to God, I had made it four square: then was there such a laughter among all, that my master was feign that night to get him out of the Inn, for that among them all, it remained as a proverb, when any one did tell any thing which did seem a lie, the third man said unto him, make it square, for it is long enough. M. De una cosa me espanto yo Pedro. M. Of one thing I wonder Peter. P. Qual es? P. What is it? M. Como pudíste durár tan largo tiempo con tu competidor en la facultád. M. How thou couldst endure so long time, with thy competitor in thy own faculty? A. ❀ Si, por que esse es tu enemígo el que es de tu ofiçio. A. Yea, for he is thy enemy which is of thy own profession. P. Es verdád que muchas vezes le quí se dexár por esso, y se lo dezía que no quería mas caminár con el, por que era tocádo de mi própria enfermedád y no me dexava hazér bása. P. It is true, for many times I would leave him for this cause, and did tell him, that I would not travel no more with him, because he was infected with my disease, and did not suffer me to take up * As at cards. a tr●cke. A. Y que respondió a ésso? A. And what answer made he to this? P. Luego me prometía con juraménto, que callaría tóda una jornada para que yo hablásse. P. Forthwith he promised me with an oath, that he would hold his peace all one journey, that I might speak. A. Y cumplía lo? A. And did he perform it? P. Tan ynposible le éra a el podér lo ❀ cumplír cómo a u m. dijerír esse pelo de asno, queha comido. P. It was as impossible for him to have power to accomplish it, as for your worship to digest this * i Calling him ass by craft or the gudgeons, or fooleries to day you have swallowed. asses hair which you have eaten. M. Compañero pagado os han vuestro trauájo. M. Companion, you are paid home for your labour. A. No tenéis razon Pedro ansiyo os vea zarco a podér de núbes. A. You mistake Peter, I see you dim sighted, by reason of clouds. P. Aunt's ciegue, que mal uéa. P. Rather wish I you blind, then that I see ill. A. ❀ Ansi yo os vea arçobíspo con mitra de siéte palmas. A. Nay rather that I may have my sight to see you an Archbishop with i * Caróça, which is a high hat of paper set on the head of a bawd, riding on an ass thorough the streets for a punishment. a mitre of seven hand bredths high. P. Ansi yo le uéa a el, Pápa higos de su múla. P. Nay not so, but that I might also see you eat the shittings of your mule. A. ❀ Echo te una pulla * Pulla a flout. con su pullonçillo que tu mugér te haga çiérvo y te llámen tódos cuquíllo. A. I cast thee a bone, with his young one to gnaw upon, thy wife makes thee a heart, and they call thee cuckold every one. P. ❀ Echo te una pulla venida sober mar, que los dientes se te cáygan y no puedas meár. P. I cast the bone to gnaw upon at sea, thy teeth fall out, and thy water hold in. M. Piquémos compañéro que se va haziendo tarde. M. Let us spur on companion, for it waxeth late. A. Que hora será Pedro? A. What is it a clock Peter? P. La de air a estas oras puntualménte. P. Just the same, as it was yesterday at this time. A. Esso tanbien lo dixéra mi mula si supiéra hablár. A. This could my mule tell me, if she could speak? P. Soy yo Relóx, que me pregúnta que óra es? P. Am I a clock, that you ask me what it is a clock? A. ❀ A lo menos * Badájo, a clapper of a bell by a metaphor a ioulthead. badájo, que monta tanto. A. At lest thou art a clapper, which is all one. P. Y si doy adonde daré? P. And if I do strike where shall I hit? A. En la cabeça de el puto de tu padre. A. Upon the head of the buggerer thy father. P. Mas çerca está la suya y sonará bien, pues esta huéca. P. Your head is near unto me, and it will sound well seeing it is hollow. M. Bien camina de andadúra vuestra mula. M. Your mule doth go a swift easy pace. A. Yla vuestra ha' bien deportánte. A. And yours ambles well. M. Si no la convirtiésse algunas vezes en tróte que pareçe a el de la madre. M. If she did not change it, sometimes into a troth, which seems like the troth of her dam. A. Entrémos en esta vénta a dár çevada y comér un vocádo. A. Let us go in into this Inn, to bait and eat a bit. P. un bocádo no mass, mas piénso yo comér de un çiento. P. What one bit and no more, I think to eat more than a hundred. M. Not os sabréis passár un dia sin comér Pedro? M. Can you not pass one day Peter without eating? P. ❀ Par dios nuéstro amo, common díze el viz caíno, trípas llévan a pies que no pies a trípas. P. By God our master as the * A Biskaine traveling a foot faint for want of food, filled his belly, afterward went lustily, & said, the belly carrieth the feet, & not the feet the belly. Biskaine says, the belly carrieth the feet and not the feet the belly. A. ❀ Yo tambien digo que pan y uíno ánden camíno que no moço garrído. A. I also say, * The lusty youth without eating or drinking must needs faint, and give him that, although he be faint he goeth forward. that bread and wine are travelers, and not the lusty frolic youth. P. Paz sea en ésta casa quien está acá huéspeda? P. Peace be in this house, who is here hostess? V Quien está alla quien lláma? H. Who is there, who calls? P. Aye posáda señora? P. Have you lodging mistress? V Si señór, éntren y séan muy bien venídos que todo recádo aye. H. Yes Sir, come in, and be very well welcome, for all good entertainment is here to be had. P. Que aurá que comér? P. What shall we have to dinner? V Aye conéjos aye perdíçes, aye pollos, aye gallinas, aye ganços, aye ánades, aye carnero, aye vaca, aye cabrito, aye menudo de puerco. H. There are coneys, there are partridges, there are chickens, hens, geese, ducks, there is mutton, there is beef, kid, and hog's innards. P. Bien dixe yo que en su casa de u.m. no podia faltár puerco. P. Well said I, that in your house there could not want hog's flesh. V Ni en la suya faltará vellaco, mientras el estuviére dentro. H. Nor in your house shall there want a knave while you are within. P. No en verdád señora, si no que me dixéron que los diás passádos auía u.m. reñido bravaménte con la limpiéça. P. Not in truth mistress, but they told me that a while ago you and cleanliness had been at bate. V Tambien me dixeron a mi que avía el desterrádo la Verguença de su casa. H. And they told me, that you had banished shamefastness from your house. M. Huelgo me Pedro que as topado con lo que auías menestér. M. I am glad Peter that thou hast met with that thou hadst need of. P. Yaun ella me ha' menestér a mi. A. And also she hath need of me. V ❀ Yo por çierto, si no es para poner le en peralvillo con dose y la maestra, no se para que? H. I have need of him truly, if it be but to put him in * Peraluíllo, a mount in Spain where they shoot malefactors to death. Peralvillo to shoot twelve arrows at him with the * i That arrow which hitteth on the heart. mistress, I know not for what else? P. Aora Señóra no nos digámos mas calláte, y callémos que sendas nos tenemos. P. Now mistress, let us say no more, hold your peace and let us be still, for we have a quip a piece. V Ea acábe habladór de Ventája, pida lo que ha' menestér. H. Go to, make an end babbler in grain, & demand that you have need of. P. Demetrius héno, y paja, y çebáda, para las mulas. P. Give me hay, and straw, and provender for the mules. V Quanto choir? H. How much will you have? P. Does harnéros de héno y un zelemín de çebáda. P. Two sieves full of hay, and a peck of barley. V Muy poco es para tres uéstias. H. It is very little for three beasts. P. Aquí not aye mas que does qual es la ótra? P. here are no more than two, which is the other? V La otra sóys vos y mas tragóna que essótras does. H. The other are you, and more devouring than the other two. P. Si soy mas, no de paxa ni çebada porque es muy dúra de digestión. P. If I be more, it is not of straw nor barley, for it is very hard of digestion. V Mas duro es un garróte y suele ablandár las costíllas a un velláco. H. Harder is a cudgel, and yet it useth to soften the ribs of a knave. M. Bien está no pass mas adelante señora Huéspeda quanto pónen de aquí a la çiudád? M. It is well, pass no further forward mistress hostess, how far do they count it from hence to the city? V Señor çinco leguas. H. Sir five leagues. M. Podrémos los caminár de a quia la noche? M. May we ride them betwixt this and night? V Como picáren? H. As you shall hasten. M. Aye algun río en el camíno oh algun mal passo? M. Is there any river in the way, or any evil passage? V Por do quiera, ay una legua de mal camíno. H. Which way soever you go, there is a league of evil way. M. Aye adonde herrár? M. Is there any place * To miss or err. Also to shoe a horse or mule. herrár? V El camino no señór, las mulas si señor, vuéstras merçédes mill parts aye donde pueden herrár. H. The way, no Sir, the mules, yes Sir, a thousand passages where you may err. M. ❀ Si son los yerros por amores, dignos son de perdonár. M. If they be errors for love, they are worthy to be pardoned. A. Señora huéspeda cuya es ésta venta? A. Mistress hostess, whose is this inn? V De un cavallero de la çiudád. H. A gentlemans of the city. A. Quanto págan por ella de arrendamiénto en un año? A. How much do you pay for the hire of it by the year? V Mas que ella vale, quinientos ducados. H. Moore than it is worth, five hundred ducats. M. De essa surety, buena maña se an menestér dare a hurtár para sa cár la costa. M. By this means they had need good skill to steal to get out their charge. P. Essa no fálta, el gáto por liebre, la carne de mula por uáca, el uíno passádo por água todo va de ésta manera. P. That skill wants not, a cat for hare flesh, the flesh of a mule for beef, wine mixed with water, all goes in this manner. V ❀ Mala pasqua de Dios a el vellaco y mal san juán. quando ha' visto el, esso en mi venta? H. God sand the knave an ill Easter, and an ill Midsummer, when have you seen this in my Inn? P. Visto lo not, gustádo lo si. P. I have not seen, but I have tasted it? V Vos mentis common velláco, que nunca tall. H. You lie like a knave, there was never any such matter. P. ❀ Aora estémos a quenta huéspeda no demos de comér a el Diablo, venga acá no se acherda el otro día quando yo vine por aquí con un cavallero, que le pidió le diesse un pedáço de carne de aquéllo que le auía dádo otro diamond ants quando auía passádo por aquí, porque dezía que le auía sauído muy bien, lo qual oyendo aquel niño chiquíto, díxo caro nos costaría, si cada dia se nos auía de morír un Roçín. P. Hostess we are upon the reckoning now, * Let us not brawl and fall out, and so go to law upon words and so make the devil dine. let us not give the devil his dinner, come hither, do you not remember the other day, when I came this way with a gentleman which requested you to give him a piece of meat, of that you had given him the other day before, when he passed this way, because he said it liked his taste very well, the which the little child hearing, said, it would be dear flesh unto us, if every day there should die a nag. V Es Verdád que aquello fue aquel Roçín que se nos murió, peró estáva tan górdo y tan líndo que éra mejór que carne de uáca. H. It is true, that there was a nag which died, but he was so fat and so fair, that he was better than beef. M. Señóra huéspeda aunque mas líndo sea, no nos deed el agóra. M. Mistress hostess, although he might be more fine, give us not of that now. V No Señór que ya se acabó, hasta aora avia de durár? H. No sir, for he is already made an end of, what think you it could last till now? M. Veámos el víno que tall es. M. Let us see the wine that is so good. V El vino es tall, que básta a llevár all cielo a el, que acostumbráre a bevér lo. H. The wine is such, that it is sufficient to bring a man to heaven that shall use to drink it. P. Ola nuestra áma no basta ventéra si no eréje? P. What now Mistress, is it not enough to be a keeper of an Inn, except you be an heretic too? V Lo que yo dígo es verdád y loveless provaré que el buen uíno, lleva los hombres a el çielo. H. That which I say is true, and I will prove it, that good wine carrieth men up to heaven. M. De que manera? M. How so? V Elbuen vino cría buena sangre, la buena sangre engéndra buena condición, la buena condiçión pára buenas óbras, las buenas obras, llévan a los hombres a el cielo. H. Good wine makes good blood▪ good blood doth engender good condition, good condition doth end in good works, good works carry men to heaven. M. Ella ha' aprovado su yntención bastanteménte. M. She hath proved her intent very sufficiently. A. Peró not see podrá dezír esso por éste uíno. A. But this cannot be verified in this wine. V Por que? H. Why? A. ❀ Por que esto mas paréçe vinágre y água. A. Because this seems rather vinegar and water. V Agua, no por vida de mi ánima, que tiene mas de la, que le echo el de lo alto. H. Water, by the life of my soul, it hath no more water in it, than he from above put in it. M. Pues Dios no le vino a echár água, que sin agua lo crio. M. God never came to put water into wine, but without water he created it. P. Bien, no está u.m. en el quénto, el de lo alto es su marído, que está en lo alto de la casa, y desde allí, écha água en el vino, por una cebratána. P. Well, you understand not the matter a right. He from above is her husband, which is in the top of the house, and from thence puts water into the wine with a long tunnel. A. Con vos me entiérren Pedro que sabéys de quenta. A. I will die and live with thee Peter, for thou knowest fashions. M. Yo entendía que llamáva a Dios, el de lo alto. M. I understood that she had called God, him that was from above. A. En todas las cosas ay engáño. A. In every thing there is deceit. P. Si no es en la ropa vieja. P. Except it be in an old garment. V Por ciérto que tienen razón, que está ya el mundo muy perdído, por esso nos hémos recogído mi marído y yo a ésta vénta, por acabár en buena vida. H. Truly they have reason, for the world is very bad, for this cause have my husband and I withdrawn ourselves into this Inn to make an end in good life. M. Esta llamáys buena vida huéspeda? M. Call you this a good life hostess? P. Si Señór, que peor éra la de los de Sodóma y Gomórra. P. Yea sir, for that of Sodom and Gomorra was worse. V No le paréçe a u.m. que es buena vida estár hechos hermitaños en este disyerto, que mas hiziéron los padres de el yermo? H. Do you not think that it is a good life to be made hermits in this desert, what did the fathers in the wilderness more than this? P. Y tan virtuósos, que de limósna, a quantos passan les quítan lo que llévan. P. And so holy that of pure alms, of, as many as pass they take away that they carry. V Quitár, nunca Dios tall quiera, reçebír lo que nos dan con cortesía, esso si. H. Take away, God forbidden, receive that they give us with courtesy that we do. P. Es el cáso, que llaman cortesía a la gançúa, con que ábren las viçáças. P. Thus it is, they call the picklock courtesy, with which they open the nails. V El diablo trúxo a éste moço a mi casa, vete con todos los diáblos, espíritu de contradiçión. M. The devil brought this servant to my house, get thee hence in the devils name, thou spirit of contradiction. P. ❀ Mal me quieren mis comádres, por que les dígo las verdádes. P. My gossips cannot abide me, because I speak truth unto them truly. M. Aóra Pedro, haze quenta con la huéspeda, y vamos de aquí, que es tarde. M. Now Peter reckon with the hostess and let us begun hence, for it is late. P. Que se deve de todo huéspeda? P. Hostess what is owing in the whole? V Espérese, contaré, does de paja, y de paja does, tres de çebada, çinco de uíno, uno de carne y does de toçíno, veynte reales entodo. H. Tarry I little, I will reckon, two of straw, and of straw two, three of barley, five of wine, one of flesh, and two of bacon, ten shillings in the whole. P. ❀ Quénta hecha, mula muerta, escudéro ýos a pie, pues a mi me quiére dare papilla señora huéspeda, ❀ no save, que quando élla naçió, ya yo comía pan con cortéça: espére haré yo la mia. P. The reckoning made, the mule dead, serving man get your way a foot why the mistress hostess will give me pap, doth she not know, that when she was born, then did I eat bread with hard crust, tarry i'll make my reckoning. V Haze, veámos. H. Make it, let us see. P. ❀ Tres y does son çinco, does de blanco y tres de tinto, y otros tres de estópas y pez, uno de la ólla y does de la chólla, y médio de la çebólla, ochoson en todos. P. Three and two are sieve, two of sack & three of wine somewhat black, and other three of the hurdes of flax and pitch, one of the pot, and two of the * The hinder part of the head nowle, and a half of the chibbowle, they are eight in the whole. V Malos años para vos, págame aquí, si no, por el siglo de mi padre que os arañe éssa cára. H. What with a mischief to you, pay me here; if not, by my father's soul i'll put out thy eyes. P. ❀ Quitádo se ha' el gáto la rópa de la ypocrasía, señóra hermitáña, tenga paciénçia y no tanta codícia. P. The cat hath cast off the * The cat feigning herself a Hermit, put on a Hermit's weed and many beasts and creatures came to her for ghostly counsel, at last came the mice, which when she spied, flung off the garment and to them. garment of hypocrisy, mistress Hermite have patience, and be not so covetous. V ❀ Not me quente mortuórios, si no pagué me, si no, 'las bárbas le sacaré una a una. H. Do not reckon up mortuaries unto me, but pay me, if not I will pull off the hairs of thy beard one by one. M. Da le, lo que pidiére, la huéspeda Pedro not riñas con ella. M. Give that which the Hostess doth require Peter & brawl not with her. P. En una náo cargáda de plata, no ay hárto para contentárla. P. In a ship loaden with silver there is not enough to content her. V No pído si no lo justo, paga me hermáno y déxate de palabras. H. I require nothing but my right, pay me brother and leave of words. P. Ansi dize la picáza, tome señóra ve aye dóze reáles, los seis son de buéno, y los seis de mal provécho le hágan. P. So says the * All in one song. chattering Pie, hold mistress, see here six shillings, three of them be much good do it you with them, and the other three the devil choke you with them. V Mas not, si no los seis, son de bien venídos séan, y los seys de en óra mala váys. H. Not so, but the one three are of welcome unto me, and the other three the devil go with thee. P. ❀ Maldiciónes de putas viéjas, oraçiónes son de salúd. P. cursings of old whores are prayers of health. M. Quéde se con Dios Señora huéspeda. M. God be with you mistress Hostess. V El váya con vuestras merçédes, aqui está ésta pobre posáda para todas las vézes que viniéren este camíno, les suplico se sirvan délla. H. God conduct your worships, here is this poor Inn, for as often as you shall come this way, I entreat you to use it at your command. P. ❀ Sober buen has de pája tía. P. * i Their money. Aunt you do it upon a good sheaf of straw. V Not, sino por sus ojos bellídos lo harán. H. Not, but only for your fair looks sir. P. Quede con dios tía, y el la hága buena hermitáña. P. Aunt God be with you, and make you a good hermit. V Anda con dios híjo, y el os hága me jór de lo que soys. H. Farewell son, and God make thee better than that thou art. Diálogo quinto, entre tres Pájes, llamados el uno ivan, el otro Francisco, el otro Guzman, en el qual se contienen, 'las ordinárias plàticas que los pájes suelen tenér unos con otros. The fift Dialogue between three Pages, called the one of them john, the other Frances, the other Guzman, wherein are contained the ordinary speeches which pages are wont to have one with the other. I DE donde viénes Francisco? I FRom whence come you Frances? F. De la corte juan. F. From the court john. I Que ay por allá de nuevo? I What is the news there? F. El rollo se está adonde solía, el Rey ha' mandádo que quien tuviére que comér, que cóme, y el otro que ayúne. F. The gallows is where it was wont to be, the king hath commanded that he that hath any thing to dinner, that he eat it, and he that hath not that he fast. I Viste a la Réyna? I Have you seen the Queen? F. Ala de diamantes con que híze el postrer flux. F. The Queen of Diamonds with which I made the last flush. I Luego jugado has? I Hast thou now been at gaming? F. You not, mis dineros jugáron all trocádo, y trocáron me por otro dueño. F. Not I, my money played at exchange, and changed me for another master. I Ganáste o perdíste? I Hast thou wone or lost? F. Gané y perdí. F. I have won and I have lost. I Como púdo sér? I How could that be? F. Perdí mis dinéros, y gané escarmiénto para no jugár mass. F. I lost my money, and got a warning to play no more. I Not sería pérdida la del dinero, si tu llevasses adelante esse propósito, peró yo dígo, que quien hízo, hará. I The loss of money should be no loss, if thou didst go forward in this purpose, but I say, that he that hath once played will play again. F. A lo menos mientras me durare el Escozór, no jugaré mass. F. At the lest, while the smarting shall last I will play no more. I Esse no te durare mas que hasta llegár de aquí a tu casa, o hasta que tengas mas dinéros. I That will not last with thee longer, then till thou comest home, or until thou hast more money. F. Pues you para que quiero el dinero, tengo de comprár casas, oh viñas con ello. F. What should I do with money, am I to buy houses or vineyards with it? I Para embiár a tus pariéntes, o para luzírte con ello. I To sand it to thy friends and kindred, or to make thyself trim with it. F. Luzírme o que? malos años, Lúzgame el puto de mi ámo pues se sirve de mi. F. To make myself trim? a plague take it, let the buggerer my master trim me seeing he serves himself of me. I Pues piensas que te ha' de durár tu ámo toda la uída? I Why thinkest thou thy master is to live with thee for ever? F. Dure lo que duráre, common cuchár de pan, que quando éste me falte, no faltará otro tan ruin common el. F. Let him last as long as a spoon of bread, when he is wanting to me, there will not fail another as bad as he. I Y quando séas grand? I And when thou art better grown in years? F. Estonces ya sabémos el paradéro de los pajes, o ala guérra, oh a un monastério, oh a la hórca. F. Then we know the end of Pages, either to the war, or to a monastery, or to the gallows. I Esso postrero lo le renuncio en ti. I This last I leave to thee. F. Pues pensais vos esca páros por y pócrita? F. Why think you to scape because you are an Hypocrite? I Hermáno, en mi lináje nunca úvo ningun ahorcádo, no quiero estrenárlo yo. I Brother, in my kindred never was there any hanged, I will not handsel the gallows. F. Estrenada os darán la soga, no os penseys por esso. F. They will give you a halter for handsel, take you no care for that. I Piensa el ladrón que todós son de su condición, yo hermano no piénso hazér obras por donde la merésca. I Well thinks the thief, that all are as himself, I brother do not think to do any thing that I may deserve the gallows. F. Pues no as oýdo dezír, que el pensár no es sabér, esso sin pensár se verná ants que un colongía. F. But hast thou not herded say, that opinion is no knowledge, this without thinking will come sooner than a canonship. I Yo bien c reo, que si yo trato mucho contígo, que tu me procurerás pegár la tiña, porque un puerco encenagádo, siempre procúra encenagár a ótro. I I well believe, that if I deal much with thee, thou will't infect me with mangines, for one hog that hath wallowed in the mire will bewray another. F. Dizes verdád, que fi el ladrón anda con el hermitáño, o el ladrón será hermitaño, o el hermitaño ladrón, peró tu nunca juegas? F. Thou sayest true, for if a thief keep company with a hermit, either a thief shall become a hermit, or a hermit a thief, but dost thou never play? I You no en mi vída. I I, never in my life. F. Pues tent bien no cáygas, porque a fee que si cáes, que as de ser common los borráchos que comiençan tarde a ser lo, que por esquitárse de lo que han dexádo de bevér, nunca salen de cueros. F. Then hold fast, fall not, for in faith if thou fallest, thou art like to be as drunken men, which begin at length so to be, which to quit themselves of that they have left to drink, they never get out of drunkenness. I Si Dios me guard mi júyzio, yo me guardaré desse vicio. I If God keep me in my right mind, I will keep myself from this vice. F. Mas fuerte éra Tróya, y few destruyda. F. Troy was more strong, and yet was overcome. I Dexémos ésso agóra, y díme common te va con tu ámo? I Let us leave this now, and tell me how your master and you agreed? F. A mi muy bien, porque common es moço, galán, y enamorádo, son tres cosas que sácan de harón all mass cuerdo, y ansi todo se nos va en fiestas, una libréa oy, ótra mañána, siempre en saráos, músicas, y dánças, siempre en combites, que mal año para Lançarote quando de Bretaña uíno, si éra tan bien tratádo common nosotros. F. I like very well of him, for he is young, gallant, and in love, they are three things which busy the wisest man, & so we are altogether in feastings, one livery to day, another to morrow, never without good cheer, music, dances, and banquets, that the devil take Lançarote when he came from Britain if he were so well entreated as we are. I Si peró a fee que créo, que tras buen bocádo, days buen grito. I Yea, but in faith I believe that after a good morsel, you pay well for it. F. Porque dízes ésso? F. Why sayest thou so? I Porque me parece que si vuestro ámo dánça de la manera, vosotros no avéys d'estár ociósos, sino que auéys de çapateár, porque en casa del músico, todos los criádos son dançántes. I For I think, that if your master dance in such sort, you are not altogether idle, but that you foot it too, for in a musicians house all the servants are dancers. F. Es verdád que esso a cosadíllos, nos trae de dia con recaudos, y de noche con rondas, peró con el buen pesebre, todo se passa y no common tu que estás serviéndo a un pelón, que te deve matár de hambre. F. It is true, that by reason of this love small occasions drive us in the day time with letters, and in the night we round the street, but with good fare we pass over all this, and not as thou dost which servest a miserable wretch, which killeth thee with hunger. I No mata, porque yo nunca túve vida, despues que estoy con el. I He kills me not, for I never had life since I came to him. F. No tiéne buen ordinário? F. Hath he not a good ordinary table? I La lazéria es ordinaria en cása. I Wretchedness itself is his ordinary provision in house. F. Que os da a comér? F. What diet doth he give you? I Esperanças y folias. I Hopes and songs. F. Con ésso estás tan gordo? F. And with this art thou so fat? I De los Tovillos si estoy. I If I be fat, it is in my ankle bones. F. Dalle cantonáda. F. Run away from him. I Temo de encontrár otro peór, y no querría por huýr de la llama dár en las brásas. I I am afraid to meet with a worse, and I would not leap out of the frying pan, and fall into the fire. F. Has te cuchillo de melonéro, provár muchos hasta hallár uno buéno. F. Make of thyself a knife to cut pompions, prove many until you find one good. I Luégo cobra hombre mala fama, y le ❀ dízen Piédra movedíza not lafoy cobre móho, y todo el mundo le da del cobdo. I Straightway a man gets an ill name, and they say a rolling stone gathereth no moss, and every one iustleth him a side. F. No sino dexáos secár common palo en sarmentéra. F. Not but suffer yourself to dry as sticks on a pile or heap. I Adonde vas tu agóra? I Wither goest thou now? F. A buscár mi ámo, y témo que no le tengo de podér hallár. F. To seek my master, and I fear that I shall not find him. I Adonde le perdiste? I Where didst thou loose him? F. You no le perdí, el se perdió muchas dias ha'. F. I lost him not, he lost himself a great while ago. I Ansi yrá un perdído a buscár otro perdído, common un duelo búsca otro duélo, y una necedád a otra, porque Pares cum paribus facillimè congregantur. I So one that is lost himself, goeth to seek another that is lost, as one grief seeks another grief, and one folly another: for like will to like. F. Bendito sea Dios, que por tres blancas de gramática que studió, ya no se cabe en el cuérpo, y no uée la ora que desembuchár lo. F. God be blessed, that for * A blank half a Maravedí, a Maravedí 34. of them to six pennies. three blanks of Grammar which he hath studied, now he cannot keep it in his belly, and he thinks every hour ten, till he hath uttered his whole mind. I Dígo hermano que cada obéja con su paréja, y un semijante busca a ótro. I I say brother, every sheep with his equal, and like will to like. F. Ansi tu ámo common es miseráble pelón, busca un ypócrita common tu, a quien con dezílle que es menestér ayunár para yr all ciélo, te tiene en diéta perpétua, y canoníza por virtúd, lo que es miséria fina. F. So thy master as he is a miserable wretch seeks out an hypocrite like thyself, and by telling thee how requisite it is to fast for the winning of heaven doth hold thee in continual diet, and extols that for a virtue, which is pure miserableness. I No tienes razón, que el no es avariénto, peró common dízen Pobréza no es viléza. I You say not well, for he is not covetous, but as it is said, Poverty is not vileness. F. Not, mas es maestra que enseña common se ha' de hazér. F. Not, but it is a mistress which doth teach us how we should become niggardly. I Yo se, que si mi ámo tuviére la rénta del tuyo que gastára mas que el, lo qual el nos díze que hará muy complidaménte si dios le mejóra d'estádo. I I know, if my master had revenues as thy master hath, that he would spend more than he doth, which he telleth us he will perform with the best, if it please God to better his estate. F. De manéra que éssas son las esperánças que coméis. F. So then these be the hopes which you feed on. I Mas vale que agua, common dezía la uéja que mojáva el sarmiénto en el río y le chupáva. I It is better than water, as the old woman said, which dipped a dry stick in the river and sucked it. F. Con essa comída no dubdo dexéis de salír buénos girifáltes all cabo del año. F. With this diet I doubt not but at the years end you may prove good * i With this diet you may be light enough to fly. Gerfalcons to fly. I Si peró, si bolamos tan alto, lleuárnos ha' el viento, common haze a todos los que se susténtan de semejánte manjár. I Yea but if we fly so high, the wind will carry us away, as it doth all those which do feed on such diet. F. Por vida de tu madre, que renta tiéne tu ámo? F. By the life of thy mother, what revenue hath thy master? I Yo te lo diré un quento de mentíras, y otro de necessidádes, y un millón de necedádes, y todo ésto se gasta cada año, de surety, que viéne a salír a rata por cantidád. I I will tell thee, a thousand thousands of lies, and another of needs, a million of fooleries, and all this is spent every year in such sort, that he spends as much as comes in to him. F. Quantos cauállos tiene? F. How many horses hath he? I Dize que cinco con quatro que se le an muerto. I He says five, with those four which are dead. F. Quantos críados? F. How many servants? I Nones son, y no llégan a tres. I They are odd, and yet they mount not to three. F. De surety que tu solo le sirves. F. So then thou alone servest him. I Y aun me podrían açotár por vagamúndo. I * i In going up and down shifting for myself, and not living on my master. And yet might they whip me for a vagabond. F. Pues common siendo solo, no tiénes mucho en que entendér. F. How so, seeing thou art alone thou hast not much to employ thyself on. I Si tengo, en contár lástimas y calamidádes. I But I have much to do to reckon griefs and calamities. F. Quando tiempo ha' que bives con el? F. How long hast thou lived with him? I Que muéro con el muchos dias ha'. I I have been * i of hunger. dying with him long since. F. Hermáno hermáno, quien si mude Dios le ayude. F. Brother, brother, Godwil him help, that seeks for it himself. I Si, mas adonde yrá el buey que no áre, por donde quiera veo cien leguas de mal camíno. I Yea, but where shall the ox go that he shall not labour, which way soever I see a hundred leagues of ill way. F. Aquí viene Guzmanillo, veámos que nuevas trae, a Guzman que ay de nuevo? F. here comes little Guzman, let us see what news he brings. Ho Guzman what news? G. Muchas cosas, el Turco (dizen que) se ha' tornado Moro, que Venécia nada en agua, y que Ytália está llena de hombres, que en Fráncia ay mas de cien mill hombres de guerra, y tambien se dize de secreto que el conde de Flandes' a dormido con la Reyna de España. G. Many things, the Turk (as they say) is become a Moor or infidel, * i Stands built upon the sea, the sea compassing it round about. Venice swims in water, & Italy is full of people, and that in France there are more than a hundred thousand men of arms, and also they say in secret, that the * The king of Spain in his title Earl of Flaunders. Earl of Flaunders hath lain with the Queen of Spain. F. Todo esso ay de nuevo? F. Is there all this news? G. Aora viniéron con este corréo éstas nuévas. G. These news came now with this post. F. De luengas uías luengas mentíras suelen venír. F. far fetched lies come from far. G. Lo que yo os he dícho, todo estan verdád, common ser aora de día. G. That which I have told you is as true as it is now day light. F. Luego grandes guérras se aparéjan éste veráno. F. Then great wars are like to be this summer. G. Los pronósticos dízen, quéste veráno los que biviéren, verán grandes marauíllas. G. The Prognostications say, those that shall live this summer shall see great wonders. F. Que marauíllas serán, cuenta nos las. F. What shall those wonders be, I pray thee tell them us. G. Dízen que el sol será mayór que toda la tiérra. G. They say the sun shall be bigger than all the earth. F. Santo Dios, y esso ha' de sér verdád? F. Blessed God, and will this prove true? G. Y que la lúna cada noche aparéce de su manéra, que las estrellas sino fuesse por el sol no ternán resplandór ningúno, que los ríos corren a la már, que arderán muchos montes, que aurá grand mortandád de todo género de ganados, y en todas las ciudádas avrá unos mónstruos que echarán llamas por la boca, y los hombres que no comiéron lo que éstos vomitáren, morirán. G. And that the moon every night doth appear after her old fashion, that the * i Stars receive their light of the sun. stars if it were not for the sun, should have no light, that all rivers run into the sea, that many * As mount AEtna in Sicily and others which continually cast out fire and brimstone, etc. mountains shall burn, that there shall be a great slaughter of all kind of * For man's meat to eat. cattle, and in all cities there shall be monsters which shall cast * i Ovens wherein they bake bread. out fire at the mouth, and those men which shall not eat that which these monsters shall vomit, they die. F. Vala me Dios, yo pienso que todo ésso es mentíra. F. God help me, I think all this to be a lie. G. Los Pronósticos dízen, que el sol y la luna faltarán, ants que todas éssas cosas fálten. G. The Prognostications say that the sun and the moon shall fail of their courses rather than these things to fail. F. Dessa manéra, todos los hómbres morirán, porque quien ha' de comér lo que vomitáren los monstruos? F. By this means, all men shall die, for who can eat that which these monsters shall vomit? G. Pues as tu comído un asno entéro, y no comerás de aquello? G. Why hast thou swallowed down an * Made a gull. ass whole, and will't not eat of it? F. Si yo soy asno, vos soys mula. F. If I be an ass thou art a mule. G. Xo que te estriégo que lárgas le naciéron a u.m. G. * Hoc, a voice that carters use to make their horses stand still. Ho I do rub thee, for they are sprung up very * i Long ears, calling him thereby ass. long to your worship. * Calling of him by this a jew, which for the most part have long noses. F. Tan lárgas common sus narízes. F. So long as your nose. G. Va a vér a tu tía Hermáno? G. Go you to see your aunt brother? F. Not que ya uí a tu madre, en la pellejería. F. Not so, for I see thy mother in a brothel house. G. Ha' * & Ralláme, than it is Grate me, and Harra allá then it is height that way as one saith to an ass. Harrallame esse quéso. G. Grate me this cheese. F. Harralláme esse asno. F. Haight that way this ass. G. Toda la vida has de comér sin pláto? G. What art thou to eat thy meat all thy life without a platter? F. Toda la uída has de comér tu cabrón? F. Art thou to eat all thy life of goats flesh? G. OH Dios te bendíga la bella alimaña. G. OH God bless thee fair beast. F. OH Dios te despache déste mundo para el otro. F. OH God rid thee out of this world into the other. G. Dízen me que es u.m. gran comedór de huévos assádos. G. They tell me that you are a great eater of hard eggs. F. Tambien me han dícho a mi que u. m. come muy bien bacaláo. F. Also they tell me that you eat very well poor john. G. OH si todos los ásnos truxéran albárdas, que buen ofício era el, de los albardéros. G. OH if all asses should carry pack-saddles, what a good trade should the pack-sadler have. F. Si esso fuere ansi, una mas tenía de costa vuestro ámo cada més. F. If it were so, your master should be at the charge of one packsaddle more every month. G. Si deal nécio se uviéra de pagár alcauála, quanto ganáran los Alcavaléros con u m? G. If there should be subsidy gathered up of every fool, how much would the gatherers of the subsidies put into their purse with your worship? F. En éssa hazienda nádie podria tratár, porque dizque es património de u.m. F. In this goods none could meddle, because it is said it is your patrimony. G. Todo es de un pedáço u.m. G. All your worship is one piece. F. Si, peró es de aguijón para picár a u.m. F. Yea, but it is a prick to spur you forward. G. Mas not créo que es sino de atun de yjáda. G. But I believe it not but that is a piece of a tunny fish of the belly side. F. Si de atun fuéra ya u.m. uviéra arremetido a la pieça, common el asno a la ceuáda. F. If it were of a tunny fish you had set upon a piece of it as greedily as an ass on the provender. G. Paréce me hermáno que aunque tu entráste en la corte, nunca la corte entró en ti. G. It seems to me brother, although thou entredst into the court, the court never entered unto thee. F. En la de los puércos concédo, porque common es tu juridición, no se háze en ella, sino lo que tu ordénas. F. In that of hogs I grant, for as it is thy jurisdiction, there is nothing done therein but that thou dost appoint. G. Por vída tuya que me digas, quantos cursos tienes de nécio. G. I pray thee tell me how many degrees of a fool hast thou? F. Los mismos que vos de majadéro. F. As many as thou hast of a ioulthead. G. Yo pienso, que éras ya doctór en ynsensato. G. I think thou wast doctor in sencelessenes. F. Y vos estáys graduádo por cavalleríza. F. And you taken degree in the stable. G. A Dios hermáno, y roe bien éssos grançónes. G. Farewell brother, and gnaw well these husks. F. Y rumiád vos common buen cabrón esótros. F. And browse you as a good he-goat these others. I Par diez, bueno te ha' parado el amígo. I By ten, thy friend hath brought thee to a good pass. F. Amígo será el de v'na taça de vino. F. He will rather prove a friend to a cup of wine. I E'ste es de los que aconcejáva el ósso, que hiziessemos poco caso. I This is such a friend that the bear counseled that we should make but little reckoning of. F. Como es esse quento? F. How is that tale? I Quenta ysópo, que una uéz does amígos uán camíno a pie, por un monte, y salió a ellos un ósso, el uno echando mano a su espada, se quíso defendér a si y a su compañéro, all qual díxo que hiziésse lo mismo, para que ni el uno ni el ótro muriéssen, el compañero que tenía mas cuenta con su salúd, que con el del ótro, a trevióse ántes a sus pies, que a sus mános, y no curando del compañéro, dio a huýr a un árbol álto que allí vido, y se subió en el, donde estuvo segúro del pelígro. El compañéro visto que el solo no se podía defendérse del ósso, se dexó caér en tiérra haziéndo muéstras de que estáva muerto, tenía el huélgo y no resolláva miéntras el ósso llegó y le olió todo, 'las narízes y la boca, y los oýdos, y pensando que estáva muérto, se few de allí, sin hazérle ningun daño. El que estáva en el árbol, uísto que el ósso era ýdo, baxó del, y pregunto a su compañéro, que éra aquello que el osso le auía dicho all oýdo: El otro respondió, dezíame que con tan ruins compañeros common vos, nunca hiziésse camíno otra vez. I Aesop tells, that on a time two friends traveled a foot together, and going by a wood, a bear came out to them, the one laying hand on his sword meant to defend himself, and his companion whom he willed that he should do the like, that neither one of them nor the other might not miscarry; his companion which made more account of his own safety than his fellows, was more bold upon his feet then upon his hands, and not respecting his fellow, betook himself to fly to a high tree which there he saw, and climbed up the same, where he was safe from the danger. His companion seeing that alone he could not defend himself from the bear, cast himself down on the ground, making shows that he was dead, he held his breath, and did not once blow while the bear came and smelled him round, his nose and his mouth, and his ears, thinking he had been dead went his way, without doing him any harm. He that was in the tree, seeing that the bear was go, came down the tree, and asked his fellow what was that that the bear had told him in his ear: The other answered, he told me that with such bad companions as yourself I never should travel again. F. Respondió muy discretaménte, y si yo lo supiéra ántes, uviéra le contádo esse quénto a estotro mierda en palíllo, que piensa que sábe mas que Bártulo ni Baldo. F. He answered very well, and if I had known it before, I would have told this tale to this turd upon a stick, which thinks he knows more than Bartulus or Baldus. I Por cierto el túvo demasiada razón, amotejarte de nécio pues estuvíste tan torpe que no entendíste sus pronósticos y adivinánças. I Truly he had to too much cause to scoff at thee for a fool, seeing thou wert so dull that thou vnderstoodest not his prognostications and divine. F. Pues tu entiéndes las mejór? F. Dost thou then understand them better? I Yo entiendo las common el 'las díxo. I I understand them as he spoke them? F. Pues yo bien créo que entiéndo Romançe, y el en Romance habláva que no en algaravia. F. But I believe well that I understand Spanish, and he spoke in Spanish and not in the Moors tongue. I Pues quieres vér common debáxo del sayál aye all: y que aun que te habló en español, es algarauía de allende para ti. I But will't thou see, how under course attire is some wisdom, & although he spoke Spanish it is the Moors tongue to thee. F. Ya lo desséo vér common es. F. I desire to see how it is. I Pues loveless priméro que díxo que el Turco se ha' tornádo móro, es lo el de professión y de ley, y suelo siempre: tódos síguen la seta de Mahóma. Que Venécia náda en água, es verdád que está fundada en la már, que Ytália está lléna de hómbres, tambien es verdád common Ynglatiérra lo está, Tambien que en Fráncia, aye mass de cien mill hombres de guerra, quien no loveless sábe que quando el Rey quiera, podrá sacár della mas de dozientos mil. I The first than that he said, that the Turk is become a Moor or an Infidel, he is so by his profession and law, and always hath been: all follow the sect of Mahomet. That Venice doth swim in water, it is true, for it is built in the sea: that Italy is full of men, also it is true as England is: also that in France are more than a hundred thousand men of arms, who knows it not, that when the king will, he may draw out thereof more than two hundred thousand. F. Todo ésso bien loveless entiendo yo, peró lo de más, common se puede entendér, que el conde de Flandes' aya dormído con la Réyna despaña y no se anda el mundo en guerras. F. All this I understand well, but the rest how is it to be understood, that the earl of Flaunders hath lain with the Queen of Spain, and the world not to be up in arms. I Pues bobo no sábes tu, que el conde de flandes y el rey despana es todo una própria persona. I Why fool dost not know, that the earl of Flaunders and the king of Spain is all one person. F. juro a tall, que tiene razón, que no auía yo caýdo en ello. F. I swear by such a one, he says true that I did not light upon. I Pues loveless demas que díze que el sol es mayor que toda la tierra, es muy gran verdád, segun demonstraciónes astrológicas, que yo con sabér poco te las pudiéra dár a entendér, si uviéra lugár. Que la luna aparecerá cada noche de su manera, esso tu lo uées cada dia con sus cresciéntes y menguantes, nunca está una noche, common estúvo otra: pues que arderán muchos móntes, tambien es verdád, que ay en el mundo muchos que lláman Bolcánes, common el de Sicília, que siempre está ardiendo. Que morirá mucho ganado, quien lo ygnóra que lo han de matár los hombres para comér. I But the rest, which he says, that the sun is bigger than the whole earth, is very true, according to astrological demonstrations, which I in knowing but a little could easily make thee understand, if there were time and place, that the moon will appear as it was wont, that thou seest continually with her waxing and waning, she is never one night as she was the other night, then that many mountains shall burn, also it is true, for there be many in the world, as mount Aetna in Sicily, which always burns, etc. that there shall be a great slaughter of cattle who is ignorant thereof, for men are to kill them for to eat them. F. Todo esso entiendo bien, peró aquello de aquéllos mónstruos, que echarán llamas por la boca, y que hémos de comér lo que ellos vomitáren, no puédo y pensár que séa. F. All this I understand well, but that of those monsters, which shall cast out flames out of their mouths, and that we shall eat of that they shall vomit, I cannot think what it maybe. I Esso es mas fácil que esótro, porque aquellos monstruos, son los hórnos ado se cueze el pan, que échan llámas, y por la boca vomítan el pán que comémos. I This is more easy than the other, for those monsters are ovens, where they bake bread which cast out fire, and by the mouth of it, it vomiteth the bread which we eat. F. Aora dígo que tiénes razón, y que yo estáva en bábia, y que puede un nécio con una necedád forjáda en su ymaginación dár en que entendér a cien sábios. F. Now I say you say true, and that I was in foolery, and that a fool with his foolishness framed in his own imagination may give to a hundred wise men matter to pick out. I Assi le a aconteció all poéta Oméro, que common con la vejéz estuviesse ciégo y se anduviésse passeando por lafoy orilla de la már, y oyó hablár a ceirtos pescádores, que en aquel punto se estávan espulgando, y come les preguntásse que pésca hazían, éllos entendiendo por los piójos, respondiéron los que tenémos buscámos y los que no tenemos hallámos, pues common el buen Oméro no viésse lo que ellos hazían, y por esta causa no entendiésse la Enígma, fue tanto lo que fatigó su ymaginación y entendimiénto, por entendér la y alcançár el secreto dello, que fue bastante ésta pesadumbre a hazer le morír. I So it happened to the Poet Homer, that as he was with age blind and went walking by the sea shore, and herded certain fishermen talking, that at that time were a lowsing themselves, & as he asked them, what fish they caught, they understanding that he had meant their louse, they answered, those that we * i Have in their clotheses, i lice. have, we seek for, and those that we * i Have not in hand. have not we found, but as the good Homer, could not see what they did, and for this cause could not understand the riddle, it did so grieve his understanding to obtain the secret of this matter, which was a sufficient grief to 'cause his death. F. El lo hízo no common sábio, sino common muy gran nécio, en martarse por lo, que not podía alcançar. F. He did that not as a wise man, but as a very great fool, in casting away himself for that he could not reach unto. I Yo bien créo que no morirás tu desse acháque. I I well believe thou wouldst not die for such a matter. F. No hermáno, que not páre ya mi madre, y yo conténto me con lo que buenaménte y sin mucho trabájo puedo alcançár. F. No brother, for my mother is past child bearing, and I content myself with that I may well and without much labour reach unto. I ❀ Pues quien no es mass de otro, no meréce mas que ótro, y quien no sáve no vále, y quien ruyn es en sum villa, ruýn es en Seuílla, y quien adelante no míra atras se hálla. I But he that is not more than another doth deserve no more than another, and he that hath not knowledge, is of no worth, and he that in his own town is vile, and is also bad and nought in Sevile, and he that looks not before he leap may fall into the ditch. F. Yo hermáno, quiero andár por do anda el buey, y asentár el pie llano, no tomár de las cósas mas de aquéllo que me diéron, y porque quiero del mundo gozár, quiero oy'r, y uér y callár. F. Brother, I will go where the ox hath trodden, and set down my foot soft and fair, not to take more matters then that they shall give me, and because I will live in rest I will hear and see and hold my peace. Diálogo sexto, que passó entre dos amígos Yngléses y does Españóles, que se juntaron en la lónja de Lóndres, en el qual, se trátan muchas cosas curiósas, y de gústo, son los Yngleses Egídio y Guillérmo, los Españoles Diego y Alónso. The sixt Dialogue which passed between two friends Englishmen, and two Spaniards, which met upon the Exchange in London: wherein are handled many curious matters, and delightful: the English men are named Giles and William, the Spaniards james and Alonso. E. QVe hazéis Guillermo? G. WHat do you William? G. Ya lo veis Exídio. W. You even see Giles. E. Como estáys tan oçióso? G. Why are you so idle? G. ❀ Quia nemo me conduxit. W. Because no man hath hired me. E. Pues yo os conbído aun ráto de buena converçaçión. G. Then I invite you for a while into good company? G. Adónde? W. Wither? E. Veníd os comígo, no yréys adonde yo os lleuáre? G. Come with me, will you not go whither I shall lead you? G. Si i lo dezís priméro, por que ýr hombre, sin savér adonde, sería neçedád. W. If you tell me first, for it were folly for a man to go he knows not whither. E. Luego no hazéis confiánça de mi? G. Do you not now trust me? G. Si hágo, mas no sabéis que no todos los umóres son unos, y que podrá ser, lo que a vos os da gusto, enfadár me a mi. W. Yes I do trust you, but do you not know, that all humours are not one, and it may be, that which likes you may very much displease me. E. Si, peró yo conózco ya'vuestro umór, y me acomódo con el. G. Yea, but I know your humour, and I do apply myself unto it. G. Con todo ésso, dezídme adonde me lleváys. W. But for all this, tell me whither you carry me. E. Vámos a lafoy lónja, adonde me están esperando does amígos Españóles, muy discretos, gustaréis de su buena conversación. G. Let us go to the Exchange where two Spaniards very discreet men my friends are tarrying for me, you shall have a taste of their good conversation. G. Háblan ynglés? W. Speak they English? E. un poquíto, peró pues vos entendéis bien el Español, y yo tanbien no ympórta. G. A very little, but seeing you understand well the Spanish and I also, it makes no matter. G. Huelgo me de ýr, aunque not séa, mas de por aprendér algunas buenas frásis Españólas. W. I am glad to go, though it be but to learn some good Spanish phrases. E. Essas sé yo que las tiénen buenas, porque son de Tolédo donde es la príma de la lengua Españóla. G. Those I know they have and good one's, because they are of Toledo where is the prime of the Spanish tongue. G. Son por ventúra aquéllos, que se ándan alli passeándo. W. They are peradventure those which go there walking. E. Los própios, uámos allá, Dios guard a vuestas mercédes. G. The very same, let us go meet them, God save your worships. D. Y venga con vuestas merçédes. I And welcome in God's name. E. Pass adelante la conversación de que se tratáva aóra. G. Proceed in that conference which passed betwixt you. D. No pareze sino que la entendístes, que respondístes a élla sin daros el pie. I It seems that you understood it, that you made answer to it without giving * As in plays one takes the last word of another's speech, and by that knows when to speak. you the qu. A. Tratávamos de las salutaciónes, que se úsan en Ynglatérra, y de las que se úsan in Espáña. A. We entreated of the salutations which are used in England, and of those which are used in Spain. G. Quales son mejóres? W. Which are better? A. Cierto en esto, adonde quiera, ay abúsos, quando dize el español Dios os guard, en ora buéna estéys, Dios os de salúd, y el Yngles buénas tárdes y ótras semejantes yo apruévola por buena salutación. A. Truly in that matter, there are abuses on both parts, when the Spaniard says God keep you, a good hour have you, God give you health: and the Englishman Godden, or good even, and the other like, I allow it for good salutation. G. Pues el mundo la repruéva, y tienen por tóscos a los que la úsan. W. But generally it is disallowed, and they hold them rude that use it. A. Y aun por esso se díze, que anda el mundo a el rebéz, y no ay mejór señál de que ello es buéno, de uér que el mundo lo repruéba. A. And therefore it is said, the world goes quite contrary, and there is no better sign that it is good, then to see it disallowed in the world. G. De las demas salutaciónes que os paréce? W. And of the other salutations what think you? A. De las de mas dígo, que quando el Yngles pregúnta a el ótro, common estáys, dize una gran neçedád, y quando el Españól dize béso os las manos, dize una gran mentíra. A. Of the rest I say, that when the Englishman doth ask the other, how * The Spaniard alloweth not how do you, but how doth your worship or mastership. he doth, he utters his own simplicity, and when the Spaniard says, I kiss your hands, he telleth a great lie. G. Menestér es que déys razón, de vuestra nueva opinión. W. You must give a reason of your new opinion. A. Aóra dezíme por vuéstra vída, no os pareçe neçedad a el que vos veys bueno preguntár le common está? A. Now tell me I pray you, doth it not seem unto you a simplicity, to ask a man whom you see well, how he doth? G. Tenéys' razón, peró podría tenér algun mal secréto que no se le each de vér. G. You say well, but he may have some inward grief, which appeareth not outwardly. A. Estónçes que remedáis vos, con preguntár le common está, Not sería mejor, rogár a Diós, que le de salúd, common haze el ótro. A. Then what remedy do you give him in ask him how he doth, were it not better to pray to God to sand him health as the other doth. G. Aóra dezíd lo de el Españól. W. Now tell that of the Spaniard. A. El Españól dígo, que dizé mas mentiras entre año en este cáso, que reáles da por Dios, porque dezir a el que encuéntra, v●so las mános a u m. si habla de present, bien uémos, que miente, pues no se las besa, si de futuro tanbien porque bien sabemos, que quando el otro quisiésse dare se las por muy amígo que fuesse no se las querría el vesar. A. The Spaniard I say in this case telleth more lies within the year, than he gives sixpences for God sake, for to say to one, that he meeteth I kiss the hands of your worship, if he speak of the time present, we well see that he lieth seeing he doth not kiss them: if of the time to come, in like manner; for we well know when the other would give him his hands to kiss, if he were never so great a friend, yet he would not kiss them. G. Si peró paréçe que es una manera de reconosimiénto de superioridád a el que díze. W. Yea but it seemeth that it is a manner of acknowledging of superiority to him, to whom it is spoken. A. Assí es, peró ésse reconosimiénto no ésta mas que en la lengua por ❀ que el refran dize, manos béza hombre que querría uér cortádas. A. So it is, but this acknowledging is no more, but in the tongue: for the proverb says, A man kisseth those hands that he would see cut off. G. Yo os dire lo que subcedió all propósito, a un cavalléro viéjo españól, con otro móço y fue, que common el moço por buena criánça, le dixo a el viejo suplíco a u.m. me de las mános, que se las quiero besar el viéjo confiádo en su ançianía, las alargó para que se las besasse, el otro ya arrepentído se las asió con las suy as y con muy buen donáire le díxo senór yo y u. m. a otros does. I I will tell you that which happened fit for this matter, to an ancient gentleman, a Spaniard, with another young man; and it was, as the young man for manners sake said to the old man, I entreat your worship that you will give me your hands, for I will kiss them: the old man presuming upon his years, put them out that he might kiss them, the other repenting, took him fast by the hands with his own hands, and with very good pleasantness, said unto him, Sir, I and your worship against other two. G. El moço andúvo discréto en hazér lo ansí, y el viéjo néçio, porque bien sauémos, que palábras de buena criánça no oblígan. W. The young man was wise in so doing, and the old man simple, for well we know that words of compliment bind not. D. Ansi es verdád, que essa çerimónia de besár la mano, solo la deve el vasállo a el señor. I It is true, this ceremony of kissing the hand only the vassal owes unto his Lord A. E'ssa sola sálua guarda tiene nuestra costumbre que con dezír, béso a u.m. las mános, paréçe que es dezír, reconosco a u m. por mi Señór, y yo por vuestro vasállo. A. This safeguard hath our custom, that with saying, I kiss the hands of your worship, it seems it is to say, I acknowledge your worship for my lord, and myself for your vassal. E. Y que os paréçe de ésta costumbre, que tenémos en ynglatérra de asír nos las manos unos otros? G. And what is your opinion of this custom, which we have in England to shake hands one with another? A. Does manos asídas, siempre fue símbolo de amistád, peró dár los tirónes, que aqui se dán uno a ótro, tengo loveless por poca gravedád, y no sé si diga por liviandád. A. Two hands fastened together, always hath been a token of friendship, but to shake and pluck them, as here they do one to another, I hold it for small gravity, and I know not whether I may call it lightness. E. Aunt's paréçe que aquello es por mas confirmación de la amistád. G. Rather it seemeth that it is for the greater confirmation of friendship. A. E'ssa confirmación ha' de ser con óbras, y no con ademánes ni tirónes, quanto mas que deve auér muchos que con la máno asída y tirando, le deven de estár con el coraçón matando le. A. This confirmation aught to be with works, and not with gestures, nor shaking of the hands, and so much the rather, because there are many which with hand in hand shake hands, and in heart would kill each other. G. Que dizís de la otra de besár los hombres a 'las mugéres publicamente. W. What say you of that custom of kissing between men and women and that openly? A. Essa costúmbre túvo su princípio en Róma, en el tiempo que ella floreçia, aunque se ynventó a diferente propósito de el que aóra se úsa. A. This custom first began in Rome, in the time it most flourished, although it were invented for a different purpose, than it is now used. G. A que fin la ynbentáron? W. For what purpose was it invented? A. Los Romanos aboreçían tanto el víno en las mugéres, que tenián ley, en que condenáva a muérte ala que lo bevía, y porque no loveless pudiessen hazer ascōdidamente, tenian liçénçia sus parientes de besár la, para que por el olfáto conoçiessen, si lo auía bevido. A. The Romans did so much detest wine in women, that they had a law, in which they did condemn to death that woman which did drink wine, and because they might not drink it without being known, their kinsfolks had leave to kiss the women, that they might know by their breath whether they had drunk wine or no. G. Si aóra se vbiessen de matár todas las que lo beven, yo veo que quedáramos sin mugéres, W. If now they should kill all those women which drink wine, I see we should be quite without women. E. Not créo, que fuera muy gran pérdida, segun nos son causa de males. G. I believe that it were not any great loss, seeing they are cause of many evils unto us. G. You para mi tengo, que la mayor causa de la desoluçion en algunas mugeres de Ynglaterra es esta costumbre de besallos en publico, por que con ésto pierden la verguença y a el tocamiénto del béso, les entra un veneno que las ynficióna. W. I hold that the greatest cause of dissoluteness in some women in England is this custom of kissing publicly, for that by this means they loose their shamefastness, and at the very touch of the kiss, there entereth into them a poison which doth infect them. A. Ants que se yntroduxésse ésta costumbre en Roma, cuenta Tito Lívio, que desterráron de ella a un senadór, persona de mucha quénta, sólo por que besó a su mugér delante de una híja súya A. Before this custom was brought into Rome, Titus Livius telleth that they banished out of the city a senator, a person of great account, only because he kissed his wife before one of his own daughters. G. De un estrémo viniéron a dár en otro estrémo. W. They fallen from one extremity into another. E. En España no se usa besár los hombres a 'las mugéres? G. In Spain do not men use to kiss women? D. Si bésan los marídos a sus mugéres, y esto allá detrás de siete paredes, donde aun la luz no los puéda uér. I Yes the husbands kiss their wives, but as if it were behind seven walls, where the very light cannot see them. G. Es por que los Españóles son demasidaménte celozos. W. It is because the Spaniards are too jealous. A. Not, si no, per que sómos tan trabiessos, que no hémos menestér ésse apetito, para hazér mill malos recaudos que sería si tubiessemos esse Ocaçión. A. Not not so, but because we are so wanton, that we need nothing to help our appetite, to make a thousand ill matches which would fall out if we should have this occasion. G. You créo, que ants causaría hastío, y no andarían los hombres, tan golósos, por que vedamiento es causa del apetito. G. I do rather believe, that it would 'cause satiètie, and that men would not seek it so greedily, because forbidding is cause of desire. A. Not es fuego el de la concupisçiénçia, que se ahóga por echarle mucha materia, ants common la y dropesía, que mientras mas el enfermo béne mas sed tiéne. A. The fire of concupiscence, is not such as is extinguished by casting on much matter, but like the dropsy, that the more the sick person drinketh the more thirst still he hath. D. Especialment entre los Españóles que por sér de complexión coléricos, está Venus en so punto. I Especially among Spaniards, which are of a choleric complexion, Venus is in her full force. G. Yo entiéndo ésso all contrário, por que Venus consist mas en vmedád que en calór, por lo qual entiendo que mas aptos son para semejante exercíçio los v'medos de complexión, que los coléricos que con de su naturaléza sécos. G. I take that quite contrary, because Venus consists more in moisture then in heat, whereby it seems to me that the moist of complexion are more apt to such matters, than the choleric which are by nature dry. A. Si peró lafoy humidád sin calor, seriá common lafoy tiérra sin el sol, que no es sufiçiénte de mísma a produzír cosa algúna. A. Yea but moisture without heat, would be as the earth without the sun, which is not sufficient of itself to bring forth any thing. D. Por ésse, los poetas, casáron a Venus con Bulcáno Dios pe el fuégo. I For this cause the Poets married Venus with Vulcan God of fire. E. Mas Bulcáno ni Venus sin Ceres y Baco no valen un Cáco *, a fruit in the Indies or a small piece of money there. caco. G. But neither Venus nor Vulcan, without Ceres and Bacchus are worth a cherry stone. G. Pues you para mi tengo, que en las tierras mas frías, está mas reconçentrádo el calór naturál, y por ésso con mayór àptitúd, en los que biven en las tales regiónes. W. But I for my part think, that in countries most cold, the natural heat is more united in his centre, and therefore is there greater desire in those that live in those countries. A. Not es esse calór reconçentrádo que está enel coraçon el que es causa de este fuégo, sino el que está en la sangre y parts exterióres. A. It is not that heat, which is settled about the heart, which is the cause of this fire, but that which is in the blood and exterior parts. G. Si peró no me negaréis, que el calór de la sangre no proçéde de el, de el hígado. W. Yea but you will not deny, but that the heat of the blood doth proceed from the heat of the liver. A. Assi es verdád, peró no óbra éste efécto en su orígen y fuente, si no quando se ha' derramádo por las. venas, y common la virtúd esparzída, es mas fláca que quando está uñida, si quando lo esta es acometído el calór de su contrário el frío, y ésto confuérça y. veheménçia uénse y resfría de surety que no puede obrár ni hazér su efecto. A. It is true, but it doth not work this effect in the original and fountain, except when it hath spread itself by all the veins, and as the virtue dispersed is more feeble than when it is united; so when it is so, the heat is set upon by his contrary the cold, and this cold with force and vehemency doth overcome and cool in such manner, that it cannot work his effect. D. Assi es, y la esperiéncia de ésto se uée en los cabrónes, que es animál luxuriosíssimo, y en llevándo le a tiérras frías, oh no puede bivír, oh pierde mucho de su poténcia. I So it is, and the experience of this is seen in great hee-goats, which is a most luxurious beast, and in carrying him to cold countries, either he cannot live, or he loseth much of his natural strength. G. Los Faunos o semicápras, que los antiguos llamávan médios dióses cuentan los autóres, y poetas, que éran en estrémo luxuriósos. W. The Fauns or half goats which the ancient writers called half gods, authors and poets tell that they were wonderfully luxurious. E. Es verdád, que úvo oh aye táles hombres en en mundo llamados faunos? G. Is it true, that there were and are such men the world called Fauns? A. En la vida de Sant Páblo primér hermitaño se quenta, que en aquel desiérto donde el hazía su penitençia, la hazía tanbien santo Antonio, el qual common por rebelacion supiésse common estáva allí cérca san Pablo, le fue aviçitár y en el camíno encontro con uno, el qual de la çinta para arriba, tenía forma perfecta de hombre, salvo que la cabeça tenia lléna de corneçuélos pequéños, y de médio para abajo éra cabrón con muy largas vedíjas, y pies de lo mísmo. A. In the life of saint Paul the first Hermit, they say, that in that desert where he made his repentance, Saint Anthony likewise made his, who by revelation knowing he was near Saint Paul, went to visit him, and in the way met with one, which from the girdle upward had the perfect form of a man, except that he had his head full of little horns, & from the middle downward he was a he-goate with very long shag hair, and feet of the same. E. Hablava alguna cosa? G. Spoke he any thing? A. Si que el sancto le habló, y le preguntó quien éra y el en un lenguáje muy bárvaro, pero tall que el sancto le púdo entendér, le respondió, que era uno de los avitadóres de aquél desiérto, a quien la çiega gentilidád adoráva por dióses, peró que éran criatúras mortáles, y díxo mas a el santo, que so grey y génte le enbiáva a el por embaxador a rogar le a el Sancto, que róga se por todos a el comun Dios de todas las gentes, que bien sauían que avia baxádo de el çielo y hecho se hombre por redimír a los hombres, y con esto se fue por aquel desiérto, con tanta ligeréza que en muy breve espáçio, le perdió de uísta el sancto. A. Yea for Saint Anthony spoke unto him, and asked him who he was, and he in a language very barbarous, yet notwithstanding such a language that the holy man could understand, he answered him, that he was one of the inhabitants of that desert, whom the blind Gentiles worshipped for Gods, but that they were mortal creatures, and said moreover to the Saint, that his people & nation sent him to him for an ambassador to entreat the holy man, that he should pray for all of them, to the common God of all nations, for well they known, that he was come down from heaven, and being made man to redeem mankind, and herewithal he went thorough the desert with such swiftness, that in short space the holy man lost the sight of him. D. You he leýdo tanbien, que a el emperadór Constantíno magno, le traxéron de essos desiértos, otro bíbo, y lo estúbo muchos dias, y despues de muérto saládo, le traxéron por muchas parts de el mundo, para que todos le biéssen. I Also have I read, that they brought to the Emperor Constantine the great, out of these deserts, another alive, & there he was many days, and afterward being dead and salted, they carried him thorough many parts of the world, that all men might see him. G. Bolviéndo a nuestra primera plática, que os pareçe de esta ciudád de Londres? W. Turning to our first speech, what do you think of the city of London? A. A mi me paréçe, en verano tienda, y en inviérno contienda. A. It seems to me in summer a shop, and in winter a contention. G. Como see entiende ésso? W. How is this to be understood? A. Digo que paréçe, en veráno tienda, por que en aquel tiempo, todos los Señóres, cavalléros, y hidálgos, se salen fuera de ella, y se uán a sus aldéas a passár el veráno, quedando en ella solos los oficiáles con sus tiéndas abiértas. A. I say it seems in summer a shop, for that in that time, all the noble men, knights, and gentlemen, do go out of the city, and they go to country villages to pass over the summer, only artificers remaining in it, with their shops open. G. Y por que loveless de mas? W. And why the other? A. En ynviérno son los términos y, common acúden de todo el réyno a élla a sus pléitos está, hecha toda contiénda o pléito, peró ultra de esto es una de las mejores ciudádes de elmundo a lo que yo en tiendo. A. In winter are the terms, and out of every place of the kingdom, they come to it to their plead, and so it is made nothing but contention and wrangling in law, but besides this it is one of the best cities in the world as far as I perceive. G. Que dezís de toda la tierra en generál? W. What say you of the whole land in general? A. Que es fertilíssima y abundante, de todas las cosas que ella prodúze, espeçíal de ganádos, déven de ser los mas gruessos y mejóres de el mundo. A. That it is most fruitful, and abounding of all things, which it doth bring forth, especially flocks of sheep, which are the greatest and best of the world. G. Y tanbien de semíllas es muy fértil. W. And also of seeds it is very fertile. A. Ansi es verdád, peró common no puede avér cosa perfecta en este mundo, ya que en esso es abundante, le fáltan otras cosas neçessárias, a la vida umána, que ella por la frialdád de su sítio, no puede produzir, y ansi tiéne neçeçidád, de comunicatión con otros réinos. A. It is very true, but as there cannot be any thing perfect in this world, so although in this it abounds, yet other necessary things are wanting in it, which are required to human life, which thorough the coldness of the situation, it cannot bring forth, and so it hath need of commerce with other nations. G. Que cosas son essas, que dezís que le fáltan, que yo créo que no ay cosa en el mundo, que en ella no se hall. W. What things are those which you say, that are wanting in it, for I believe that there is not any thing in the world that in it is not found. A. Es ássi verdád, peró es comunicádo de otros réynos, que bien uéys vos, que en ella no se cría óro ni pláta, no se coje vino, ni azéite, açúcar, séda, espeçiería, ni frútas de las regaládas, common son çídras, limónes, límas, naránjas, granádas, alméndras, y otros mill géneros de ellas, muy neçessarios para el regálo de las gentes, y common dígo de éstas pocas cosas, pudiéra dezír de otras muchas que déxo. A. It is true, but it is brought from other countries, for well you see that in it, neither groweth gold nor silver, nor wine, oil, sugar, silk, spice nor fruits of the finest sort, as are citrons, lemons, oranges, pomegranates, almonds, & a thousand other kinds of them, very necessary for the dainty feeding of men, & as I spoke of these few things, I could say of many others which I leave. G. Si, peró te némos otras, que sírven en lugár de essas cósas, y ansi no las echámos menos, common çervéza por víno, mantéca por azéite, y otras semejántes. W. Yea but we have others, which serve in steed of these things, & so we want them not, as beer for wine, butter for oil, & others the like. A. Con todo ésso, sería inposíble podér passár éste réyno sin comunicaçión con otro, lo que not tiene Espáña, que sola entre todaslas prouínçias de el mundo, podría passár sin comunicación con otra, por produzír, dentro de si todas las cosas necessárias, a la vida umána. A. Notwithstanding all this, it were impossible this kingdom could endure without commerce with others, which Spain standeth in no need of, for that alone among all the countries in the world might endure without communicating with any other country, bringing forth within itself all those necessary things for man's life. G. Pues, bien os podré yo dezír v'na cósa, que Espáña not prodúze. W. But well may I tell you one thing which Spain affords not. A. Qual es? A. What is it? G. Especiería, que all fin lo trá eyes de la ýndia. W. Spice, which you fetch from the Indies. A. Tenéys' razón, que éssa fóla le fálta a Espáña, peró, common vos dixístes, tanbien se cría en élla, con que se podria suplír éssa fálta. A. You say true, for Spain only wants this, but as you have said also, there grows in it that which may supply this want. G. Que es? W. What is it? A. En lugár de pimiénta, se cría una yérua que llamámos pimiénto, cuya simiénte es de tanta fuérça, y de el própio efécto que la pimiénta, que viene de yndias, en lugár de clávos, usan múchos de los ajos, y si no fuesse por un mal olorzíllo que tienen, son mas sabrósos que esótros, de açafrán gran cantidad se coje en Espáña, genxibre de pocos dias aca, se a començádo a plantár en élla, y se da bien. A. In steed of pepper there grows an herb which we call pepper herb, whose seed is of such strength, and of the very same effect the pepper is which comes from the Indies. In steed of cloves, many use garlic, and if it were not for a little ill smell which it hath, they are more savoury than the other. Great quantity of saffron is had in Spain. Ginger not long since is begun to be planted therein, and it prospereth well. G. A loménos no me negaréis, ser mas fértil tiérra en general Ynglaterra que España. W. At lest you will not deny me, England generally to be a more fertile country than Spain. A. Digo que es verdád, y lo conçédo, peró tanbien os se dezír, que de éssa fertilidád, viene la floxedád en las cárnes, y mantenimiéntos de ella, que son de poco nutrimiénto y sustancia, y ésta es la cáusa, de que los yngléses nos notáys a los Españoles por miserables en el comér, por que las carnes de Espáña, common de tierra mas estéril, son de tanto nutrimiénto que si comiésse de éllas un hombre tanto common en ynglaterra come, sin dúbda ninguna, reventaria. A. I say it is true, and I do grant it, but also I can tell you that of this fertility proceeds the faintness of the flesh there, and the substance of it, which is of small nourishment and sustenance, and this is the cause why the English men do mark the Spaniards for pinching in their diet, for that the flesh of Spain as of a country more barren, is of such nourishment, that if a man should eat of it so much as in England they eat, without doubt he should burst. D. Por ésso, aye uno manéra de dezír, comun en España, tu padre ❀ çenó carnéro assádo, y acostó se, y murió se pues, no preguntes, de que murió. I For this cause there is a common saying in Spain, thy father supped with mutton roasted, and went to bed and died, do not now ask whereof he died. A. En la própia Espáña tenémos la isperiéncia de ésto que la Andaluzía que es tiérra mas fértil que Estremadúra, las carnes de ella, no son con mucho de tanto nutrimiénto, ni tan buen savour, common estas otras. A. In Spain we have the experience of this, that in Andeluzai which is a country more fertile than * A province in Spain. Estremadura, the flesh is not by odds of such nourishment nor of so good taste as that of Estremadura. E. Tanbien se uée ésso en los yngléses, que van a Espáña, que dízen que no puéden comér tanta carne allá, common comían acá. G. Also it may be seen in Englishmen, which go into Spain, which say that they cannot eat so much flesh there, as they did eat here. G. Dezíme a óra, que os paréce, de el trato de nuestra génte? W. Tell me now, what you think of the English manner? A. Generalménte hablándo, toda la gente ynglésa, es benína, y amorósa, afáble, alégre, y amígos de regozíjos, y fiestas, agénos de toda melancolía, common a quellos, en quien predomína el humór sanguino, peró fuera de ésto, he notádo en todos en generál tan ynsatiáble avarícia, que desdóra tódas sus virtudes. A. Speaking generally, all the English people are courteous and loving, affable, and merry, and lovers of sports and feasts, free from all melancholy, as those in whom doth predominate the sanguine complexion: but besides this I have noted in general, such an insatiable covetousness, as doth deface all their virtues. G. Y de las mugéres que dezís? W. And what say you of the women? A. Las mugeres generalménte hablándo, piénso que són las mas hermósas de el mundo, por que tienen todas tres grácias particuláres, para ser lo, que son en estrémo bláncas, coloradas, y rúbias, y la que con éstas grácias que son generáles a todas, aciérta a tenér buenas faiciónes, es acabada en hermosúra: peró tanbien os dígo con la misma generalidád, que tienen tres faltas. A. The women generally, I think they are the most fair of the world, for they have all the three special graces which make them so, they are wonderfully white & read, & that with these graces which are general to all, there happeneth for them to have such good favour, whereby they are most beautiful: but also I tell you with the same generality, that they have three faults. G. Quales son por vida vuestra? W. I pray you what are they? A. Not 'las quisiéra dezír, por no caér, en desgrácia con éllas. A. I would not willingly tell them lest I fall into disgrace with them. G. Yo salgo por fiadór que no cairéis. W. I will be your surety you shall not. A. ❀ Teneis razón, que quien nunca subió, no puede caer, peró las tres faltas son, pequeños ojos, grandes bócas, no buena tez en los rostros, y de esto es la cáusa el áyre tan frío y sutíl, que corre en estas parts, que se les cúrte y por esto es buena la ynbinçión la, de las mas caríllas, aunque yo entiéndo que no deve de bastár. A. You say true, he that never got up, can never fall, but the three wants are little eyes, great mouths, and not very smooth skin in the face, and hereof the cause is for that the air is so cold and subtle in these parts, which doth tan them, and therefore masks were well invented, although as I perceive they help not. G. Vos lo avéys disputádo muy bien, y yo os quédo muy aficionádo servidór, y assi os suplíco, que el tiempo que estubiéredes en esta tiérra os siruáis de mi. W. You have disputed very well, and I remain your affectionate servant, and so I entreat you that the time you are in this country you so use me. A. Yo os doy muchas grácias, por el ofreçimiénto, y quedo yo no ménos a vuestro serviçio, y por que se va haziéndo tarde, nos vamos recojéndo alas posádas que ya es óra. A. I give you many thanks, for your offer, and I remain no less at your service, and because it waxeth late, let us betake ourselves to our lodgings, for it is time. G. Beso a vuestas merçédes las manos. W. I kiss your hands. D. Yo las de vuéstas merçédes. I And I yours. Diálogo séptimo, entre un sargénto y un cavo de esquadra, y un Soldado, en el qual se trata, de las cosas perteneciéntes a la milíçia, y de las calidádes que deve tenér un buen Soldado, con muchos dichos graçiósos y buenas quéntos. The seventh Dialogue between a Sergegeant of a band, and a corporal, and a Soldier, in which are handled matters pertaining to warfare, and the parts that a good soldier aught to have, with many fine sayings & good speeches. Sa. A Donde camina señór soldádo? Sa. WHither walk you soldier? So. OH señor Sargento házia la tabla, si u.m. no manda otra cósa. So. OH sergeant towards the dicing place, if you command no other matter. Sa. Lleva muchos dinéros que jugár? Sa. Do you carry with you much money to play? So. Mi paga enteríta common la reçebí, que no he osádo gastár un reál, por no quirár se lo a el juégo. So. My whole pay as I received it, for I dared not spend one six pennies thereof, lest I should take away so much from play. Sa. Esso es de buenos cofrádes, ants falte para el cuerpo que para él juego. Sa. This is the part of good companions, let there be wanting for the body, rather than for play. So. A que féria puedo yo ýr, en que mas gane, pues aventúro con quatro ducados ganár quatro-cientos. So. To what fair may I go, wherein I may gain more, seeing I venture with four ducats, to gain four hundred. Sa. Y si el dado díze mal, allá uán roçín y mançánas. Sa. If the die turn ill, there * A horse laden with apples passing a river was carried away, and so both lost. goes horse and apples. So. Señor oh rico pijádo, o muerto des calabrádo. So. Sir, either hangedrich, or dead with head broken. Sa. Essa es la quénta de los perdídos. Sa. This is the reckoning of castaways. So. Cuerpo de tall señor, que hijos o mugér tengo yo que mantenér? So. Body of me, what children or wife have I to keep? Sa. Si pero ne fuera mejor vestír se que jugár el dinero? Sa. Yea but were it not better to apparel yourself, then to play away your money? So. You he hecho mi quenta, y he menestér camisas, jubón, sayo, calçones, médias, y çapátos, y sonbréro, y en quatro ducados, no ay para todo, pues conprár uno nuévo, y traér lo otro viéjo, no pareçe bien, quiero jugár, quiça ganaré para comprár loveless todo. So. I have reckoned with myself, I have need of shirts, doublet, cassock, breeches, stockings, shoes, & hat, and in four ducats there is not for all this, for to buy one thing new and wear another old, seems not well, I will play, peradventure I shall get so much to buy all new. Sa. Y si los pierde, quedar se ha' sin lo uno y lo otro. Sa. If you lose, you must go without one and the other. So. Señor, préso por mill, préso por mill y quiniéntos, todo es estár preso, diré estonçes desnudo naçí, y desnúdo me hallo y desnudo moriré. So. Sir, arrested for a thousand, taken for a thousand five hundred, all is but to be arrested, I will then say I was born naked, and naked I find myself, and naked shall I die. Sa. Digame, sáve quando entramos de guárdia? Sa. Tell me, do you know when we watch? So. Esta nóche le toca a la compañiá. So. This night it falls to the company. Sa. Con que armas sirve con pica, o arcabúz? Sa. What arms serve you with, a pike or shot? So. Con un mosquéte de siete palmos. So. With a musket of seven handfuls. Sa. Pues common díze, que no sacó mas que quatro ducadas tieniendo siete depaga. Sa. How then said you, that you had but four ducats, having seven for your pay? So. uno me descontáron de pólvora y cuerda los contadores, otro he dado a mi camarada para la despensa de esta semána, y otro que se me quitó de los * Succours or lend which they give soldiers when there is no pay and when the pay comes they take it off. socorros. So. One ducat defalked for powder and match, the other have I given to my comrade for the charges of this week, and the other was taken out for lend. Sa. justa está la quenta. Sa. The reckoning is very right. So. Es como la de el trillo, cada piedra en su agujéro. So. It is even as a threshing floor, every stone in his hole. Sa. Quantos son de camaráda? Sa. How many cabin mates are you together? So. Tres y con migo quatro. So. Three, and with me four. Sa. Tantos pies tiene un gato. Sa. So many feet hath a cat. So. çinco con el rábo. So. He hath five with the tail. Sa. Tienen buen aloxámiénto? Sa. Have all you good lodging? So. Tal sea lafoy salved de el aposentador que nos le dió. So. I would to God such were the health of the Furriel which gave it us. Sa. Como no es bueno? Sa. How so, is it not good good? So. Peór es una çahurda de lechónes. So. A pigsty is worse. Sa. Tienen huéspeda hermosa? Sa. Have you a fair Hostess? So. Hermósa señór sarjénto, yo pienso que los diablos son serafines en sum comparaçión. So. Fair master Sergeant, I think the devils are Seraphines in respect of her. Sa. Bueno es el encareçimiénto, que tall tiene? Sa. You give her good commendations, what handsomeness is in her? So. Ella es mas viéja que Metusalen, mas arugada que una pása, mas súzia que una mosca, mas seca, que unpalo, diente y muela, common por la mano, la boca su-mída, common ojo de culo, los ojos el uno tuerto, y el otro que no se le sacaran con un garauáto finalment, toda ella es un retráto de la ynbídia. So. She is more old than Methusalem, more wrinkled than a dried grape, or raisin, more filthy than * Which goeth and sucketh every filthy wound or carrion. a fly, more dry than a stick: teeth and chock teeth as in one's hand, the mouth sunk in as the hole of the tail, the eyes one quite out, and the other so sunk into her head that it cannot be plucked out with a hook. In fine, all of her together is the very picture of Envy. Sa. Essa tall será v'nico remédio contra luxúria. Sa. She must needs be the only remedy against lust. So. Pues es lo bueno que con todas estas gráçias se afeita y repíca. So. But this is the best of her, which with all these good graces is painted out and spoken of. Sa. Y u.m. no le haze el amór? Sa. And do you not make love to her? So. Amór, o que boto a tall, no lafoy acométa un Tiger. So. Love, I swear by such a one, a Tiger would not set upon her. Sá. A'nde, quae para un lava dientes no será mala. Sa. Go fool she is good enough to wash one's mouth, and spit out again. So. Mas me los quiero traér súzios que no mal lauállos. So. I had rather they should bring my clothes fowl then ill washed. Sa. Mas you créo, que es common dízen, ❀ quién díze mal de la yégua, esse la lléva. Sa. But I believe, it is as they say, he that dispraiseth the mare carrieth her away. So. Par diez, no soy si no common la zórra que quando no púdo alcançár las v'bas, díxo ubas de parra, ansi common ássi no las aviá gana. So. By this ten bones I am no otherwise then the fox, that when he could not reach the grapes, said grape of the vine, so even so that he had no stomach to eat them. Sa. Aqui viene el cávo de esquadra, veámos que nuevas tráe. de donde viéne señor cávo de es esquadra? Sa. Here comes the corporal, let us see what news he brings. From whence come you corporal? Ca De la bandéra. Co. From the colours. Sa. Queda alli el alférez? Sa. Is the Ancient there? C. No señor, que está en cása de el capitan. Co. No sir, he is at the captains house. So. A el capitan y alférez déxo yo aóra en cása de el maestre de campo. So. The captain and Ensign I left even now in the camp-masters house. Sa. Que nuévas ay por alla? Sa. What news there about? Ca Nuévas ciertas pocas, mentíras ynfinitas. Co. Certain news very few, lies infinite many. Sa. Que se dize aóra en el cuerpo deguardia? Sa. What say they now upon the guard? Ca Vnos dízen, que nos enbarcarémos para corrér la cósta, otros que que darémos aquí de preçídio, otros que yrémos a Yrlanda, no aye quien lo entiénda. Co. One says, we shall embark ourselves to scour the coast, others that we shall remain here in garrison, others that we shall go for Ireland, none can tell what. Sa. Todo esso es adivinár, cada uno loque deséa o le está bien. Sa. All this is, every one to guess at that which he doth himself desire, or liketh well of. Ca Como dezia el otro capitán los soldados son profétas de el diáblo. Co. As another captain said, Soldiers are prophets of the devil. Sa. Y tenía razón, porque assi common el diablo no sáve lo por venír, si no que lo conjetúra assi házen ellos: y entre mill conjectúras que házen, alguna han de açertár. Sa. And he said well, for as the devil doth not know, that which is to come, but by conjecture, so do they: & among a thousand conjectures which they make, they are to hit upon one. Ca Tanbien se suena que el rey de España, árma para venír contra Ynglaterra. Co. In like sort, the rumour goeth that the king of Spain makes preparation to come against England. Sa. Venga en óra buena, si tráe muchos dinéros que dexárnos. Sa. Let him come, if he bring good store of crowns to leave us. S. Yo con una cadéna de óro que valga cien libras me conténto. So. I would content myself with a chain of gold, that were worth a hundred pound. Ca Pues afee que no las suelen vendér muy baratas los Españóles. Co. But in faith the Spaniards are not wont to cell them very good cheap. So. Y yo con una onça de plomo la piénso comprár. So. And I hope to buy one with an ounce of lead. Ca E'sso es hazér quenta sin la huéspeda: y quiça yréis por lána, y bolveréis tresquiládo: que adonde las dan las tóman. Co. That is to reckon without the Hostess, and peradventure you will go for wool, and return home shorn, for where men give there they receive. So. Señór, si me matáren, tall dia hízo un año, tanbien murió mi aguélo, ya está oluidado a ésso jugámos, oy por mi, mañana por ti, no tengo hijos que dexár huérfanos ni padre ni madre, ni perro que me ladre ❀ muera Marta y muera hárta. So. Sir, if they kill me, that day made up just a year, in like manner died my grandfather, and now is forgotten, at this we play, to day for me, to morrow for thee, I have no children to leave orphans, neither father, nor mother, nor dog that barketh at me, * A man having a wife named Marta which he often beat for too much drinking, at last almost kill her she said, Muera Marta, y muera harta. let Marta die, yet let her die full. Ca Plegue a dios que quando llegue la ocaçión no se calçe unas calças de uílla Diego. Co. I pray God that when trial shall be made, that you do not * i Run away. put on the hose of the town Diégo. Sa. Señor tan buenos hombres ay por los pies common por las manos. Sa. Sir there are as good men of their feet as of their hands. So. Por sir mis oficiáles, vuéstras mercédes me pueden dezír esso, peró si otro me lo dixéra, matára me con el. So. In that you are my officers, you may say this unto me, but if another should say so, I would fight with him. Ca Not dezímos aquí, que lo hará, peró podriá aconteçér. Co. We do not say here, that you would do so, but it might happen. So. Tanbien se podría caér el çielo y nos cogería debaxo. So. As well might * El cielo, the sky. Also the tester of a bed. el Cielo fall, and then it would catch us under. Sa. Demanéra que tanta dificultád ay en huýr u.m. common en caérse el cielo. Sa. So than it is as hard a matter for you to run away as for the sky to fall. Ca El de la cama dize este soldádo. Co. This soldier speaketh of the * i Testerne of the bed. Cielo of his bed. So. No soy menór de edád que he menestér curadór, señor cavo de esquadra, yo sabré responder por mi. So. I am not in my nonage, that I need one to care for me, master corporal I shall know how to answer for myself. Ca Siempre oy dezír, que una buena obra sepaga con una mala. Co. I have always herded, that one good work is requited with an evil. So. ❀ Not sabe u m. que está una higa en Róma para el que da consejo a quien no senior le pied. So. Do you not know, that there is a flout for him in Rome, that gives counsel to him that requires it not at his hands. Sa. Not se enoje señor soldádo que se hará viéjo ants de tiempo. Sa. Be not angry master soldier, for it will make you old before your time. So. ❀ Not puede ya sér mas negro el cuérvo que sus álas. So * It cannot be worse than it is, or nothing can exceed the highest degree. The crow cannot be blacker than her feathers. Sa. Señor cavo de esquadra, vaya digale a el atambór que toque a recojer la guárdia. Sa. corporal go and tell the drum that he sound to set the watch. Ca Yo voy aguarde me aqui u.m. Co. I go, tarry for me here. So. Señór sargento déxeme yr a jugár un ráto ants que se meta la guárdia. So. Sergeant, let me go play at dices a little before the watch be set. Sa. Tanto le pesa esse dinero, que tall priessa tiene por echárlo de si. Sa. So troublesome is his money to him, that he hasteth to throw it from him. So. Yo mas querría doblállo. So. I would rather double it. Sa. ❀ Not save common díze un refrán, si quieres tenér dineros tenéllos. Sa. Do you not know what the proverb says, if you will have money keep it. So. De que sírve tenér pocos o Caesar o náda. So. What good will a little do one? either an Emperor or nothing. Sa. Vaya con Dios, y pair lo a buen punto. Sa. Go in God's name, and rest when you are well. So. Dios me libre de un azár. So. God keep me from a hazard. Sa. ❀ Y ami de vellácos en quadrilla, y villá nos en gauílla, de moça adiuína, y de vieja latína, de lodos a el caminár, y de larga enfermedád, de párrafo de legista, de ynfra de canonista, de eçetera de escrivano, y de réçipe de médico, de razón de diz que peró y si no, y de senténçia de conque. Sa. And me from knaves in my squadron, & clowns * i Multitudes together. in shocks together, from a maid that is a prophetess; and an old woman a latinist; from dirt in journeys; and from long sickness; from the paragraph of the lawyer; from the infra of the Canonist; from the et cetera of the Scriuenour; from the recipe of the Physician; from that reason that says, He says that, but, if not; and from the sentence of with which. Ca Ya toca la caja a recojér. Co. Now sounds the drum to set the watch. Sa. Vamos entre tanto a buscár a el Sarjento mayór, para que me de el number. Sa. In the mean while let us go seek the Sergeant mayor, that he may give me the word. Ca El estará en casa de el generál. Co. He will be at the general's house. Sa. Vamos allá, que todo es camíno, es menestér que ésta noche aya muy buena guárdia. Sa. Let us go thither, for it is all in our way, it is needful to night that there be a good guard. Ca Por que ay alguna sospecha? Co. Why, is there any suspicion of any thing? Sa. Aye nuévas de enemigos, y assi es neçessário doblár las postas y reforçarlas, y ponér does otres çentinelas perdidas y que la ronda y contra ronda visíten amenúdo. Sa. There is news of the enemy, and therefore needful to double the set men to watch, & to make them strong, and to put two or three Those * that lie close under the enemy to hear that they say and do. lost sentinels, and that the round & counterround may go very thick. Ca Pida u.m. a el sargento mayór, que nos den leña harta, para que aya buena lumbre en el cuerpo de guárdia. Co. Require of the Sergeant mayor, that he give us wood enough, that there be a good fire upon the body of the guard. Sa. Ansi será, y todas las armas estarán ❀ muy apunto que hombre aperçeuído, médio combatído. Sa. So it shall be, and all the arms to be very ready, for a man well warned half armed. Ca Me nestér será dare a los soldados pólvora, cuérda, y balas. Co. It will be needful to give to the soldiers powder, match, bullets. Sa. Todo se les dará y órden a los coselétes que no les falte piéça. Sa. All shall be given them, and order for the corflets that they want no piece. Ca Qual es la mejór árma de las que usámos en la guerra? Co. Which is the best weapon, of those we use in war? Sa. La pica es la réyna de las ármas. Sa. The pike is the queen of weapons. Ca Poco valdrián las pícas, sino se guar nesiéssen con la arcabuçería, que dáña a el enemígo desde a fuera. Co. Of little avail were pikes, if they were not lined with shot, which hurteth the enemy a far off. Sa. Menos valdría la arcabuzería, si despues de dadala carga, no tuviésse adonde repararse de la cavalleriá enemíga, y de todos los demás que le procuráren dañár. Sa. Of less avail were the shot, after they had discharged, if they had no place to defend themselves from the enemies horsemen, & all the rest which should endeavour to offend them. Ca Si, peró bien vemos que mayór daño se le haze a el enimigo con la arcabuzería, y mosquetería, que con las picas. Co. Yea, but we well see, that greater damage is made to the enemy, by small shot and musket, then with pikes. Sa. Todo ésse daño es poco en comparaçión de el que se reçibe a el desbarate de un esquadrón o exérçito, el qual se siguiría luego con la cavallería, si las pícas que es una murállafuerte, no see pusiessen ala defensa. S. All this damage is little in comparison of that is received at the overthrow of a squadron or army, the which would follow strait with the horse, if the pikes, which is a strong brickwall, did not put themselves in defence thereof. Ca Por ésso compáran a un esquadrón bien formado, a el cuerpo umáno donde los braços, y piernas, que son los que óbran son los arcabuzéros y las picas que están siempre firmes, y es de dó viene virtúd, a todas las parts de el esquadrón, el cuerpo y coraçón. C. Hereby they compare a squadron well in order, to a man's body, where the arms and legs which are those that work, as the shot and the pikes which stand always firm, and from whence proceed force to all the parts of the squadron, to the body and heart. Sa. Assi es, y aunsi miráis la forma de un esquadrón de los ordinários formado, con sus mángas, hallaréis en el, la misma forma de el cuerpo umáno. S. So it is, and also if you mark well the fashion of a squadron of the ordinary squadrons made with his wings, you shall find in it the very fashion of a man's body. Ca Que parts se requiére que tenga un buen soldádo. C. What parts are required in a good soldier? Sa. Muchas, y muchos escriviéron de éssa matéria, peró las mas neçessárias y ordinárias, yo las diré. El soldádo, quanto a lo primero, due sir muy honróso, porque soldádo sin hónra sería de ningun provécho, pues ella es la espuela que le ha' de hazér obrár lo, que no bástan prémios, ni ruégos, ni amenázas de sus oficiáles. S. Many, and many have written of this matter, but the most necessary & ordinary I will tell you. The soldier touching the first point, aught to be honourable, for a soldier without honour would profit little, because it is the spur which drives him on to effect that, which rewards are not sufficient to do, nor entreaties, nor threatenings of his officers. Ca Por esso, deve el soldado traér, siempre escrita en la frénte aquella ❀ coplilla que díze, por la honra 'pon la vida, y 'pon las dos, honra y vida por tu Dios. C. Therefore the soldier should carry always written in his forehead this verse, which says, For thy honour hazard thy life, and hazard them both, honour and life for thy God. S. Lo segundo deve sér el soldado valiente not temeróso ni covarde. Sa. The second, the soldier aught to be valiant, and not fearful nor coward. C. ❀ El soldado covarde mas propiaménte se podría llamár espantájo, all qual quando los páxaros le pierden una vez el miédo, se asientan ençíma de el, o common el Rey de las ránas. Co A cowardly soldier may better be called, a thing made to fear away crows, that when the birds do once cast off their fear of the same, they sit on the top of it, or as the king of frogs. S. Como es ésso de el Rey de las ránas? Sa. How is that of the king of frogs? C. Dizen, que en tiempo de mari castáña, las ránas desseáron tenér Rey common todas 'las demas naçiones, y pidiéron a jupiter que era Rey de los dióces que les diésse Rey el qual viéndo sum neçedád quiso burlár de ellas, y díxo les que para un dia señaládo les daría Rey, ellas le esperávan con grand alegría, y venído aquel diá, saliéron todas, de sus casas, muy compuestas, common convenía para reçebír a so réy y pusiéron se en la superfiçie de el água esperando; en este tiempo jupiter arrojó desde el çielo, un gran madéro, que dió con el, en la laguna donde, ellas estávan, tan gran golpe, y hízo tan gran ruído que ellas fuéron todas turbadas, y asombradas, y unas por aquí, y otras por alli, cada una huyó a su casa, sin osár llegár, a hazér a su rey el deuído acatamiénto, ni salír fuera en muchos dias quedó se el madéro nadándo ençima de el agua, y ellas con tanto temór de uér cosa tan grand, que ninguna osáva salír fuera de su casa, y alli morían de hambre, hasta que poco apoco fue saliéndo la mas esforçada, y siguiéndo la las demas, cada dia y'van perdiéndo mas el temór, y se y'van llegando çerca de su rey, viendo le a el tan manso y que no se mouía, ni les dezía mala palábra, all fin tanto continuáron y (common lafoy mucha conversación es causa de menosprécio) se llegáron a su rey y viendo todas lo que éra, saltáron ençíma de el, y començáron a cheriár y dare grandes risádas, haziéndo burla de su Rey, y de su temor passádo bolviéron pues, a ynsistír a jupiter que en todo cáso les diésse Rey not tan mánso, si no que fuésse justiciéro, jupiter viendo su neçia porfía les ymbió por Rey a la çigueña, la qual réyna hasta oy entre ellas, çebando se y comiendolas cada dia en pena de su loca petiçión, pues pudiendo biuír libres quisiéron mas hazér se esclávas y mas un Rey cruél, que mánso y benígno. Co. They say, in old time, when beasts could speak, the frogs desired to have a king, as other nations had, and they requested jupiter, which was king of the Gods, that he would give them a king, which seeing their simplicity, would needs mock them a little, and told them that by a day appointed, he would give them a king: they waited for it, with great joy, and the day being come, all of them came forth out of their houses, well attired, as was fit for the receiving of a king, and put themselves upon the upper part of the water waiting: then jupiter casts down from heaven a great block, which lighted in the lake where they were: it gave such a blow, and made such a noise, that they were all troubled, & amazed; some this way, others that way, every one ran home to his house without daring to come near, to make their due reverence to their king, nor to come forth a doors in many days. The beam remained there swimming upon the water, & they with such fear, to see a thing so great, that none of them dared once go out of his doors, & therein they died with hunger, until that by little and little, the most hardiest of them went out, and the rest following, every day they went more & more, losing their fear, & they went nearer to their king seeing him so gentle, and that he moved not, nor said never an ill word to them, in the end they continued so long, and (as much familiarity oftentimes breeds contempt) they approached to their king, & seeing all of them what he was, they leapt upon him, & they began to crook & to break out into great laughters, making a jest of their king, and of their own passed fear: they returned afterward to importune jupiter, that by all means he would give them a king, but not so still and quiet, but that he should be a justicer; jupiter seeing their foolish importunity, sent the Stork to them for a king, the which reigneth till this day among them, fatting himself, and eating them up every day, as a punishment for their fond request, when they might have lived at liberty they would make themselves slaves, and rather set up a cruel king, than a benign and gentle. Sa. Not ha' estádo malo el quento, y mejór es la moralidád. Sa. The tale hath not been ill, yet better is the moral thereof. Ca Dexémos ésso aóra, y prosíga u.m. adelánte con su plática de el buen soldádo. Co. Let us leave this, and go forward with your speech of the good soldier. Sa. Lo tercero que ha' de tenér ha' de ser gran sufridór de trauájos, y para esto deve ser de rézia complexion. Sa. The third that he is to have, is to be a great endurer of travels, and for this he should be of a strong complexion. Ca Ya el que esso no tuviére, el diáblo ❀ le trúxo a la guérra, common dízen de el moço vergonçóso, que el diablo le trájo a paláçio. Co. And he that hath not this, the Devil brought him to the war, as it is said he brought the blushfaced young man to the court. Sa. Deve tanbien sir muy obediénte a sus oficiáles, y que haga de buena gana y sin mostrár mal Rostro loveless que le ordenáren siendo de el seruício de la Réyna. Sa. He aught also to be very obedient to his officers, and that he perform that obedience with a good will, & without showing an ill countenance to that they shall ordain, being for the Queen's service. Ca Quiten le a la milicia la obediénçia en los soldados, y bolver se ha' en confusión Babilónica. Co. Let them take away obedience in soldiers in war, and it will turn to a babylonical confusion. Sa. Otras muchas particularidádes, ha' de tenér el buen soldádo, que yo no quiero tratár aora, quien las qui siére vér, léa quatro o çinco tratádos que andan de ello en lengua Española uno de el capitán Martin de Eguilúz y otro de Escalánte otro de don Fernando de Cordua, y otro de don Bernardino de Mendóza, que alli loveless verá bien pintádo. Sa. The good soldier is to have many other particulars, which I will not now handle, whosoever will see them, let him read four or five treatises, which handle it in the Spanish tongue, one of captain Martin Eguiluz, another of Escalante, another of Don Fernando de Cordua, and another of Don Bernardin Mendoza, there may it be seen well set out. Ca A qui buelve nuestro mosquetéro muy cabizbájo viéne, perdido deve de auér. Co. Here comes back again our muskettier, he comes hanging down his head, it is likely he hath lost. Sa. A señór soldádo una palabra. Sa. Ho Soldier a word with you. So. Dexe me u.m. señor Sarjento, basta me mi mala ventura. So. Let me alone Sergeant, it is enough that I have ill luck. Sa. Que ha' sido, perdióse toda el armada? Sa. What hath happened, is all the fleet lost? So. No topára yo aqui aóra con el velláco que este juego ynventó. So. I would not meet now with that villain that invented this play. Sa. Que le quería dezír? Sa. What would you say to him? So. Reniego del diablo, si no le auía de hazér mas tajádas que púntos se han echádo en los dados des pues que el los ynventó. So. I renounce the devil if I would not give him more slashes than hath set pricks on dice, since he invented them. Sa. ❀ Esso me parece echár la culpa de el asno a la aluárda quien le mandó a u.m. jugár? Sa. This seems to me, to put the fault of the ass on the packsaddle. Who commanded you to play? So. El Diablo que no duerme, y anda tras hazérme desesperar para llevárme. So. The devil which sleeps not, and follows after me to drive me into despair, that he might carry me away. Sa. Pues mire no le crea, sino quando venga, diga le que por aora not puede y'r, que está ocupado en serviçio de su magestad, que se buelva otro día, y si no quisiére deshagale la horquílla en la cabéça. Sa. Then mark what I say, do not believe him, but when he cometh tell him, that for this time you cannot go, that you are employed in her majesties service, that he come another day, and if he will not, clap your musket staff on his pate. So. Muy bueno va esso, estóy yo rabiándo y esta se u.m. burlando de mi. So. This goes well, I stand raging, and you mocking. Sa. Mire, yo le daré un buen remédio tomo does onças de jaráve de paçiénçia, y quatro de unguénto de oluído y bevalo todo, y con ello purgará éssa malenconía y quedará luego buéno. Sa. Behold, I will give you a good remedy, Take two ounces of the syrup of patience, and four ounces of the oil of forgetfulness, and drink it off, and with this you shall purge this melancholy, and forthwith you shall be well. So. Serán does purgas una tras otra despues de purgada la bolsa purgár el cuérpo. So. That will be two purges one after another, after the purse is purged to purge the body. Sa. Pues nunca ha' oydo dezír, que un clavo sáca otro, y una máno lava otra y entrambas la cara. Sa. Have you never herded, that one nail driveth out another, one hand washeth another, and both of them the face. Ca Pues common se dió tan presto fin ala triste tragédia. Co. But how made you such a quick end of the sad tragedy? So. Yo les diré a vuestras merçédes common fue, el me dió a parár a onze, paré le quatro reales, echóme un enquentro, y tirómeloes. So. I will tell you how it was, he chanced me a eleven, I set him two shillings, he cast and drawn them. Sa. Mal prinçipio. Sa. An ill beginning. So. Aunt's suelen dezír, que es buen pronóstico perdér la primer a mano. So. Rather they are wont to say, it is a good sign to lose the first hand. Ca Not aye regla tan generál que no tenga eçepçión. Co. There is no rule so general which hath not some exception. So. Dióme a parar luego a dose, que es mi surety, paréle ocho reáles, écho un azár, díxe repárolos, oh torgó me el repáro, lançó el dádo, y echó otro azár. So. He chanced me forthwith twelve which is my chance, I set him four shillings, he cast a hazard, I said I set again, he allows of it, he throws the dice, & casts another hazard. Sa. Pues pecadór, para que queríades mas de auér ganádo con quarenta otros quarenta, que mercadér ay que gane a çiento por çiento? Sa. Why wretched sinner, what would you more then to gain with forty other forty, what merchant is there which doth gain a hundred for a hundred? So. Señor, yo no me contenté sino quíse arrancár las clavos de la mesa common dízen, y díxe siete y llevar, dixo i, digole, Relança y echa so surety, y arrebuja con todo ❀ ami dexóme del agalla, sin blanca common el diablo se aparecio a san Benito. So. I was not content but would pull in pieces the nails of the table as they say, and I said I set seven times so much as he drawn, he said content, I say content. He throws again the dice, & he drawn up all, and so he left me * As a fish. hanging on the gill, without a farthing, as the devil appeared to Saint Benit. Ca ❀ Siempre lo verá, que quien todo loveless choir todo loveless pierde. Co. You shall always see, he that all coveteth, all loses. So. ❀ Mas siempre despues de ydo el conéjo viene el consejo. So. But after the steed stolen, shut the stable door. Sa. ❀ Aóra bien quien érra y se enmiénda a Dios se encomienda. Sa. Now he that errs and amendss, to God himself commends. So. La enmiénda será empeñár el capotíllo, para bolvérme a esquitár si puedo. So. The mends will be to pawn the cassock, to go again to quit myself if I can. Sa. Essa no será enmiénda sino obstinaçión. Sa. This will not be an amendss but obstinacy. So. ❀ Aqui perdí una agúja, aqui la tengo de hallár. So. here lost I a needle, and here hope I to find it again. Sa. Not veis pecadór que se os cayó en la mar essa agúja, common la quereis hallár? Sa. Do you not see, that this needle fallen into the sea, how will you now find it? So. You me tengo de yr a una hechizéra, que me de una sóga de ahorcádo, que dízen que es buena para hazér ganár. So. I am to go to a witch that she may give me a rope of a hanged man, which they say is good to make one win. Ca ❀ Castiga me mi madre y yo trómpose las. Co. My mother doth chastise me, and I mock and mewe at it. Sa. A ora señór vamos por aóra a metér la guárdia, que despues se tratara de esso. Sa. Now sir, let us go even now to set the watch, for afterwards we will talk hereof. Ca Vaya a llamar sus camarádas. Co. Go and call your Cameradoes. So. Yo voy, béso a vuéstras merçedes las manos. So. I go, I take my leave of you. Ca Yo tanbien quiero yr por mis armas. Co. I will also go for my arms. Sa. You me voy a la vandéra, alli esperaré. Sa. I go to the colours, there will I tarry. FINIS.